The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutCAG-20-126 - Bid PackageContractNo.:CAG-20-126ContractProvisionsAwardAmount:AwardDate:AwardTo:LakeWashingtonLoopTrailProjectFederalAidNumber:TAP-HLP-STPUL1070(008)GeneralBidInformation:BuildersExchangeofWashington,Inc.(425)258-1303CityContact:HebéC.Bernardo425-430-7232ConsultantContact:NicoVanderhorst,PE(425)739-7212ApprovedforBidityofRenton‘atelApprovedforConstructionDate:Submittedto:CityofRentonRentonCityHall—5thFloor1055SouthGradyWayRenton,Washington98057Submittedby:otkVolumelof211241WillowsRoadNESuite200Redmond,Washington98052CityofRentonPublicWorksDepartmentTransportationDivision CITY OF RENTON RENTON, WASHINGTON Lake Washington Loop Trail Project Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) City Project No. 12802 December 2020 Prepared by: Otak, Inc. Prepared for: CITY OF RENTON 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 Contract Documents Page i Lake Washington Loop Trail Project December 2020 CITY OF RENTON Lake Washington Loop Trail Table of Contents VOLUME I I. CALL FOR BIDS II. INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS 1. INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS Ill. PROJECT PROPOSAL 1. *PROJECT PROPOSAL COVER SHEET 2. *PROPOSAL 3. *SCHEDULE OF PRICES 4. *LOCAL AGENCY CERTIFICATION FOR FEDERAL AID CONTRACTS 5. *NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION 6. *LOCAL AGENCY SUBCONTRACTOR LIST 7. *DBE UTILIZATION CERTIFICATION 8. *DBE WRITTEN CONFIRMATION DOCUMENT 9. *DBE TRUCKING CREDIT FORM 10. *DBE BID ITEM BREAKDOWN FORM 11. *PROPOSAL FOR INCORPORATING RECYCLED MATERIALS INTO THE PROJECT 12. *CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION, WAGE LAW COMPLIANCE – RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA, WASHINGTON STATE PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS 13. *PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE 14. *LOCAL AGENCY PROPOSAL BOND IV. AGREEMENT FORMS 1. LOCAL AGENCY CONTRACT 2. PUBLIC WORKS PERFORMANCE BOND 3. PUBLIC WORKS PAYMENT BOND 4. FAIR PRACTICES AND NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY DECLARATION * Submit as part of the bid.  Submit within 10 days after Notice of Award. V. REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS VI. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Contract Documents Page ii Lake Washington Loop Trail Project December 2020 VII. APPENDICES APPENDIX A – Wage Rates 1. Federal Wage Rates 2. Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates APPENDIX B – City of Renton Standard Plans APPENDIX C – WSDOT Standard Plans VOLUME II – PLANS City of Renton Contract Provisions for Lake Washington Loop Trail Project ______________________________________________________________________________ I. CALL FOR BIDS CITY OF RENTON Lake Washington Loop Trail Project Federal Aid Number TAP‐HLP‐STPUL 1070(008) Project No. CAG‐20‐126 CALL FOR BIDS Sealed bids will be received until 11:00 AM, Tuesday, January 19, 2021, at the lobby of Renton City Hall, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057. All supplemental documents, that are allowed to be submitted after this date and time, shall be received at the lobby of Renton City Hall. Sealed bids will be opened and publicly read via Zoom video‐conferencing web application at 1:00 PM, Thursday, January 21, 2021. Any bids received after the published bid submittal time cannot be considered and will not be accepted. • The bid opening meeting can be accessed via videoconference by: • Clicking this link to join the Zoom meeting: • https://us02web.zoom.us/j/82069149130?pwd=Vkg1ZWE5Q1Q1MWF6b0pFRjh6cHNSdz09 • Using the Zoom app: Meeting ID: 820 6914 9130; Password: 579030; • Via telephone by dialing: 253‐215‐8782,, 82069149130#,,,0#,,5790305# • Zoom is free to use and is available at https://zoom.us/. Approved plans, specifications, addenda, and plan holders list for this project are available on‐line through Builders Exchange of Washington, Inc., at http://www.bxwa.com. Click on bxwa.com; Posted Projects; Public Works; City of Renton; Projects Bidding. (Note: Bidders are encouraged to Register as a Bidder, in order to receive automatic email notification of future addenda and to be placed on the Bidders List). Contact Builders Exchange of Washington at 425‐258‐1303 should you require further assistance. The City of Renton in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000d‐4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally‐Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively ensure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises as defined at 49 CFR Part 26 will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, national origin, or sex in consideration for an award. The improvement for which bids will be received is described below: Construct the Lake Washington Loop Trail Project. The work includes but is not limited to: temporary erosion and water pollution control; removal of structures and obstructions; sawcutting, excavation, pavement grinding, removal of pavement, removal of curb, gutter and sidewalk; trench excavation and backfilling, installation of stormwater laterals and drainage systems; traffic island construction, modifications to traffic signal systems; planing pavement, forming and placement of concrete curb, gutter and sidewalk and wheelchair ramps; pavement restoration, asphalt overlay, green pavement application, striping; adjustment of utility frames, grates and covers; irrigation; bridge pedestrian retrofit, bridge railing installation; property restoration, permanent signing, and all other work necessary to complete the WORK as specified and shown on the Contract Provisions. An Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) mandatory goal of 16%, and zero (0) training hours has been established for this project. Jason A. Seth, City Clerk Published: December 21, 2020, December 28, 2020 and January 4, 2021 Daily Journal of Commerce Renton Reporter (online) City of Renton Contract Provisions for Lake Washington Loop Trail Project ______________________________________________________________________________ II. INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS Contract Documents Page 3 Lake Washington Loop Trail Project December 2020 INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS The following supplements the information in the Call for Bids: 1.Special Project Information. The Contract Documents, including Standard Specifications, and all applicable laws and regulations apply to this project. The following items particular to this project are repeated here for emphasis: a.Wages. This project includes federal funding. The State Prevailing Wages and Federal Wage Rates in effect at time of Advertisement are provided in Appendix A. It is the Bidder’s responsibility to obtain wage information for any work classifications that are not included. b.NPDES Permit. The City of Renton will secure the NPDES permit, and will be the sole owner of the permit. The Contractor shall abide and be considered the operator of the construction site as described in the permit. The City of Renton shall file the Notice of Intent. See Special Provision Sections 1-07.6 and 8-01 for details. 2. Any prospective Bidder desiring an explanation or interpretation of the Bid Documents, shall request the explanation or interpretation in writing by the close of business five (5) business days preceding the bid opening to allow a written reply to reach all prospective Bidders before the submission of their Bids. Oral explanations, interpretations, or instructions given by anyone before the Award of Contract will not be binding on the City of Renton. ·If a bidder has any questions regarding the project, the bidder may submit questions via e- mail to: hbernardo@Rentonwa.gov. Put “Lake Washington Loop Trail Project” in the subject line. No other type of inquiry will be accepted. 3. All bids must be self-explanatory. Partial bids will not be accepted. No opportunity will be offered for oral explanation except as the City may request further information on particular points. The bidder shall, upon request, furnish information to the City of Renton as to their financial and practical ability to satisfactorily perform the work. 4. The construction contract will be awarded by the City of Renton to the lowest responsible, responsive bidder. The total bid amount of all schedules combined will be used to determine the low bidder. 5. The City of Renton reserves the right to reject any and all bids or waive any and/or all informalities. 6. Payment for this work will be made in cash warrants. 7. Bidders are not required to be in possession of a current City of Renton business license in order to bid on City projects. However, Contractors and all subcontractors of all tiers must be in possession of a current City business license while conducting work in the City. 8. Bidding Checklist Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the name and address of the Bidder, and the name and number of the project for which the bid is submitted. It is the responsibility of each bidder to ascertain if all the documents listed below and in the Table of Contract Documents Page 4 Lake Washington Loop Trail Project December 2020 Contents are included in their copy of the Contract Provisions. If documents are missing, it is the sole responsibility of the Bidder to contact the City of Renton to obtain the missing documents prior to the date and time bids are due. The following documents shall be submitted with the bid. a.Project Proposal Cover Sheet – The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. b.Proposal – The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. c.Schedule of Prices – The form(s) included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. Bidders must bid on all schedules and items shown on the Schedule of Prices. If any unit price is left blank, it will be considered no charge for that bid item, regardless of what has been placed in the extension column. d.Local Agency Certification for Federal-Aid Contracts. e.Non-Collusion Declaration – The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. f.Local Agency Subcontractor List – This form is available at https://wsdot.wa.gov/forms/pdfForms.html. Bidder may download, print and complete the form to include with Bid. The DOT form, DOT Form Number and revision date must match the form included in these Bid Documents, otherwise the Bid will be considered irregular and non- responsive and the Bid will be rejected. g.Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification. h.Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Written Confirmation Document. i.Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Bid Item Breakdown Form. j.Proposal for Incorporating Recycled Materials into the Project - The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. k.Contractor Certification, Wage Law Compliance – Responsibility Criteria, Washington State Public Works Contracts – This form is available at https://wsdot.wa.gov/forms/pdfForms.html. Bidder may download, complete, print, and sign the form to include with Bid. The DOT form, DOT Form Number and revision date must match the form included in these Bid Documents, otherwise the Bid will be considered irregular and non-responsive and the Bid will be rejected. l.Proposal Signature Page - The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. Evidence of signatory’s authority to sign the Proposal on behalf of the business entity shall be submitted with the Bid. Otherwise, the submitted Bid will be considered irregular and non-responsive and the Bid will be rejected. m.Proposal Bid Bond – The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. If an attorney-in-fact signs bond, the power of attorney authorizing such execution must be current and enforceable, be properly executed by the Surety in accordance with the Surety’s by-laws or other applicable rules and resolutions, and include all necessary corporate seals, signatures, and notaries. Contract Documents Page 5 Lake Washington Loop Trail Project December 2020 9. Contract Checklist The following forms are to be executed by the successful Bidder after the Contract is awarded. The following Certificate of Insurance are to be provided after the Contract is awarded and prior to Contract execution. a.Agreement – The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. Two originals shall be executed by the successful Bidder. b.Contract Bond – The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. Two originals shall be executed by the successful Bidder and its surety company. This bond covers successful completion of all work and payment of all laborers, subcontractors, suppliers, etc. If an attorney-in-fact signs bond, the power of attorney authorizing such execution must be current and enforceable, be properly executed by the Surety in accordance with the Surety’s by-laws or other applicable rules and resolutions, and include all necessary corporate seals, signatures, and notaries. c.Fair Practices Policy Affidavit of Compliance - The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted. d.Certificates of Insurance – To be executed by an insurance company acceptable to the Owner, on ACORD Forms. Required coverages are listed in Section 1-07.18 of the Special Provisions. The City of Renton shall be named as “Additional Insureds” on the insurance policies as well as the entities listed in Section 1-07.18(2) of the Special Provisions. Contract Documents Lake Washington Loop Trail Project Page 6 December 2020 This page intentionally blank. Contract Documents Lake Washington Loop Trail Project Page 7 December 2020 City of Renton Contract Provisions for Lake Washington Loop Trail Project ______________________________________________________________________________ III. PROJECT PROPOSAL Project: Lake Washington Loop Trail Project Federal Aid Number: TAP-HLP-STPUL 1070(008) City Contract Number: CAG-20-126 Company: Address: Phone Number: Fax Number: Total Bid Amount: $_____________________________________________ Contract Documents Lake Washington Loop Trail Project Page 8 December 2020 This page intentionally blank. Contract Documents Lake Washington Loop Trail Project Page 9 December 2020 PROPOSAL Lake Washington Loop Trail Project TO THE CITY OF RENTON RENTON, WASHINGTON Ladies and/or Gentlemen: The undersigned (Bidder) hereby certify that the Bidder has examined the location and construction details of the proposed work and has read and thoroughly understands the Contract Documents governing the work, and the nature of the work, and the method by which payment will be made for said work. Bidder hereby proposes to undertake and complete the work detailed in and in accordance with these Contract Documents and all applicable laws and regulations, for the Total Bid Amount shown on the attached Schedule of prices. The Bidder understands that the quantities mentioned herein are approximate only and are subject to increase or decrease, and hereby proposes to perform all quantities of work as either increased or decreased in accordance with the Contract Documents. As evidence of good faith, pursuant to RCW 35.23.352(1), an original Bid Proposal Deposit in the form of (check one)  bid bond, or  cashier's check (made payable to the City of Renton), or  postal money order (made payable to the City of Renton), in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the Total Bid Price, is attached hereto. If a bid bond is signed by an attorney-in-fact, Bidder agrees that the power of attorney authorizing such execution must be current and enforceable, be properly executed by the Surety in accordance with the Surety’s by-laws or other applicable rules and resolutions, and include all necessary corporate seals, signatures, and notaries. Bidder understands that Contract Award or Bid rejection will occur within 60 calendar days after the opening of bids, as specified in Section 1-03.2 of the Standard Specifications. Bidder further understands that should Bidder fail to enter into this contract in accordance with his or her Bid and furnish a contract bond within a period of ten (10) days from the date at which he or she is notified that he or she is the successful bidder, the Bid Proposal Deposit shall be forfeited to the City of Renton, as set forth in RCW 35A.40.200 and RCW 35.23.352. Bidder hereby agrees to complete the Physical Work in all respects within 60 working days. Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the Notice to Proceed date. ITEM NO.ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC. SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* AMOUNT 1 MINOR CHANGES (BY FORCE ACCOUNT)1-04 EST. 1 50,000.00$ 50,000.00$ 2 ROADWAY SURVEYING 1-05 L.S. 1 3 ADA FEATURES SURVEYING 1-05 L.S. 1 4 RECORD DRAWINGS (MINIMUM BID $5,000) 1-05 L.S. 1 5 SPILL PREVENTION, CONTROL & COUNTERMEASURES (SPCC) PLAN 1-07 L.S. 1 6 COVID-19 HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN 1-07 L.S. 1 7 MOBILIZATION 1-09 L.S. 1 8 PROJECT TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1-10 L.S. 1 9 PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN 1-10 HR 1,560 10 CONTRACTOR PROVIDED UNIFORMED POLICE OFFICER 1-10 HR 120 11 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 2-01 L.S. 1 12 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS 2-02 L.S. 1 13 SAWCUTTING 2-02 L.F.1,200 14 ROADWAY EXCAVATION INCL. HAUL 2-03 L.S. 1 15 GRAVEL BORROW INCL. HAUL 2-03 TN 25 16 SHORING OR EXTRA EXCAVATION CLASS B 2-09 L.S. 1 NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and total L.S. shall be corrected to conform thereto. SCHEDULE OF PRICES Lake Washington Loop Trail ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID Lake Washington Loop Trail City of Renton Page 1 of 6 Schedule of Prices December 2020 ITEM NO.ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC. SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* AMOUNT NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and total L.S. shall be corrected to conform thereto. SCHEDULE OF PRICES Lake Washington Loop Trail ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID 17 CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE 4-04 TN 210 18 CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE 4-04 TN 170 19 HMA CL. 1/2 IN. PG 64-22 5-04 TN 550 20 PLANING BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT 5-04 S.Y.2,800 21 BRIDGE RAILING TYPE PEDESTRIAN RETROFIT 6-06 L.F. 285 22 BRIDGE RAILING TYPE S-BP30 6-06 L.F. 245 23 CLEANING AND PAINTING – EXISTING PEDESTRIAN RAILING 6-07 L.S. 1 24 CLEANING AND PAINTING – BRIDGE RAILING TYPE PEDESTRIAN RETROFIT 6-07 L.S. 1 25 CLEANING AND PAINTING – BRIDGE RAILING TYPE S–BP30 6-07 L.S. 1 26 CONTAINMENT OF ABRASIVES 6-07 L.S. 1 27 TESTING AND DISPOSAL OF CONTAINMENT WASTE (BY FORCE ACCOUNT)6-07 EST. 1 2,000.00$ 2,000.00$ 28 CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE STORM SEWER PIPE 8 IN. DIAM.7-04 L.F. 30 29 DUCTILE IRON STORM SEWER PIPE 8 IN. DIAM. 7-04 L.F. 50 30 ADJUST MANHOLE 7-05 EACH 1 31 ADJUST CATCH BASIN 7-05 EACH 14 32 ADJUST UTILITY BOX 7-05 EACH 12 Lake Washington Loop Trail City of Renton Page 2 of 6 Schedule of Prices December 2020 ITEM NO.ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC. SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* AMOUNT NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and total L.S. shall be corrected to conform thereto. SCHEDULE OF PRICES Lake Washington Loop Trail ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID 33 CATCH BASIN TYPE 1 7-05 EACH 6 34 CATCH BASIN TYPE 2, 48 IN. DIAM. 7-05 EACH 3 35 CONNECTION TO DRAINAGE STRUCTURE 7-05 EACH 9 36 ESC LEAD 8-01 DAY 60 37 STREET CLEANING 8-01 HR 80 38 INLET PROTECTION 8-01 EACH 30 39 HIGH VISIBILITY FENCE 8-01 L.F. 340 40 FINE COMPOST 8-02 C.Y. 50 41 TOPSOIL TYPE A 8-02 C.Y. 200 42 WOOD CHIP MULCH 8-02 C.Y. 30 43 PSIPE ACER CIRCINATUM / VINE MAPLE (6'-8' HT; MULTI-STEM)8-02 EACH 1 44 PSIPE FRAXINUS AMERICANA "AUTUMN PURPLE' / AUTUMN PURPLE ASH (3" CAL.)8-02 EACH 2 45 PSIPE ARBUTUS UNEDO 'COMPACTA' / COMPACT STRAWBERRY TREE (5 GAL.)8-02 EACH 8 46 PSIPE BERBERIS BUXIFOLIA 'NANA' / DWARF BARBERRY (1 GAL.)8-02 EACH 100 47 PSIPE PRUNUS LAUROCERASUS 'MT. VERNON' / MT. VERNON LAUREL (2 GAL.)8-02 EACH 69 48 PSIPE ROSA X 'RADCON' / PINK KNOCK OUT ROSE (2 GAL.)8-02 EACH 31 Lake Washington Loop Trail City of Renton Page 3 of 6 Schedule of Prices December 2020 ITEM NO.ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC. SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* AMOUNT NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and total L.S. shall be corrected to conform thereto. SCHEDULE OF PRICES Lake Washington Loop Trail ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID 49 PSIPE SPIRAEA THUNBERGII 'OGON' / MELLOW YELLOW SPIREA (5 GAL)8-02 EACH 23 50 PSIPE PARTHENOCISSUS QUINQUEFOLIA / VIRGINIA CREEPER (1 GAL.) 8-02 EACH 21 51 PSIPE SEDUM RUPESTRE 'ANGELINA' / ANGELINA STONECROP (1 GAL.)8-02 EACH 91 52 PSIPE TEUCRIUM CHAMAEDRYS / WALL GERMANDER (1 GAL.)8-02 EACH 131 53 SOD INSTALLATION 8-02 S.Y. 220 54 ROOT BARRIER (24-INCH) 8-02 L.F. 80 55 IRRIGATION SYSTEM (FORCE ACCOUNT) 8-03 L.S. 1 56 CEMENT CONC. TRAFFIC CURB AND GUTTER 8-04 L.F. 150 57 CEMENT CONC. TRAFFIC CURB 8-04 L.F. 260 58 PRECAST SLOPED MOUNTABLE CURB 8-04 L.F. 80 59 EXTRUDED CURB 8-04 L.F. 60 60 CEMENT CONC. DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE TYPE MODIFIED R1 8-06 S.Y. 30 61 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK 8-14 S.Y. 300 62 CEMENT CONC. CURB RAMP TYPE PARALLEL B 8-14 EACH 1 63 CEMENT CONC. CURB RAMP TYPE MODIFIED PARALLEL B 8-14 EACH 1 64 CEMENT CONC. CURB RAMP TYPE MODIFIED PERPENDICULAR A 8-14 EACH 1 Lake Washington Loop Trail City of Renton Page 4 of 6 Schedule of Prices December 2020 ITEM NO.ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC. SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* AMOUNT NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and total L.S. shall be corrected to conform thereto. SCHEDULE OF PRICES Lake Washington Loop Trail ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID 65 CEMENT CONC. CURB RAMP TYPE PERPENDICULAR A 8-14 EACH 1 66 CEMENT CONC. CURB RAMP TYPE PERPENDICULAR B 8-14 EACH 1 67 CURB MOUNTED DELINEATOR POSTS 8-10 L.F.2,300 68 CHAIN LINK FENCE TYPE 4 8-12 L.F. 80 69 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM AIRPORT/LOGAN 8-20 L.S. 1 70 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM AIRPORT/SHATTUCK 8-20 L.S. 1 71 ILLUMINATION SYSTEM 8-20 L.S. 1 72 PERMANENT SIGNING 8-21 L.S. 1 73 REMOVING EXISTING PAVEMENT MARKING 8-22 L.S. 1 74 PLASTIC CROSSWALK LINE 8-22 S.F. 220 75 PLASTIC DOTTED LINE EXTENSIONS 8-22 L.F. 300 76 PLASTIC STOP LINE 8-22 L.F. 70 77 PLASTIC TRAFFIC ARROW 8-22 EACH 23 78 PAINT LINE 8-22 L.F.2,300 79 PLASTIC LINE 8-22 L.F.4,500 80 PLASTIC CROSSHATCH MARKING 8-22 L.F.1,600 Lake Washington Loop Trail City of Renton Page 5 of 6 Schedule of Prices December 2020 ITEM NO.ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC. SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* AMOUNT NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and total L.S. shall be corrected to conform thereto. SCHEDULE OF PRICES Lake Washington Loop Trail ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID 81 PROFILED PLASTIC LINE 8-22 L.F.3,400 82 PLASTIC TRAFFIC LETTER 8-22 EACH 4 83 PLASTIC BICYCLE LANE SYMBOL 8-22 EACH 24 84 GREEN MMA CYCLE TRACK COATING 8-22 S.F.2,300 85 BICYCLE DETECTOR PAVEMENT MARKING 8-22 EACH 2 86 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKING – SHORT DURATION 8-23 L.F.8,000 TOTAL BID AMOUNT = *NOTE: The Unit Prices include all taxes paid, per section 1-07.2(1) and WAC 458-20-171. Lake Washington Loop Trail City of Renton Page 6 of 6 Schedule of Prices December 2020 SR Local Agency Certification for Federal-Aid Contracts The prospective participant certifies by signing and submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: (1)No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan or cooperative agreement. (2)If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions. This certification is material representation of the fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for mak ing or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each failure. The prospective parti cipant also agrees by submitting his or her bid or proposal that he or she shall require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts. which exceed $100,000 and that all such subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. DOT Form 272-040A EF 07/2011 Local Agency Subcontractor List Prepared in compliance with RCW 39.30.060 as amended To Be Submitted with the Bid Proposal Project Name Failure to list subcontractors with whom the bidder, if awarded the contract, will directly subcontract for performance of the work of structural steel installation, rebar installation, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical, as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW or naming more than one subcontractor to perform the same work will result in your bid being non-responsive and therefore void. Subcontractor(s) with whom the bidder will directly subcontract that are proposed to perform the work of structural steel installation, rebar installation, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW must be listed below. The work to be performed is to be listed below the subcontractor(s) name. To the extent the Project includes one or more categories of work referenced in RCW 39.30.060, and no subcontractor is listed below to perform such work, the bidder certifies that the work will either (i) be performed by the bidder itself, or (ii) be performed by a lower tier subcontractor who will not contract directly with the bidder. Subcontractor Name Work to be performed Subcontractor Name Work to be performed Subcontractor Name Work to be performed Subcontractor Name Work to be performed Subcontractor Name Work to be performed * Bidder’s are notified that it is the opinion of the enforcement agency that PVC or metal conduit, junction boxes, etc, are considered electrical equipment and therefore considered part of electrical work, even if the installation is for future use and no wiring or electrical current is connected during the project. DOT Form 271-015A Revised 06/2020 Local Agency Name Local Agency Address DOT Form 272-056 Revised 03/2018 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification To be eligible for Award of this Contract the Bidder shall fill out and submit, as a supplement to its sealed Bid Proposal, a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Utilization Certification. The Contracting Agency shall consider as non- responsive and shall reject any Bid Proposal that does not contain a DBE Utilization Certification which properly demonstrates that the Bidder will meet the DBE participation requirements in one of the manners provided for in the proposed Contract. Refer to the instructions on Page 2 when filling out this form or the Bid may be rejected. An example form has been provided on Page 3. The successful Bidder’s DBE Utilization Certification shall be deemed a part of the resulting Contract. Box 1: certifies that the DBE firms listed below have been contacted regarding participation on this project. If this Bidder is successful on this project and is awarded the Contract, it shall assure that subcontracts or supply agreements are executed with named DBEs. (If necessary, use additional sheets.) Box 2: Column 1 Name of DBE (See instructions) Column 2 Project Role (See instructions) Column 3 Description of Work (See instructions) Column 4 Dollar Amount Subcontracted to DBE (See instructions) Column 5 Dollar Amount to be Applied Towards Goal (See instructions) Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Total DBE Commitment Dollar Amount Condition of Award Contract Goal Box 3 Box 4 5 By checking Box 5 the Bidder is stating that their attempts to solicit sufficient DBE participation to meet the COA Contract goal has been unsuccessful and good faith effort will be submitted in accordance with Section 1-02.9 of the Contract DOT Form 272-056 Revised 10/2019 Instructions for Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification Form Box 1: Name of Bidder (Proposal holder) submitting Bid. Box 2: Name of the Project. Column 1: Name of the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE). DBE firms can be found using the Diversity Management and Compliance System web page: https://wsdot.diversitycompliance.com. Repeat the name of the DBE for each Project Role that will be performed. Column 2: The Project Role that the DBE will be performing as follows; •Prime Contractor •Subcontractor •Subcontractor (Force Account) •Work sublet as Force Account must be listed separately. •Manufacturer •Regular Dealer •Work sublet to a Regular Dealer must be listed separately. •Regular Dealer status must be approved prior to Bid submittal by the Office of Equal Opportunity, Washington State Department of Transportation, on each Contract. •Broker •Work sublet to a Broker must be listed separately. List each project role to be performed by a single DBE individually on a separate row. The role is used to determine what portion of the amount to be subcontracted (Column 4) may be applied toward meeting the goal (column 5). Column 3: Provide a description of work to be performed by the DBE. The work to be performed must be consistent with the Certified Business Description of the DBE provided at the Diversity Management and Compliance System web page https://wsdot.diversitycompliance.com •A Bidder subletting a portion of a bid item shall state “Partial” and describe the Work that is included. •For example; “Electrical (Partial) – Trenching”. •“Mobilization” will not be accepted as a description of Work. Column 4: List the total amount to be subcontracted to each DBE for each Project Role they are performing. Column 5: This is the dollar amount for each line listed in the certification that the prime intends to apply towards meeting the COA Contract goal. It may be that only a portion of the amount subcontracted to a DBE in Column 4 is eligible to be credited toward meeting the goal See Note 1, Note 2, Note 3. The Contracting Agency will utilize the sum of this column (Box 4) to determine whether or not the bidder has met the goal. In the event of an arithmetic error in summing column 5 or an error in making appropriate reductions in the amounts in column four, See Note 1, Note 2, Note 3, then the mathematics will be corrected and the total (Box 4) will be revised accordingly. Note 1: For Work sublet as Force Account the bidder may only claim 50% of the amount subcontracted (Column 4) towards meeting the goal (Column 5). This information will be used to demonstrate that the DBE contract goal is met at the time that the bidder submits their bid. For example; amount sublet as force account = $100,000 (Column 4) equates to ($100,000 X 50%) = $50,000 (Column 5) to be applied towards the goal. Note 2: For Work sublet to a Regular Dealer the bidder may only claim 60% of the cost of the materials or supplies (Column 4) towards meeting the goal (Column 5). For example; Material cost = $100,000 (Column 4) equates to ($100,000 X 60%) = $60,000 (Column 5) to be applied towards the goal Note 3: For Work sublet to a Broker the bidder may only claim the fees paid to a Broker towards meeting the goal (Column 4). For example; amount sublet to a broker = $100,000 (Column 4) equates to ($100,000 X reasonable fee %) = $ (Column 5) to be applied towards the goal. Box 3: Box 3 is the COA Contract goal which is the minimum required DBE participation. The goal stated in the Contract will be in terms of a dollar amount or a percentage in the Contract. When expressed as a percentage you must multiply the percentage times the sum total of all bid items as submitted in the Bidder ’s Proposal to determine the dollar goal and write it in Box 3. In the event of an error in this box, the Contracting Agency will revise the amount accordingly. Box 4: Box 4 is the sum of the values in column 5. This value must equal or exceed the COA Contract goal amount written in Box 3 or; Box 5: Check Box 5 if insufficient DBE Participation has been achieved and a good faith effort is required. Refer to the subsection titled, Selection of Successful Bidder/Good Faith Efforts (GFE) in the Contract. See the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Participation specification in the Contract for more information. DOT Form 272-056 Revised 02/2018 Disadvantaged Business (QWHUSULVH8WLOL]DWLRQ&HUWL¿FDWLRQ 7REHHOLJLEOHIRU$ZDUGRIWKLV&RQWUDFWWKH%LGGHUVKDOO¿OORXWDQGVXEPLWDVDVXSSOHPHQWWRLWVVHDOHG%LG3URSRVDO D'LVDGYDQWDJHG%XVLQHVV(QWHUSULVH'%(8WLOL]DWLRQ&HUWL¿FDWLRQ7KH&RQWUDFWLQJ$JHQF\VKDOOFRQVLGHUDVQRQ UHVSRQVLYHDQGVKDOOUHMHFWDQ\%LG3URSRVDOWKDWGRHVQRWFRQWDLQD'%(8WLOL]DWLRQ&HUWL¿FDWLRQZKLFKSURSHUO\ GHPRQVWUDWHVWKDWWKH%LGGHUZLOOPHHWWKH'%(SDUWLFLSDWLRQUHTXLUHPHQWVLQRQHRIWKHPDQQHUVSURYLGHGIRULQWKH SURSRVHG&RQWUDFW5HIHUWRWKHLQVWUXFWLRQVRQ3DJHZKHQ¿OOLQJRXWWKLVIRUPRUWKH%LGPD\EHUHMHFWHG$Q H[DPSOHIRUPKDVEHHQSURYLGHGRQ3DJH7KHVXFFHVVIXO%LGGHU¶V'%(8WLOL]DWLRQ&HUWL¿FDWLRQVKDOOEHGHHPHGD SDUWRIWKHUHVXOWLQJ&RQWUDFW Box 1: FHUWL¿HVWKDWWKH'%(¿UPVOLVWHGEHORZKDYHEHHQFRQWDFWHGUHJDUGLQJSDUWLFLSDWLRQRQWKLVSURMHFW,IWKLV%LGGHULVVXFFHVVIXORQWKLVSURMHFWDQGLVDZDUGHGWKH&RQWUDFWLWVKDOODVVXUHWKDWVXEFRQWUDFWVRUVXSSO\DJUHHPHQWVDUHH[HFXWHGZLWKQDPHG'%(V,IQHFHVVDU\XVHDGGLWLRQDOVKHHWV Box 2: Column 1 1DPHRI'%( 6HHLQVWUXFWLRQV Column 2 3URMHFW5ROH 6HHLQVWUXFWLRQV Column 3 'HVFULSWLRQRI:RUN 6HHLQVWUXFWLRQV Column 4 'ROODU$PRXQW 6XEFRQWUDFWHG to DBE 6HHLQVWUXFWLRQV Column 5 'ROODU$PRXQW WREH$SSOLHG 7RZDUGV*RDO 6HHLQVWUXFWLRQV 'LVDGYDQWDJHG%XVLQHVV(QWHUSULVH 7RWDO'%(&RPPLWPHQW'ROODU$PRXQW Condition of Award Contract Goal Box 3 Box 4 5 %\FKHFNLQJ%R[WKH%LGGHULVVWDWLQJWKDWWKHLUDWWHPSWVWRVROLFLWVXႈFLHQW'%(SDUWLFLSDWLRQWRPHHWWKH&2$&RQWUDFWJRDOKDVEHHQXQVXFFHVVIXODQGJRRGIDLWKHႇRUWZLOOEHVXEPLWWHGLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWK6HFWLRQRIWKH&RQWUDFW EXAMPL E A Plus Construction Company US 395, Spokane City Limits to Stevens County Line - Paving and Safety 356,968.16 1,295,250 A Plus Construction Company Prime Asphalt and concrete paving, asphalt milling, preleveling and pavement repair N/A 900,000 In the Line Services, Inc. Subcontractor (Force Account) Crack sealing 20,000 10,000 In the Line Services, Inc. Subcontractor Guideposts, joint seal, pavement markers, temporary signage, construction sign installation 200,000 200,000 The Everything Guys, LLC Regular Dealer Rental and sales of highway construction and related equipment and materials 100,000 60,000 Optimus Prime Trucking, Inc. Subcontractor Dump Trucking 50,000 50,000 Metalheads, Inc. Manufacturer Dowel Bars 75,000 75,000 Erosion Under Control Co. Broker Erosion control blankets, straw bales and wattles, sand bags 15,000 250 DOT Form 422-031 Revised 07/2016 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Written Confirmation Document See Contract Provisions: DBE Document Submittal Requirements Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Participation THIS FORM SHALL ONLY BE SUBMITTED TO A DBE THAT IS LISTED ON THE CONTRACTOR’S DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE UTILIZATION CERTIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE PART A PRIOR TO SENDING TO THE DBE. PART A: To be completed by the bidder The entries below shall be consistent with what is shown on the Bidder’s Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification. Failure to do so will result in Bid rejection. Contract Title: Bidder’s Business Name: DBE’s Business Name: Description of DBE’s Work: Dollar Amount to be Applied Towards DBE Goal: Dollar Amount to be Subcontracted to DBE*: *Optional Field PART B: To be completed by the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise As an authorized representative of the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise, I confirm that we have been contacted by the Bidder with regard to the referenced project for the purpose of performing the Work described above. If the Bidder is awarded the Contract, we will enter into an agreement with the Bidder to participate in the project consistent with the information provided in Part A of this form. Name (printed): Signature: Title: Address: Date: Revised 09/2020 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Bid Item Breakdown Form 1. Contract Number 2. Contract Name 3. Prime Contractor 4. Prime Contractor Representative Name 5. Prime Contractor Representative Phone Number 6. Prime Contractor Representative Email Column 1 Name of UDBE (See Instructions) Column 2 Bid Item # (See Instructions) Column 3 Full/Partial (See Instructions) Column 4 Quantity (See Instructions) Column 5 Description (See Instructions) Column 6 Unit Price (See Instructions) Column 7 Total Unit Cost (See Instructions) Column 8 Dollar Amount to be Applied Towards Goal (See Instructions) Subtotal: Name of UDBE Bid Item # Full/Partial Quantity Description Unit Price Total Unit Cost Dollar Amount to be Applied Towards Goal Subtotal: Name of UDBE Bid Item # Full/Partial Quantity Description Unit Price Total Unit Cost Dollar Amount to be Applied Towards Goal Subtotal: Name of UDBE Bid Item # Full/Partial Quantity Description Unit Price Total Unit Cost Dollar Amount to be Applied Towards Goal Subtotal: TOTAL UDBE Dollar Amount: DOT Form 272-054 Revised 09/2020 Instructions for Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Bid Item Breakdown Form Box 1: Provide the Contract Number as stated in the project information webpage. Box 2: Provide the Name of the project as stated in the project information webpage. Box 3: Provide the Name of the bidder (Proposal holder) submitting Bid. Box 4: Provide the name of the prime contractor’s representative available to contact regarding this form. Box 5: Provide the phone number of the prime contractor’s representative available to contact regarding this form. Box 6: Provide the email of the prime contractor’s representative available to contact regarding this form. Column 1: Provide the Name of the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Firm. DBE Firms can be found using the search tools under the Firm Certification section of the Diversity Management and Compliance System (DMCS) webpage https://wsdot.diversitycompliance.com. Column 2: Provide the Bid Item Number (as it appears in the engineer’s estimate bid check report) available on the project information webpage. Column 3: If the DBE is performing only part of the bid item, mark “Partial”. If the DBE is performing the entire bid item, mark “Complete”. Column 4: Provide the estimated quantity for the specific bid item. For trucking firms, use hour or another unit of measure. Column 5: Provide a description of the work to be performed by the DBE. Column 6: Provide the price per unit and specify the type of unit used. For trucking firms, use hour or another unit of measure. Column 7: Provide the estimated total unit cost amount per bid item. Column 8: Provide the amount of the bid item being used to fulfil the DBE goal. The work to be performed must be consistent with the Certified Business Description of the DBE provided in the DMCS webpage https://wsdot. diversitycompliance.com. Mobilization up to 10% is acceptable. If mobilization is more than 10% additional information and/or justification may be requested. The total amount shown for each DBE shall match the amount shown on the DBE Utilization Certification Form. Use Additional Sheets if necessary. DOT Form 272-054 APWA-WA Division 1 Committee rev. 1/8/2016 Proposal for Incorporating Recycled Materials into the Project In compliance with a new law that went into effect January 1, 2016 (SHB1695), the Bidder shall propose below, the total percent of construction aggregate and concrete materials to be incorporated into the Project that are recycled materials. Calculated percentages must be within the amounts allowed in Section 9-03.21(1)E, Table on Maximum Allowable Percent (By Weight) of Recycled Material, of the Standard Specifications. Proposed total percentage: _____________________________ percent. Note: Use of recycled materials is highly encouraged within the limits shown above, but does not constitute a Bidder Preference, and will not affect the determination of award, unless two or more lowest responsive Bid totals are exactly equal, in which case proposed recycling percentages will be used as a tie-breaker, per the APWA GSP in Section 1-03.1 of the Special Provisions. Regardless, the Bidder’s stated proposed percentages will become a goal the Contractor should do its best to accomplish. Bidders will be required to report on recycled materials actually incorporated into the Project, in accordance with the APWA GSP in Section 1-06.6 of the Special Provisions. Bidder: Signature of Authorized Official: Date: Contractor Certification Wage Law Compliance - Responsibility Criteria Washington State Public Works Contracts FAILURE TO RETURN THIS CERTIFICATION AS PART OF THE BID PROPOSAL PACKAGE WILL MAKE THIS BID NONRESPONSIVE AND INELIGIBLE FOR AWARD I hereby certify, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of Washington, on behalf of the firm identified below that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, this firm has NOT been determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction to have willfully violated, as defined in RCW 49.48.082, any provision of RCW chapters 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 within three (3) years prior to the date of the Call for Bids. Bidder Name: Name of Contractor/Bidder - Print full legal entity name of firm By: Signature of authorized person Print Name of person making certifications for firm Title: Title of person signing certificate Place: Print city and state where signed Date: Form 272-009 08/2017 Contract Documents Lake Washington Loop Trail Project Page 29 December 2020 PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE By signing below, Bidder acknowledges receipt and understanding of the following Addenda to the Bid Documents: Addendum No. Date of Receipt Addendum No. Date of Receipt 1 3 2 4 NOTE: A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if the receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged. The Bidder is hereby advised that by signature of this proposal, he/she is deemed to have acknowledged all requirements and signed all certificates contained herein. _________________________________________ ____________________________________ [Signature of Authorized Official] * [Business Name] _________________________________________ ____________________________________ [Printed Name] [Address Line 1] _________________________________________ ____________________________________ [Title] [Address Line 2] _________________________________________ ____________________________________ [Date] [Telephone Number] *NOTE: Evidence of the signatory’s authority to sign the Proposal on behalf of the business entity shall be submitted with the Bid. Otherwise, the submitted Bid will be considered irregular and non-responsive and the Bid will be rejected. NOTE: The address and phone number listed will be used for all communications regarding this Proposal. Type of business entity (e.g. corporation, partnership, etc.): ____________________________________________ State of Incorporation, or State where business entity was formed: ____________________________________________ Contract Documents Lake Washington Loop Trail Project Page 30 December 2020 WA State Contractor’s Registration # ____________________________________________ UBI # ____________________________________________ Industrial Insurance Account # ____________________________________________ Employment Security Department # ____________________________________________ State Excise Tax Registration # ____________________________________________ DUNS # ____________________________________________ The Surety Company which will furnish the required Contract Bond is: _________________________________________ ____________________________________ [Surety] [Address Line 1] _________________________________________ ____________________________________ [Telephone Number] [Address Line 2] SR Local Agency Proposal Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, of as principal, and the a corporation duly organized under the laws of the state of , and authorized to do business in the State of Washington, as surety, are held and firmly bound unto the State of Washington in the full and penal sum of five ( 5) percent of the total amount of the bid proposal of said principal for the work hereinafter described, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and successors and assigns, firmly by these presents. The condition of this bond is such, that whereas the principal herein is herewith submitting his or its sealed proposal for the following highway construction, to wit: said bid and proposal, by reference thereto, being made a part hereof. NOW, THEREFORE, If the said proposal bid by said principal be accepted, and the contract be awarded to said principal, and if said principal shall duly make and enter into and execute said contract and shall furnish bond as required by the within a period of twenty (20) days from and after said award, exclusive of the day of such award, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain and be in full force and effect. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, The principal and surety have caused these presents to be signed and sealed this __________ day of __________ � __ _ (Principal) (Surety) (Attorney-in-fact) DOT Form 272-001A EF 07/2011 City of Renton Contract Provisions for Lake Washington Loop Trail Project ______________________________________________________________________________ IV. AGREEMENT FORMS DOT Form 272-002A 12/2019 to City of Renton, WA Bond No. _________ The City of Renton, Washington, (____________) has awarded to _______________________________________ (Principal), a Contract for the construction of the project designated as ____________________________________________, Project No. _______________, in ______________________________, Washington (Contract), and said Principal is required under the terms of that Contract to furnish a bond for performance of all obligations under the Contract. The Principal, and ______________________________________ (Surety), a corporation organized under the laws of the State of ______________________ and licensed to do business in the State of Washington as surety ury Dept., are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the ________________________________, in the sum of _____________________________________________________________________________ US Dollars ($______________________________) Total Contract Amount, subject to the provisions herein. This statutory performance bond shall become null and void, if and when the Principal, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or d conditions of all duly authorized modifications, additions, and changes to said Contract that may hereafter be made, at the time and in the manner therein specified; and if such performance obligations have not been fulfilled, this bond shall remain in full force and effect. The Surety agrees to indemnify, defend, and protect the _____________ against any claim of direct or indirect loss resulting from the failure of the Principal, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the Principal) to faithfully perform the Contract. The Surety for value received agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, the specifications accompanying the Contract, or to the work to be performed under the Contract shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and waives notice of any change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or the work performed. The Surety agrees that modifications and changes to the terms and conditions of the Contract that increase the total amount to be paid the Principal shall automatically increase the obligation of the Surety on this bond and notice to Surety is not required for such increased obligation. This bond may be executed in two (2) original counterparts, and shall be sign only be accepted if it is accompanied by a fully executed and original power of attorney for the officer executing on behalf of the surety. The Surety agrees to be bound by the laws of the state of Washington and subjected to the jurisdiction of the state of Washington. PRINCIPAL SURETY ______________________________________ Principal Signature Date Surety Signature Date Printed Name Printed Name Title Title Approved as to form: X DOT Form 272-003A EF 12/2019 PUBLIC WORKS PAYMENT BOND to City of Renton, WA Bond No. _________ The CITY OF RENTON, Washington, (____________) has awarded to _______________________________________ (Principal), a Contract for the construction of the project designated as the Lake Washington Loop Trail Project, Project No. TAP-1070 (008), in Renton, WA, Washington (Contract), and said Principal is required under the terms of that Contract to furnish a payment bond in accord with Title 39.08 Revised Code of Washington (RCW) and (where applicable) 60.28 RCW. The Principal and ______________________________________ (Surety), a corporation organized under the laws of the State of ______________________ and licensed to do business in the State of Washington as surety and named in the current list of “Surety Companies Acceptable in Federal Bonds” as published in the Federal Register by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasury Dept., are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City, in the sum of _____________________________________________________________________________ US Dollars ($_______________________________) Total Contract Amount, subject to the provisions herein. This statutory payment bond shall become null and void, if and when the Principal, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns shall pay all persons in accordance with RCW Titles 60.28, 39.08, and 39.12 including all workers, laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, and material suppliers, and all persons who shall supply such contractor or subcontractor with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of such work, and all taxes incurred on said Contract under Title 50 and 51 RCW and all taxes imposed on the Principal under Title 82 RCW; and if such payment obligations have not been fulfilled, this bond shall remain in full force and effect. The Surety agrees to indemnify, defend, and protect the City against any claim of direct or indirect loss resulting from the failure of the Principal, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the Principal) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors materialpersons, and all persons who shall supply such contractor or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of such work. The Surety for value received agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, the specifications accompanying the Contract, or to the work to be performed under the Contract shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, except as provided herein, and waives notice of any change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or the work performed. The Surety agrees that modifications and changes to the terms and conditions of the Contract that increase the total amount to be paid the Principal shall automatically increase the obligation of the Surety on this bond and notice to Surety is not required for such increased obligation. This bond may be executed in two (2) original counterparts, and shall be signed by the parties’ duly authorized officers. This bond will only be accepted if it is accompanied by a fully executed and original power of attorney for the officer executing on behalf of the surety. The Surety agrees to be bound by the laws of the state of Washington and subjected to the jurisdiction of the state of Washington. PRINCIPAL SURETY ______________________________________ Principal Signature Date Surety Signature Date Printed Name Printed Name Title Title Approved as to form: _________________________________ Date: _________________________________ City Attorney, City of Renton Contract Documents Lake Washington Loop Trail Project Page 37 December 2020 FAIR PRACTICES AND NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY DECLARATION I, by signing the Agreement, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States that the following statements are true and correct: 1.That the undersigned person(s), firm, association or corporation affirms and subscribes to the Fair Practices and Non-discrimination policies set forth by the law and by City of Renton policy, adopted by Resolution No. 4085. 2.That by signing the signature page of this Agreement, I am deemed to have signed and to have agreed to the provisions of this declaration. City of Renton Contract Provisions for Lake Washington Loop Trail Project ______________________________________________________________________________ V. REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS 1 REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS FHWA-1273 -- Revised May 1, 2012 I. General II. Nondiscrimination III. Nonsegregated Facilities IV. Davis-Bacon and Related Act Provisions V. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act Provisions VI. Subletting or Assigning the Contract VII. Safety: Accident Prevention VIII. False Statements Concerning Highway Projects IX. Implementation of Clean Air Act and Federal Water Pollution Control Act X. Compliance with Governmentwide Suspension and Debarment Requirements XI. Certification Regarding Use of Contract Funds for Lobbying ATTACHMENTS A. Employment and Materials Preference for Appalachian Development Highway System or Appalachian Local Access Road Contracts (included in Appalachian contracts only) I. GENERAL 1. Form FHWA-1273 must be physically incorporated in each construction contract funded under Title 23 (excluding emergency contracts solely intended for debris removal). The contractor (or subcontractor) must insert this form in each subcontract and further require its inclusion in all lower tier subcontracts (excluding purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for supplies or services). The applicable requirements of Form FHWA-1273 are incorporated by reference for work done under any purchase order, rental agreement or agreement for other services. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor, lower-tier subcontractor or service provider. Form FHWA-1273 must be included in all Federal-aid design-build contracts, in all subcontracts and in lower tier subcontracts (excluding subcontracts for design services, purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for supplies or services). The design-builder shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor, lower-tier subcontractor or service provider. Contracting agencies may reference Form FHWA-1273 in bid proposal or request for proposal documents, however, the Form FHWA-1273 must be physically incorporated (not referenced) in all contracts, subcontracts and lower-tier subcontracts (excluding purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for supplies or services related to a construction contract). 2. Subject to the applicability criteria noted in the following sections, these contract provisions shall apply to all work performed on the contract by the contractor's own organization and with 2 the assistance of workers under the contractor's immediate superintendence and to all work performed on the contract by piecework, station work, or by subcontract. 3. A breach of any of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract Provisions may be sufficient grounds for withholding of progress payments, withholding of final payment, termination of the contract, suspension / debarment or any other action determined to be appropriate by the contracting agency and FHWA. 4. Selection of Labor: During the performance of this contract, the contractor shall not use convict labor for any purpose within the limits of a construction project on a Federal-aid highway unless it is labor performed by convicts who are on parole, supervised release, or probation. The term Federal-aid highway does not include roadways functionally classified as local roads or rural minor collectors. II. NONDISCRIMINATION The provisions of this section related to 23 CFR Part 230 are applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related construction subcontracts of $10,000 or more. The provisions of 23 CFR Part 230 are not applicable to material supply, engineering, or architectural service contracts. In addition, the contractor and all subcontractors must comply with the following policies: Executive Order 11246, 41 CFR 60, 29 CFR 1625-1627, Title 23 USC Section 140, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 USC 794), Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and related regulations including 49 CFR Parts 21, 26 and 27; and 23 CFR Parts 200, 230, and 633. The contractor and all subcontractors must comply with: the requirements of the Equal Opportunity Clause in 41 CFR 60-1.4(b) and, for all construction contracts exceeding $10,000, the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications in 41 CFR 60-4.3. Note: The U.S. Department of Labor has exclusive authority to determine compliance with Executive Order 11246 and the policies of the Secretary of Labor including 41 CFR 60, and 29 CFR 1625-1627. The contracting agency and the FHWA have the authority and the responsibility to ensure compliance with Title 23 USC Section 140, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 USC 794), and Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and related regulations including 49 CFR Parts 21, 26 and 27; and 23 CFR Parts 200, 230, and 633. The following provision is adopted from 23 CFR 230, Appendix A, with appropriate revisions to conform to the U.S. Department of Labor (US DOL) and FHWA requirements. 1. Equal Employment Opportunity: Equal employment opportunity (EEO) requirements not to discriminate and to take affirmative action to assure equal opportunity as set forth under laws, executive orders, rules, regulations (28 CFR 35, 29 CFR 1630, 29 CFR 1625-1627, 41 CFR 60 and 49 CFR 27) and orders of the Secretary of Labor as modified by the provisions prescribed herein, and imposed pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 140 shall constitute the EEO and specific affirmative action standards for the contractor's project activities under this contract. The provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) set forth under 28 CFR 35 and 29 CFR 1630 are incorporated by reference in this contract. In the execution of this 3 contract, the contractor agrees to comply with the following minimum specific requirement activities of EEO: a. The contractor will work with the contracting agency and the Federal Government to ensure that it has made every good faith effort to provide equal opportunity with respect to all of its terms and conditions of employment and in their review of activities under the contract. b. The contractor will accept as its operating policy the following statement: "It is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, religion, sex, color, national origin, age or disability. Such action shall include: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship, pre-apprenticeship, and/or on-the-job training." 2. EEO Officer: The contractor will designate and make known to the contracting officers an EEO Officer who will have the responsibility for and must be capable of effectively administering and promoting an active EEO program and who must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility to do so. 3. Dissemination of Policy: All members of the contractor's staff who are authorized to hire, supervise, promote, and discharge employees, or who recommend such action, or who are substantially involved in such action, will be made fully cognizant of, and will implement, the contractor's EEO policy and contractual responsibilities to provide EEO in each grade and classification of employment. To ensure that the above agreement will be met, the following actions will be taken as a minimum: a. Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office employees will be conducted before the start of work and then not less often than once every six months, at which time the contractor's EEO policy and its implementation will be reviewed and explained. The meetings will be conducted by the EEO Officer. b. All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a thorough indoctrination by the EEO Officer, covering all major aspects of the contractor's EEO obligations within thirty days following their reporting for duty with the contractor. c. All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for the project will be instructed by the EEO Officer in the contractor's procedures for locating and hiring minorities and women. d. Notices and posters setting forth the contractor's EEO policy will be placed in areas readily accessible to employees, applicants for employment and potential employees. e. The contractor's EEO policy and the procedures to implement such policy will be brought to the attention of employees by means of meetings, employee handbooks, or other appropriate means. 4. Recruitment: When advertising for employees, the contractor will include in all advertisements for employees the notation: "An Equal Opportunity Employer." All such advertisements will be placed in publications having a large circulation among minorities and women in the area from which the project work force would normally be derived. 4 a. The contractor will, unless precluded by a valid bargaining agreement, conduct systematic and direct recruitment through public and private employee referral sources likely to yield qualified minorities and women. To meet this requirement, the contractor will identify sources of potential minority group employees, and establish with such identified sources procedures whereby minority and women applicants may be referred to the contractor for employment consideration. b. In the event the contractor has a valid bargaining agreement providing for exclusive hiring hall referrals, the contractor is expected to observe the provisions of that agreement to the extent that the system meets the contractor's compliance with EEO contract provisions. Where implementation of such an agreement has the effect of discriminating against minorities or women, or obligates the contractor to do the same, such implementation violates Federal nondiscrimination provisions. c. The contractor will encourage its present employees to refer minorities and women as applicants for employment. Information and procedures with regard to referring such applicants will be discussed with employees. 5. Personnel Actions: Wages, working conditions, and employee benefits shall be established and administered, and personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading, promotion, transfer, demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be taken without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability. The following procedures shall be followed: a. The contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project sites to insure that working conditions and employee facilities do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site personnel. b. The contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of wages paid within each classification to determine any evidence of discriminatory wage practices. c. The contractor will periodically review selected personnel actions in depth to determine whether there is evidence of discrimination. Where evidence is found, the contractor will promptly take corrective action. If the review indicates that the discrimination may extend beyond the actions reviewed, such corrective action shall include all affected persons. d. The contractor will promptly investigate all complaints of alleged discrimination made to the contractor in connection with its obligations under this contract, will attempt to resolve such complaints, and will take appropriate corrective action within a reasonable time. If the investigation indicates that the discrimination may affect persons other than the complainant, such corrective action shall include such other persons. Upon completion of each investigation, the contractor will inform every complainant of all of their avenues of appeal. 6. Training and Promotion: a. The contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and increasing the skills of minorities and women who are applicants for employment or current employees. Such efforts should be aimed at developing full journey level status employees in the type of trade or job classification involved. 5 b. Consistent with the contractor's work force requirements and as permissible under Federal and State regulations, the contractor shall make full use of training programs, i.e., apprenticeship, and on-the-job training programs for the geographical area of contract performance. In the event a special provision for training is provided under this contract, this subparagraph will be superseded as indicated in the special provision. The contracting agency may reserve training positions for persons who receive welfare assistance in accordance with 23 U.S.C. 140(a). c. The contractor will advise employees and applicants for employment of available training programs and entrance requirements for each. d. The contractor will periodically review the training and promotion potential of employees who are minorities and women and will encourage eligible employees to apply for such training and promotion. 7. Unions: If the contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions as a source of employees, the contractor will use good faith efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to increase opportunities for minorities and women. Actions by the contractor, either directly or through a contractor's association acting as agent, will include the procedures set forth below: a. The contractor will use good faith efforts to develop, in cooperation with the unions, joint training programs aimed toward qualifying more minorities and women for membership in the unions and increasing the skills of minorities and women so that they may qualify for higher paying employment. b. The contractor will use good faith efforts to incorporate an EEO clause into each union agreement to the end that such union will be contractually bound to refer applicants without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability. c. The contractor is to obtain information as to the referral practices and policies of the labor union except that to the extent such information is within the exclusive possession of the labor union and such labor union refuses to furnish such information to the contractor, the contractor shall so certify to the contracting agency and shall set forth what efforts have been made to obtain such information. d. In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a reasonable flow of referrals within the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreement, the contractor will, through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability; making full efforts to obtain qualified and/or qualifiable minorities and women. The failure of a union to provide sufficient referrals (even though it is obligated to provide exclusive referrals under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement) does not relieve the contractor from the requirements of this paragraph. In the event the union referral practice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and these special provisions, such contractor shall immediately notify the contracting agency. 8. Reasonable Accommodation for Applicants / Employees with Disabilities: The contractor must be familiar with the requirements for and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act and all rules and regulations established there under. Employers must provide reasonable accommodation in all employment activities unless to do so would cause an undue hardship. 6 9. Selection of Subcontractors, Procurement of Materials and Leasing of Equipment: The contractor shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall take all necessary and reasonable steps to ensure nondiscrimination in the administration of this contract. a. The contractor shall notify all potential subcontractors and suppliers and lessors of their EEO obligations under this contract. b. The contractor will use good faith efforts to ensure subcontractor compliance with their EEO obligations. 10. Assurance Required by 49 CFR 26.13(b): a. The requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 and the State DOT’s U.S. DOT-approved DBE program are incorporated by reference. b. The contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the contracting agency deems appropriate. 11. Records and Reports: The contractor shall keep such records as necessary to document compliance with the EEO requirements. Such records shall be retained for a period of three years following the date of the final payment to the contractor for all contract work and shall be available at reasonable times and places for inspection by authorized representatives of the contracting agency and the FHWA. a. The records kept by the contractor shall document the following: (1) The number and work hours of minority and non-minority group members and women employed in each work classification on the project; (2) The progress and efforts being made in cooperation with unions, when applicable, to increase employment opportunities for minorities and women; and (3) The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring, training, qualifying, and upgrading minorities and women; b. The contractors and subcontractors will submit an annual report to the contracting agency each July for the duration of the project, indicating the number of minority, women, and non- minority group employees currently engaged in each work classification required by the contract work. This information is to be reported on Form FHWA-1391. The staffing data should represent the project work force on board in all or any part of the last payroll period preceding the end of July. If on-the-job training is being required by special provision, the contractor will be required to collect and report training data. The employment data should reflect the work force on board during all or any part of the last payroll period preceding the end of July. 7 III. NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related construction subcontracts of $10,000 or more. The contractor must ensure that facilities provided for employees are provided in such a manner that segregation on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin cannot result. The contractor may neither require such segregated use by written or oral policies nor tolerate such use by employee custom. The contractor's obligation extends further to ensure that its employees are not assigned to perform their services at any location, under the contractor's control, where the facilities are segregated. The term "facilities" includes waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, restrooms, washrooms, locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing provided for employees. The contractor shall provide separate or single-user restrooms and necessary dressing or sleeping areas to assure privacy between sexes. IV. DAVIS-BACON AND RELATED ACT PROVISIONS This section is applicable to all Federal-aid construction projects exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts and lower-tier subcontracts (regardless of subcontract size). The requirements apply to all projects located within the right-of-way of a roadway that is functionally classified as Federal-aid highway. This excludes roadways functionally classified as local roads or rural minor collectors, which are exempt. Contracting agencies may elect to apply these requirements to other projects. The following provisions are from the U.S. Department of Labor regulations in 29 CFR 5.5 “Contract provisions and related matters” with minor revisions to conform to the FHWA-1273 format and FHWA program requirements. 1. Minimum wages a. All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work, will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph 1.d. of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and 8 mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under paragraph 1.b. of this section) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH–1321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. b. (1) The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met: (i) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (ii) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (iii) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (2) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (3) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Wage and Hour Administrator for determination. The Wage and Hour Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (4) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs 1.b.(2) or 1.b.(3) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. 9 c. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. d. If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. 2. Withholding The contracting agency shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract, or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the contracting agency may, after written notice to the contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. 3. Payrolls and basic records a. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. 10 b. (1) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to the contracting agency. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i), except that full social security numbers and home addresses shall not be included on weekly transmittals. Instead the payrolls shall only need to include an individually identifying number for each employee ( e.g. , the last four digits of the employee's social security number). The required weekly payroll information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH–347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at http://www.dol.gov/esa/whd/forms/wh347instr.htm or its successor site. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and current address of each covered worker, and shall provide them upon request to the contracting agency for transmission to the State DOT, the FHWA or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage requirements. It is not a violation of this section for a prime contractor to require a subcontractor to provide addresses and social security numbers to the prime contractor for its own records, without weekly submission to the contracting agency.. (2) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a “Statement of Compliance,” signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (i) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under §5.5 (a)(3)(ii) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, the appropriate information is being maintained under §5.5 (a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, and that such information is correct and complete; (ii) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR part 3; (iii) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (3) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH–347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the “Statement of Compliance” required by paragraph 3.b.(2) of this section. (4) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of title 31 of the United States Code. c. The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph 3.a. of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the contracting agency, the State DOT, the FHWA, or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the FHWA may, 11 after written notice to the contractor, the contracting agency or the State DOT, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. 4. Apprentices and trainees a. Apprentices (programs of the USDOL). Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. b. Trainees (programs of the USDOL). Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and 12 individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. c. Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR part 30. d. Apprentices and Trainees (programs of the U.S. DOT). Apprentices and trainees working under apprenticeship and skill training programs which have been certified by the Secretary of Transportation as promoting EEO in connection with Federal- aid highway construction programs are not subject to the requirements of paragraph 4 of this Section IV. The straight time hourly wage rates for apprentices and trainees under such programs will be established by the particular programs. The ratio of apprentices and trainees to journeymen shall not be greater than permitted by the terms of the particular program. 5. Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. 6. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert Form FHWA-1273 in any subcontracts and also require the subcontractors to include Form FHWA-1273 in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5. 7. Contract termination: debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. 13 8. Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. 9. Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. 10. Certification of eligibility. a. By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). b. No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). c. The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. V. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT The following clauses apply to any Federal-aid construction contract in an amount in excess of $100,000 and subject to the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. These clauses shall be inserted in addition to the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5(a) or 29 CFR 4.6. As used in this paragraph, the terms laborers and mechanics include watchmen and guards. 1. Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. 2. Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1.) of this section, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1.) of this section, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual 14 was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (1.) of this section. 3. Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. The FHWA or the contacting agency shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (2.) of this section. 4. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraph (1.) through (4.) of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1.) through (4.) of this section. VI. SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts on the National Highway System. 1. The contractor shall perform with its own organization contract work amounting to not less than 30 percent (or a greater percentage if specified elsewhere in the contract) of the total original contract price, excluding any specialty items designated by the contracting agency. Specialty items may be performed by subcontract and the amount of any such specialty items performed may be deducted from the total original contract price before computing the amount of work required to be performed by the contractor's own organization (23 CFR 635.116). a. The term “perform work with its own organization” refers to workers employed or leased by the prime contractor, and equipment owned or rented by the prime contractor, with or without operators. Such term does not include employees or equipment of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor, agents of the prime contractor, or any other assignees. The term may include payments for the costs of hiring leased employees from an employee leasing firm meeting all relevant Federal and State regulatory requirements. Leased employees may only be included in this term if the prime contractor meets all of the following conditions: (1) the prime contractor maintains control over the supervision of the day-to-day activities of the leased employees; (2) the prime contractor remains responsible for the quality of the work of the leased employees; (3) the prime contractor retains all power to accept or exclude individual employees from work on the project; and 15 (4) the prime contractor remains ultimately responsible for the payment of predetermined minimum wages, the submission of payrolls, statements of compliance and all other Federal regulatory requirements. b. "Specialty Items" shall be construed to be limited to work that requires highly specialized knowledge, abilities, or equipment not ordinarily available in the type of contracting organizations qualified and expected to bid or propose on the contract as a whole and in general are to be limited to minor components of the overall contract. 2. The contract amount upon which the requirements set forth in paragraph (1) of Section VI is computed includes the cost of material and manufactured products which are to be purchased or produced by the contractor under the contract provisions. 3. The contractor shall furnish (a) a competent superintendent or supervisor who is employed by the firm, has full authority to direct performance of the work in accordance with the contract requirements, and is in charge of all construction operations (regardless of who performs the work) and (b) such other of its own organizational resources (supervision, management, and engineering services) as the contracting officer determines is necessary to assure the performance of the contract. 4. No portion of the contract shall be sublet, assigned or otherwise disposed of except with the written consent of the contracting officer, or authorized representative, and such consent when given shall not be construed to relieve the contractor of any responsibility for the fulfillment of the contract. Written consent will be given only after the contracting agency has assured that each subcontract is evidenced in writing and that it contains all pertinent provisions and requirements of the prime contract. 5. The 30% self-performance requirement of paragraph (1) is not applicable to design-build contracts; however, contracting agencies may establish their own self-performance requirements. VII. SAFETY: ACCIDENT PREVENTION This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts. 1. In the performance of this contract the contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws governing safety, health, and sanitation (23 CFR 635). The contractor shall provide all safeguards, safety devices and protective equipment and take any other needed actions as it determines, or as the contracting officer may determine, to be reasonably necessary to protect the life and health of employees on the job and the safety of the public and to protect property in connection with the performance of the work covered by the contract. 2. It is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a condition of each subcontract, which the contractor enters into pursuant to this contract, that the contractor and any subcontractor shall not permit any employee, in performance of the contract, to work in surroundings or under conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his/her health or safety, as determined under construction safety and health standards (29 CFR 1926) promulgated by the Secretary of Labor, in accordance with Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3704). 16 3. Pursuant to 29 CFR 1926.3, it is a condition of this contract that the Secretary of Labor or authorized representative thereof, shall have right of entry to any site of contract performance to inspect or investigate the matter of compliance with the construction safety and health standards and to carry out the duties of the Secretary under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C.3704). VIII. FALSE STATEMENTS CONCERNING HIGHWAY PROJECTS This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts. In order to assure high quality and durable construction in conformity with approved plans and specifications and a high degree of reliability on statements and representations made by engineers, contractors, suppliers, and workers on Federal-aid highway projects, it is essential that all persons concerned with the project perform their functions as carefully, thoroughly, and honestly as possible. Willful falsification, distortion, or misrepresentation with respect to any facts related to the project is a violation of Federal law. To prevent any misunderstanding regarding the seriousness of these and similar acts, Form FHWA-1022 shall be posted on each Federal-aid highway project (23 CFR 635) in one or more places where it is readily available to all persons concerned with the project: 18 U.S.C. 1020 reads as follows: "Whoever, being an officer, agent, or employee of the United States, or of any State or Territory, or whoever, whether a person, association, firm, or corporation, knowingly makes any false statement, false representation, or false report as to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of the material used or to be used, or the quantity or quality of the work performed or to be performed, or the cost thereof in connection with the submission of plans, maps, specifications, contracts, or costs of construction on any highway or related project submitted for approval to the Secretary of Transportation; or Whoever knowingly makes any false statement, false representation, false report or false claim with respect to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of any work performed or to be performed, or materials furnished or to be furnished, in connection with the construction of any highway or related project approved by the Secretary of Transportation; or Whoever knowingly makes any false statement or false representation as to material fact in any statement, certificate, or report submitted pursuant to provisions of the Federal-aid Roads Act approved July 1, 1916, (39 Stat. 355), as amended and supplemented; Shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than 5 years or both." IX. IMPLEMENTATION OF CLEAN AIR ACT AND FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts. 17 By submission of this bid/proposal or the execution of this contract, or subcontract, as appropriate, the bidder, proposer, Federal-aid construction contractor, or subcontractor, as appropriate, will be deemed to have stipulated as follows: 1. That any person who is or will be utilized in the performance of this contract is not prohibited from receiving an award due to a violation of Section 508 of the Clean Water Act or Section 306 of the Clean Air Act. 2. That the contractor agrees to include or cause to be included the requirements of paragraph (1) of this Section X in every subcontract, and further agrees to take such action as the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such requirements. X. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts, design-build contracts, subcontracts, lower-tier subcontracts, purchase orders, lease agreements, consultant contracts or any other covered transaction requiring FHWA approval or that is estimated to cost $25,000 or more – as defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. 1. Instructions for Certification – First Tier Participants: a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective first tier participant is providing the certification set out below. b. The inability of a person to provide the certification set out below will not necessarily result in denial of participation in this covered transaction. The prospective first tier participant shall submit an explanation of why it cannot provide the certification set out below. The certification or explanation will be considered in connection with the department or agency's determination whether to enter into this transaction. However, failure of the prospective first tier participant to furnish a certification or an explanation shall disqualify such a person from participation in this transaction. c. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when the contracting agency determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later determined that the prospective participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the contracting agency may terminate this transaction for cause of default. d. The prospective first tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the contracting agency to whom this proposal is submitted if any time the prospective first tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. e. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "participant," "person," "principal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, are defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. “First Tier Covered Transactions” refers to any covered transaction between a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds and a participant (such as the prime or 18 general contract). “Lower Tier Covered Transactions” refers to any covered transaction under a First Tier Covered Transaction (such as subcontracts). “First Tier Participant” refers to the participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds (such as the prime or general contractor). “Lower Tier Participant” refers any participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a First Tier Participant or other Lower Tier Participants (such as subcontractors and suppliers). f. The prospective first tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency entering into this transaction. g. The prospective first tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include the clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transactions," provided by the department or contracting agency, entering into this covered transaction, without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions exceeding the $25,000 threshold. h. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant is responsible for ensuring that its principals are not suspended, debarred, or otherwise ineligible to participate in covered transactions. To verify the eligibility of its principals, as well as the eligibility of any lower tier prospective participants, each participant may, but is not required to, check the Excluded Parties List System website (https://www.epls.gov/), which is compiled by the General Services Administration. i. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require the establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of the prospective participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. j. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph (f) of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency may terminate this transaction for cause or default. * * * * * 2. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion – First Tier Participants: a. The prospective first tier participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals: (1) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency; 19 (2) Have not within a three-year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; (3) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (a)(2) of this certification; and (4) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default. b. Where the prospective participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. 2. Instructions for Certification - Lower Tier Participants: (Applicable to all subcontracts, purchase orders and other lower tier transactions requiring prior FHWA approval or estimated to cost $25,000 or more - 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200) a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective lower tier is providing the certification set out below. b. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department, or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. c. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. d. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "participant," "person," "principal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, are defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. You may contact the person to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. “First Tier Covered Transactions” refers to any covered transaction between a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds and a participant (such as the prime or general contract). “Lower Tier Covered Transactions” refers to any covered transaction under a First Tier Covered Transaction (such as subcontracts). “First Tier Participant” refers to the participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds (such as the prime or general contractor). “Lower Tier Participant” refers any participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a First Tier Participant or other Lower Tier Participants (such as subcontractors and suppliers). e. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or 20 voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency with which this transaction originated. f. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction," without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions exceeding the $25,000 threshold. g. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant is responsible for ensuring that its principals are not suspended, debarred, or otherwise ineligible to participate in covered transactions. To verify the eligibility of its principals, as well as the eligibility of any lower tier prospective participants, each participant may, but is not required to, check the Excluded Parties List System website (https://www.epls.gov/), which is compiled by the General Services Administration. h. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. i. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph e of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. * * * * * Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-- Lower Tier Participants: 1. The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency. 2. Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. * * * * * 21 XI. CERTIFICATION REGARDING USE OF CONTRACT FUNDS FOR LOBBYING This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts which exceed $100,000 (49 CFR 20). 1. The prospective participant certifies, by signing and submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: a. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. b. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions. 2. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. 3. The prospective participant also agrees by submitting its bid or proposal that the participant shall require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts, which exceed $100,000 and that all such recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. 22 ATTACHMENT A - EMPLOYMENT AND MATERIALS PREFERENCE FOR APPALACHIAN DEVELOPMENT HIGHWAY SYSTEM OR APPALACHIAN LOCAL ACCESS ROAD CONTRACTS This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid projects funded under the Appalachian Regional Development Act of 1965. 1. During the performance of this contract, the contractor undertaking to do work which is, or reasonably may be, done as on-site work, shall give preference to qualified persons who regularly reside in the labor area as designated by the DOL wherein the contract work is situated, or the subregion, or the Appalachian counties of the State wherein the contract work is situated, except: a. To the extent that qualified persons regularly residing in the area are not available. b. For the reasonable needs of the contractor to employ supervisory or specially experienced personnel necessary to assure an efficient execution of the contract work. c. For the obligation of the contractor to offer employment to present or former employees as the result of a lawful collective bargaining contract, provided that the number of nonresident persons employed under this subparagraph (1c) shall not exceed 20 percent of the total number of employees employed by the contractor on the contract work, except as provided in subparagraph (4) below. 2. The contractor shall place a job order with the State Employment Service indicating (a) the classifications of the laborers, mechanics and other employees required to perform the contract work, (b) the number of employees required in each classification, (c) the date on which the participant estimates such employees will be required, and (d) any other pertinent information required by the State Employment Service to complete the job order form. The job order may be placed with the State Employment Service in writing or by telephone. If during the course of the contract work, the information submitted by the contractor in the original job order is substantially modified, the participant shall promptly notify the State Employment Service. 3. The contractor shall give full consideration to all qualified job applicants referred to him by the State Employment Service. The contractor is not required to grant employment to any job applicants who, in his opinion, are not qualified to perform the classification of work required. 4. If, within one week following the placing of a job order by the contractor with the State Employment Service, the State Employment Service is unable to refer any qualified job applicants to the contractor, or less than the number requested, the State Employment Service will forward a certificate to the contractor indicating the unavailability of applicants. Such certificate shall be made a part of the contractor's permanent project records. Upon receipt of this certificate, the contractor may employ persons who do not normally reside in the labor area to fill positions covered by the certificate, notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (1c) above. 5. The provisions of 23 CFR 633.207(e) allow the contracting agency to provide a contractual preference for the use of mineral resource materials native to the Appalachian region. 6. The contractor shall include the provisions of Sections 1 through 4 of this Attachment A in every subcontract for work which is, or reasonably may be, done as on-site work. Amendment to Form FHWA 1273 Revised January 25, 2016 AMENDMENT REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS (Exclusive of Appalachian Contracts) FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS The Federal–Aid provisions are supplemented with the following: XII. Cargo Preference Act 1. U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Highway Administration memorandum dated December 11, 2015 requires that all federal-aid highway programs awarded after February 15, 2016 must comply with the Cargo Preference Act and its regulation of 46 CFR 381.7 (a)-(b). City of Renton Contract Provisions for Lake Washington Loop Trail Project ______________________________________________________________________________ VI. SPECIAL PROVISIONS Lake Washington Loop Trail Table of Contents i December 2020 CITY OF RENTON SPECIAL PROVISIONS Lake Washington Loop Trail Project INDEX DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................... SP-3 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS ................................................................. SP-3 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT......................................................... SP-10 1-04 SCOPE OF WORK ............................................................................................... SP-12 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK ........................................................................................... SP-13 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL .................................................................................... SP-22 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC ......................... SP-24 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS ....................................................................... SP-51 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL ..................................................................... SP-60 DIVISION 2 EARTHWORK ................................................................................................. SP-63 2-01 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP......................................... SP-63 2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS ......................................... SP-63 2-03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT ................................................... SP-65 2-04 HAUL .................................................................................................................... SP-65 2-06 SUBGRADE PREPARATION ................................................................................ SP-66 2-09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION ................................................................................. SP-66 DIVISION 5 SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS................................................ SP-67 5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT .............................................................................................. SP-67 DIVISION 6 STRUCTURES ................................................................................................ SP-97 6-02 CONCRETE STRUCTURES ................................................................................. SP-97 6-06 BRIDGE RAILINGS ............................................................................................... SP-98 6-07 PAINTING ............................................................................................................. SP-99 DIVISION 7 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS .................................................................................... SP-101 7-04 STORM SEWERS ............................................................................................... SP-101 7-05 MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS ................................ SP-102 DIVISION 8 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION .......................................................... SP-105 8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION ............................................................................... SP-105 8-03 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS ..................................................................................... SP-106 8-04 CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS ............................................................... SP-107 8-06 CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY ENTRANCES .............................................. SP-107 8-10 GUIDE POSTS ................................................................................................... SP-108 7-08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ........................................... SP-102 Lake Washington Loop Trail Table of Contents ii December 2020 8-12 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND WIRE FENCE ............................................................ SP-109 8-14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS ................................................................... SP-109 8-20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, INTELLIGENT TRANSPORATION SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL ............................................ SP-112 8-21 PERMANENT SIGNING ...................................................................................... SP-136 8-22 PAVEMENT MARKING ....................................................................................... SP-137 8-30 RENTON SURVEYING STANDARDS ................................................................. SP-139 DIVISION 9 MATERIALS .................................................................................................. SP-145 9-14 EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING ........................................... SP-145 9-28 EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING ........................................... SP-147 9-29 ILLUMINATION, SIGNAL, ELECTRICAL ............................................................. SP-148 APPENDIX A – Prevailing Hourly Minimum Wage Rates — to be provided by City - Washington State Rates - Federal Rates APPENDIX B – City of Renton Standard Plans APPENDIX C – WSDOT Standard Plans SP-1 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 INTRODUCTION TO THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) The work on this project shall be accomplished in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2020 edition, as issued by the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) and the American Public Works Association (APWA), Washington State Chapter (hereafter “Standard Specifications”). The Standard Specifications, as modified or supplemented by the Amendments to the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, all of which are made a part of the Contract Documents, shall govern all of the Work. These Special Provisions are made up of both General Special Provisions (GSPs) from various sources, which may have project-specific fill-ins; and project-specific Special Provisions. Each Provision either supplements, modifies, or replaces the comparable Standard Specification, or is a new Provision. The deletion, amendment, alteration, or addition to any subsection or portion of the Standard Specifications is meant to pertain only to that particular portion of the section, and in no way should it be interpreted that the balance of the section does not apply. The project-specific Special Provisions are not labeled as such. The GSPs are labeled under the headers of each GSP, with the effective date of the GSP and its source. For example: (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) (April 1, 2013 WSDOT GSP) (******Renton GSP) Also incorporated into the Contract Documents by reference are: Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, currently adopted edition, with Washington State modifications, if any Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, WSDOT/APWA, current edition City of Renton Standard Details Contractor shall obtain copies of these publications, at Contractor’s own expense. SP-2 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 This page intentionally blank. SP-3 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DESCRIPTION OF WORK (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) Construct the Lake Washington Loop Trail Project. The work includes but is not limited to: temporary erosion and water pollution control; removal of structures and obstructions; sawcutting, excavation, pavement grinding, removal of pavement, removal of curb, gutter and sidewalk; trench excavation and backfilling, installation of stormwater laterals and drainage systems; traffic island construction, modifications to traffic signal systems; planing pavement, forming and placement of concrete curb, gutter and sidewalk and wheelchair ramps; pavement restoration, asphalt overlay, green pavement application, striping; adjustment of utility frames, grates and covers; irrigation; bridge pedestrian retrofit, bridge railing installation; property restoration, permanent signing, and all other work necessary to complete the WORK as specified and shown on the Contract Provisions. 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 1-02.1 PREQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 1-02.1 Qualifications of Bidder (January 24, 2011 APWA GSP) Before award of a public works contract, a bidder must meet at least the minimum qualifications of RCW 39.04.350(1) to be considered a responsible bidder and qualified to be awarded a public works project. 1-02.2 Plans and Specifications (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) Delete this Section and replace it with the following: Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed can be found in the Call for Bids (Advertisement for Bids) for the work. After award of the contract, plans and specifications will be issued to the Contractor at no cost as detailed below: SP-4 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 To Prime Contractor No. of Sets Basis of Distribution Reduced plans (11″ x 17″) 2 Furnished automatically upon award. Contract Provisions 2 Furnished automatically upon award. Large plans (e.g., 22″ x 34″) 2 Furnished only upon request. Additional plans and Contract Provisions may be obtained by the Contractor from the source stated in the Call for Bids, at the Contractor’s own expense. 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal (October 1, 2020 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: The Bidder shall submit with the Bid a completed Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Utilization Certification, when required by the Special Provisions. For each and every DBE firm listed on the Bidder’s completed Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification, the Bidder shall submit written confirmation from that DBE firm that the DBE is in agreement with the DBE participation commitment that the Bidder has made in the Bidder’s completed Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification. WSDOT Form 422 031 (Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Written Confirmation Document) is to be used for this purpose. Bidder must submit good faith effort documentation only in the event the bidder’s efforts to solicit sufficient DBE participation have been unsuccessful. The Bidder shall submit a DBE Bid Item Breakdown form defining the scope of work to be performed by each DBE listed on the DBE Utilization Certification. If the Bidder lists a DBE Trucking firm on the DBE Utilization Certification, then the Bidder must also submit a DBE Trucking Credit Form (WSDOT Form 272-058) documenting how the DBE Trucking firm will be able to perform the scope of work subcontracted to them. Directions for delivery of the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Written Confirmation Documents, Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Good Faith Effort documentation, DBE Bid Item Breakdown Form and the DBE Trucking Credit Form are included in Section 1-02.9. 1-02.6(1) Recycled Materials Proposal (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) The Bidder shall submit with the Bid, its proposal for incorporating recycled materials into the project, using the form provided in the Contract Provisions. 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal (October 1, 2020 APWA GSP, Option A) Delete this section and replace it with the following: SP-5 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Each Proposal shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, with the Project Name and Project Number as stated in the Call for Bids clearly marked on the outside of the envelope, or as otherwise required in the Bid Documents, to ensure proper handling and delivery. To be considered responsive on a FHWA-funded project, the Bidder may be required to submit the following items, as required by Section 1-02.6: 1. DBE Written Confirmation Document from each DBE firm listed on the Bidder’s completed DBE Utilization Certification (WSDOT 272-056) 2. Good Faith Effort (GFE) Documentation 3. DBE Bid Item Breakdown (WSDOT 272-054) 4. DBE Trucking Credit Form (WSDOT 272-058) These documents, if applicable, shall be received either with the Bid Proposal or as a supplement to the Bid. These documents shall be received no later than 48 hours (not including Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays) after the time for delivery of the Bid Proposal. If submitted after the Bid Proposal is due, the document(s) must be submitted in a sealed envelope labeled the same as for the Proposal, with “Supplemental Information” added. All other information required to be submitted with the Bid Proposal must be submitted with the Bid Proposal itself, at the time stated in the Call for Bids. Proposals that are received as required will be publicly opened and read as specified in Section 1-02.12. The Contracting Agency will not open or consider any Bid Proposal that is received after the time specified in the Call for Bids for receipt of Bid Proposals, or received in a location other than that specified in the Call for Bids. The Contracting Agency will not open or consider any “Supplemental Information” (DBE confirmations, or GFE documentation) that is received after the time specified above, or received in a location other than that specified in the Call for Bids. If an emergency or unanticipated event interrupts normal work processes of the Contracting Agency so that Proposals cannot be received at the office designated for receipt of bids as specified in Section 1-02.12 the time specified for receipt of the Proposal will be deemed to be extended to the same time of day specified in the solicitation on the first work day on which the normal work processes of the Contracting Agency resume. 1-02.10 Withdrawing, Revising, or Supplementing Proposal (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete this section, and replace it with the following: After submitting a physical Bid Proposal to the Contracting Agency, the Bidder may withdraw, revise, or supplement it if: The Bidder submits a written request signed by an authorized person and physically delivers it to the place designated for receipt of Bid Proposals, and The Contracting Agency receives the request before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals, and The revised or supplemented Bid Proposal (if any) is received by the Contracting Agency before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals. SP-6 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 If the Bidder’s request to withdraw, revise, or supplement its Bid Proposal is received before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals, the Contracting Agency will return the unopened Proposal package to the Bidder. The Bidder must then submit the revised or supplemented package in its entirety. If the Bidder does not submit a revised or supplemented package, then its bid shall be considered withdrawn. Late revised or supplemented Bid Proposals or late withdrawal requests will be date recorded by the Contracting Agency and returned unopened. Mailed, emailed, or faxed requests to withdraw, revise, or supplement a Bid Proposal are not acceptable. 1-02.13 Irregular Proposals (October 1, 2020 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: Proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if: · The Bidder is not prequalified when so required; · The authorized Proposal form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not used or is altered; · The completed Proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, alternate Bids, or conditions; The Bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the award, or enter into the Contract; · A price per unit cannot be determined from the Bid Proposal; · The Proposal form is not properly executed; The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Subcontractor list, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Certification, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; · The Bidder fails to submit written confirmation from each DBE firm listed on the Bidder’s completed DBE Utilization Certification that they are in agreement with the bidder’s DBE participation commitment, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the written confirmation that is submitted fails to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions; The Bidder fails to submit DBE Good Faith Effort documentation, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the documentation that is submitted fails to demonstrate that a Good Faith Effort to meet the Condition of Award was made; · The Bidder fails to submit a DBE Bid Item Breakdown form, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the documentation that is submitted fails to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions; · The Bidder fails to submit DBE Trucking Credit Forms, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the documentation that is submitted fails to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions; SP-7 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 · The Bid Proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet the material terms of the Bid invitation; or More than one Proposal is submitted for the same project from a Bidder under the same or different names. A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if: · The Proposal does not include a unit price for every Bid item; · Any of the unit prices are excessively unbalanced (either above or below the amount of a reasonable Bid) to the potential detriment of the Contracting Agency; Receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged; · A member of a joint venture or partnership and the joint venture or partnership submit Proposals for the same project (in such an instance, both Bids may be rejected); or If Proposal form entries are not made in ink. 1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders (May 17, 2018 APWA GSP, Option B) Delete this section and replace it with the following: A Bidder will be deemed not responsible if the Bidder does not meet the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1), as amended; or does not meet Supplemental Criteria 1-7 listed in this Section. The Contracting Agency will verify that the Bidder meets the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1), and Supplemental Criteria 1-2. Evidence that the Bidder meets Supplemental Criteria 3-7 shall be provided by the Bidder as stated later in this Section. 1. Delinquent State Taxes a. Criterion: The Bidder shall not owe delinquent taxes to the Washington State Department of Revenue without a payment plan approved by the Department of Revenue. b. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder does not owe delinquent taxes to the Washington State Department of Revenue, or if delinquent taxes are owed to the Washington State Department of Revenue, the Bidder must submit a written payment plan approved by the Department of Revenue, to the Contracting Agency by the deadline listed below. 2. Federal Debarment a. Criterion: The Bidder shall not currently be debarred or suspended by the Federal government. b. Documentation: The Bidder shall not be listed as having an “active exclusion” on the U.S. government’s “System for Award Management” database (www.sam.gov). 3. Subcontractor Responsibility a. Criterion: The Bidder’s standard subcontract form shall include the subcontractor responsibility language required by RCW 39.06.020, and the Bidder shall have an established procedure which it utilizes to validate the responsibility of each of its SP-8 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 subcontractors. The Bidder’s subcontract form shall also include a requirement that each of its subcontractors shall have and document a similar procedure to determine whether the sub-tier subcontractors with whom it contracts are also “responsible” subcontractors as defined by RCW 39.06.020. b. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall submit a copy of its standard subcontract form for review by the Contracting Agency, and a written description of its procedure for validating the responsibility of subcontractors with which it contracts. 4. Claims Against Retainage and Bonds a. Criterion: The Bidder shall not have a record of excessive claims filed against the retainage or payment bonds for public works projects in the three years prior to the bid submittal date, that demonstrate a lack of effective management by the Bidder of making timely and appropriate payments to its subcontractors, suppliers, and workers, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency. b. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall submit a list of the public works projects completed in the three years prior to the bid submittal date that have had claims against retainage and bonds and include for each project the following information: · Name of project · The owner and contact information for the owner; · A list of claims filed against the retainage and/or payment bond for any of the projects listed; · A written explanation of the circumstances surrounding each claim and the ultimate resolution of the claim. 5. Public Bidding Crime a. Criterion: The Bidder and/or its owners shall not have been convicted of a crime involving bidding on a public works contract in the five years prior to the bid submittal date. b. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder and/or its owners have not been convicted of a crime involving bidding on a public works contract. 6. Termination for Cause / Termination for Default a. Criterion: The Bidder shall not have had any public works contract terminated for cause or terminated for default by a government agency in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency. b. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder has not had any public works contract terminated for cause or terminated for default by a government agency in the five years prior to the bid submittal date; or if Bidder was terminated, describe the circumstances. SP-9 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 7. Lawsuits a. Criterion: The Bidder shall not have lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date that demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet the terms of contracts, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency b. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder has not had any lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date that demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet the terms of contracts, or shall submit a list of all lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, along with a written explanation of the circumstances surrounding each such lawsuit. The Contracting Agency shall evaluate these explanations to determine whether the lawsuits demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet of terms of construction related contracts As evidence that the Bidder meets the Supplemental Criteria stated above, the apparent low Bidder must submit to the Contracting Agency by 12:00 P.M. (noon) of the second business day following the bid submittal deadline, a written statement verifying that the Bidder meets the supplemental criteria together with supporting documentation (sufficient in the sole judgment of the Contracting Agency) demonstrating compliance with the Supplemental Criteria. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to request further documentation as needed from the low Bidder and documentation from other Bidders as well to assess Bidder responsibility and compliance with all bidder responsibility criteria. The Contracting Agency also reserves the right to obtain information from third-parties and independent sources of information concerning a Bidder’s compliance with the mandatory and supplemental criteria, and to use that information in their evaluation. The Contracting Agency may consider mitigating factors in determining whether the Bidder complies with the requirements of the supplemental criteria. The basis for evaluation of Bidder compliance with these mandatory and supplemental criteria shall include any documents or facts obtained by Contracting Agency (whether from the Bidder or third parties) including but not limited to: (i) financial, historical, or operational data from the Bidder; (ii) information obtained directly by the Contracting Agency from others for whom the Bidder has worked, or other public agencies or private enterprises; and (iii) any additional information obtained by the Contracting Agency which is believed to be relevant to the matter. If the Contracting Agency determines the Bidder does not meet the bidder responsibility criteria above and is therefore not a responsible Bidder, the Contracting Agency shall notify the Bidder in writing, with the reasons for its determination. If the Bidder disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within two (2) business days of the Contracting Agency’s determination by presenting its appeal and any additional information to the Contracting Agency. The Contracting Agency will consider the appeal and any additional information before issuing its final determination. If the final determination SP-10 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 affirms that the Bidder is not responsible, the Contracting Agency will not execute a contract with any other Bidder until at least two business days after the Bidder determined to be not responsible has received the Contracting Agency’s final determination. Request to Change Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Prior To Bid: Bidders with concerns about the relevancy or restrictiveness of the Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria may make or submit requests to the Contracting Agency to modify the criteria. Such requests shall be in writing, describe the nature of the concerns, and propose specific modifications to the criteria. Bidders shall submit such requests to the Contracting Agency no later than five (5) business days prior to the bid submittal deadline and address the request to the Project Engineer or such other person designated by the Contracting Agency in the Bid Documents. 1-02.15 Pre Award Information (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Before awarding any contract, the Contracting Agency may require one or more of these items or actions of the apparent lowest responsible bidder: 1. A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all materials to be used, 2. Samples of these materials for quality and fitness tests, 3. A progress schedule (in a form the Contracting Agency requires) showing the order of and time required for the various phases of the work, 4. A breakdown of costs assigned to any bid item, 5. Attendance at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the Engineer, 6. Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city or county where the work is located. 7. Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that the bidder is the lowest responsible bidder. 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1-03.1(1) Identical Bid Totals (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: After opening Bids, if two or more lowest responsive Bid totals are exactly equal, then the tie-breaker will be the Bidder with an equal lowest bid, that proposed to use the highest percentage of recycled materials in the Project, per the form submitted with the Bid Proposal. If SP-11 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 those percentages are also exactly equal, then the tie-breaker will be determined by drawing as follows: Two or more slips of paper will be marked as follows: one marked “Winner” and the other(s) marked “unsuccessful.” The slips will be folded to make the marking unseen. The slips will be placed inside a box. One authorized representative of each Bidder shall draw a slip from the box. Bidders shall draw in alphabetic order by the name of the firm as registered with the Washington State Department of Licensing. The slips shall be unfolded and the firm with the slip marked “Winner” will be determined to be the successful Bidder and eligible for Award of the Contract. Only those Bidders who submitted a Bid total that is exactly equal to the lowest responsive Bid, and with a proposed recycled materials percentage that is exactly equal to the highest proposed recycled materials amount, are eligible to draw. 1-03.3 Execution of Contract (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Copies of the Contract Provisions, including the unsigned Form of Contract, will be available for signature by the successful bidder on the first business day following award. The number of copies to be executed by the Contractor will be determined by the Contracting Agency. Within 1 0 calendar days after the award date, the successful bidder shall return the signed Contracting Agency-prepared contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1-07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4. Before execution of the contract by the Contracting Agency, the successful bidder shall provide any pre-award information the Contracting Agency may require under Section 1-02.15. Until the Contracting Agency executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the Contracting Agency nor shall any work begin within the project limits or within Contracting Agency-furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all risks for any work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered before the contract is executed by the Contracting Agency. If the bidder experiences circumstances beyond their control that prevents return of the contract documents within the calendar days after the award date stated above, the Contracting Agency may grant up to a maximum of 10 additional calendar days for return of the documents, provided the Contracting Agency deems the circumstances warrant it. 1-03.4 Contract Bond (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following: The successful bidder shall provide executed payment and performance bond(s) for the full contract amount. The bond may be a combined payment and performance bond; or be separate payment and performance bonds. In the case of separate payment and performance bonds, each shall be for the full contract amount. The bond(s) shall: 1. Be on Contracting Agency-furnished form(s); SP-12 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that: a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner, 3. Guarantee that the Contractor will perform and comply with all obligations, duties, and conditions under the Contract, including but not limited to the duty and obligation to indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against all losses and claims related directly or indirectly from any failure: a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to faithfully perform and comply with all contract obligations, conditions, and duties, or b. Of the Contractor (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material person, or any other person who provides supplies or provisions for carrying out the work; 4. Be conditioned upon the payment of taxes, increases, and penalties incurred on the project under titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW; and 5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety’s officer empowered to sign the bond; and 6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond(s) must be signed by the president or vice president, unless accompanied by written proof of the authority of the individual signing the bond(s) to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate resolution, power of attorney, or a letter to such effect signed by the president or vice president). 1-03.7 Judicial Review (November 30, 2018 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Any decision made by the Contracting Agency regarding the Award and execution of the Contract or Bid rejection shall be conclusive subject to the scope of judicial review permitted under Washington Law. Such review, if any, shall be timely filed in the Superior Court of the county where the Contracting Agency headquarters is located, provided that where an action is asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.050 shall control venue and jurisdiction. 1-04 SCOPE OF WORK 1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications, and Addenda (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Revise the second paragraph to read: SP-13 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): 1. Addenda, 2. Proposal Form, 3. Special Provisions, 4. Contract Plans, 5. Amendments to the Standard Specifications, 6. Standard Specifications, 7. Contracting Agency’s Standard Plans or Details (if any), and 8. WSDOT Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 1-04.4(1) Minor Changes Section 1-04.4(1), including title, is revised to read as follows: 1-04.4(1) Minor changes Payments or credits for changes may be made under the Bid item “Minor Changes.” At the discretion of the Contracting Agency, this procedure for Unexpected Site Changes may be used in lieu of the more formal procedure as outlined in Section 1-04.4, Changes. The Contractor will be provided a copy of the completed order for Unexpected Site Changes. The agreement for the Unexpected Site Changes will be documented by signature of the Contractor, or notation of verbal agreement. If the Contractor is in disagreement with anything required by the order for Minor Changes, the Contractor may protest the order as provided in Section 1-04.5. Payments will be determined in accordance with Section 1-09.4. For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount for “Minor Changes” in the Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. The Contractor/Bidder is cautioned that payment of any portion of this bid item is not guaranteed unless such need arises during the performance of this project. Where references are made herein to consider some work incidental to the Contract and as such to merge the cost of incidental work into the various items bid, no such costs shall be merged into this bid item. 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK 1-05.4 Conformity with And Deviations from Plans and Stakes Supplement this section with the following: SP-14 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Roadway and Utility Surveys (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP, Option 1) The Engineer shall furnish to the Contractor one time only all principal lines, grades, and measurements the Engineer deems necessary for completion of the work. These shall generally consist of one initial set of: 1. Slope stakes for establishing grading; 2. Curb grade stakes; 3. Centerline finish grade stakes for pavement sections wider than 25 feet; and 4. Offset points to establish line and grade for underground utilities such as water, sewers, and storm drains. On alley construction projects with minor grade changes, the Engineer shall provide only offset hubs on one side of the alley to establish the alignment and grade. Section 1-05.4 is supplemented with the following: (August 7, 2017, WSDOT GSP, Option 2) Contractor Surveying – Roadway Copies of the Contracting Agency provided primary survey control data are available for the bidder's inspection at the office of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for setting, maintaining, and resetting all alignment stakes, slope stakes, and grades necessary for the construction of the roadbed, drainage, surfacing, paving, channelization and pavement marking, illumination and signals, guardrails and barriers, and signing. Except for the survey control data to be furnished by the Contracting Agency, calculations, surveying, and measuring required for setting and maintaining the necessary lines and grades shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer when monuments are discovered that were not identified in the Plans and construction activity may disturb or damage the monuments. All monuments noted on the Plans “DO NOT DISTURB” shall be protected throughout the length of the project or be replaced at the Contractors expense. Detailed survey records shall be maintained, including a description of the work performed on each shift, the methods utilized, and the control points used. The record shall be adequate to allow the survey to be reproduced. A copy of each day's record shall be provided to the Engineer within three working days after the end of the shift. The meaning of words and terms used in this provision shall be as listed in "Definitions of Surveying and Associated Terms" current edition, published by the American Congress on Surveying and Mapping and the American Society of Civil Engineers. The survey work shall include but not be limited to the following: SP-15 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 1. Verify the primary horizontal and vertical control furnished by the Contracting Agency, and expand into secondary control by adding stakes and hubs as well as additional survey control needed for the project. Provide descriptions of secondary control to the Contracting Agency. The description shall include coordinates and elevations of all secondary control points. 2. Establish, the centerlines of all alignments, by placing hubs, stakes, or marks on centerline or on offsets to centerline at all curve points (PCs, PTs, and PIs) and at points on the alignments spaced no further than 50 feet. 3. Establish clearing limits, placing stakes at all angle points and at intermediate points not more than 50 feet apart. The clearing and grubbing limits shall be 5 feet beyond the toe of a fill and 10 feet beyond the top of a cut unless otherwise shown in the Plans. 4. Establish grading limits, placing slope stakes at centerline increments not more than 50 feet apart. Establish offset reference to all slope stakes. If Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) Machine Controls are used to provide grade control, then slope stakes may be omitted at the discretion of the Contractor 5. Establish the horizontal and vertical location of all drainage features, placing offset stakes to all drainage structures and to pipes at a horizontal interval not greater than 25 feet. 6. Establish roadbed and surfacing elevations by placing stakes at the top of subgrade and at the top of each course of surfacing. Subgrade and surfacing stakes shall be set at horizontal intervals not greater than 50 feet in tangent sections, 25 feet in curve sections with a radius less than 300 feet, and at 10-foot intervals in intersection radii with a radius less than 10 feet. Transversely, stakes shall be placed at all locations where the roadway slope changes and at additional points such that the transverse spacing of stakes is not more than 12 feet. If GPS Machine Controls are used to provide grade control, then roadbed and surfacing stakes may be omitted at the discretion of the Contractor. 7. Establish intermediate elevation benchmarks as needed to check work throughout the project. 8. Provide references for paving pins at 25-foot intervals or provide simultaneous surveying to establish location and elevation of paving pins as they are being placed. 9. For all other types of construction included in this provision, (including but not limited to channelization and pavement marking, illumination and signals, guardrails and barriers, and signing) provide staking and layout as necessary to adequately locate, construct, and check the specific construction activity. 10. Contractor shall determine if changes are needed to the profiles or roadway sections shown in the Contract Plans in order to achieve proper smoothness and drainage where matching into existing features, such as a smooth transition from new pavement to existing pavement. The Contractor shall submit these changes to the Engineer for review and approval 10 days prior to the beginning of work. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency copies of any calculations and staking data when requested by the Engineer. SP-16 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 To facilitate the establishment of these lines and elevations, the Contracting Agency will provide the Contractor with primary survey control information consisting of descriptions of two primary control points used for the horizontal and vertical control, and descriptions of two additional primary control points for every additional three miles of project length. Primary control points will be described by reference to the project alignment and the coordinate system and elevation datum utilized by the project. In addition, the Contracting Agency will supply horizontal coordinates for the beginning and ending points and for each Point of Intersection (PI) on each alignment included in the project. The Contractor shall ensure a surveying accuracy within the following tolerances: Vertical Horizontal Slope stakes ±0.10 feet ±0.10 feet Subgrade grade stakes set 0.04 feet below grade ±0.01 feet ±0.5 feet (parallel to alignment) ±0.1 feet (normal to alignment) Stationing on roadway N/A ±0.1 feet Alignment on roadway N/A ±0.04 feet Surfacing grade stakes ±0.01 feet ±0.5 feet (parallel to alignment) ±0.1 feet (normal to alignment) Roadway paving pins for surfacing or paving ±0.01 feet ±0.2 feet (parallel to alignment) ±0.1 feet (normal to alignment) The Contracting Agency may spot-check the Contractor's surveying. These spot-checks will not change the requirements for normal checking by the Contractor. When staking roadway alignment and stationing, the Contractor shall perform independent checks from different secondary control to ensure that the points staked are within the specified survey accuracy tolerances. The Contractor shall calculate coordinates for the alignment. The Contracting Agency will verify these coordinates prior to issuing approval to the Contractor for commencing with the work. The Contracting Agency will require up to seven calendar days from the date the data is received. Contract work to be performed using contractor-provided stakes shall not begin until the stakes are approved by the Contracting Agency. Such approval shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the accuracy of the stakes. SP-17 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Stakes shall be marked in accordance with Standard Plan A10.10. When stakes are needed that are not described in the Plans, then those stakes shall be marked, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency as ordered by the Engineer. Payment Payment will be made for the following bid item when included in the proposal: "Roadway Surveying", lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "Surveying" shall be full pay for all labor, equipment, materials, and supervision utilized to perform the Work specified, including any resurveying, checking, correction of errors, replacement of missing or damaged stakes, and coordination efforts. Section 1-05.4 is supplemented with the following: (April 2, 2018 WSDOT GSP) Contractor Surveying – ADA Features ADA Feature Staking Requirements The Contractor shall be responsible for setting, maintaining, and resetting all alignment stakes, and grades necessary for the construction of the ADA features. Calculations, surveying, and measuring required for setting and maintaining the necessary lines and grades shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The Contractor shall build the ADA features within the specifications in the Standard Plans and contract documents. ADA Feature As-Built Measurements The Contractor shall be responsible for providing electronic As-Built records of all ADA feature improvements completed in the Contract. The survey work shall include but not be limited to completing the measurements, recording the required measurements and completing other data fill-ins found on the ADA Measurement Forms, and transmitting the electronic Forms to the Engineer. The ADA Measurement Forms are found at the following website location: http://www.wsdot.wa.gov/Design/ADAGuidance.htm In the instance where an ADA Feature does not meet accessibility requirements, all work to replace non-conforming work and then to measure, record the as-built measurements, and transmit the electronic Forms to the Engineer shall be completed at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency, as ordered by the Engineer. Payment Payment will be made for the following bid item that is included in the Proposal: "ADA Features Surveying", lump sum. SP-18 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 The unit Contract price per lump sum for "ADA Features Surveying" shall be full pay for all the Work as specified. 1-05.11 Final Inspection Delete this section and replace it with the following: 1-05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 1-05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date When the Contractor considers the work to be substantially complete, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer and request the Engineer establish the Substantial Completion Date. The Contractor’s request shall list the specific items of work that remain to be completed in order to reach physical completion. The Engineer will schedule an inspection of the work with the Contractor to determine the status of completion. The Engineer may also establish the Substantial Completion Date unilaterally. If, after this inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the work is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to the Contractor, will set the Substantial Completion Date. If, after this inspection the Engineer does not consider the work substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer will, by written notice, so notify the Contractor giving the reasons therefor. Upon receipt of written notice concurring in or denying substantial completion, whichever is applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized interruption, the work necessary to reach Substantial and Physical Completion. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the Contractor expects to reach substantial and physical completion of the work. The above process shall be repeated until the Engineer establishes the Substantial Completion Date and the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection. 1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date Add the following section: When the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection, the Contractor by written notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a final inspection. The Engineer will set a date for final inspection. The Engineer and the Contractor will then make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of all particulars in which the final inspection reveals the work incomplete or unacceptable. The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are necessary to remedy the listed deficiencies. Corrective work shall be pursued vigorously, diligently, and without interruption until physical completion of SP-19 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 the listed deficiencies. This process will continue until the Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected. If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the written notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon written notice to the Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to Section 1-05.7. The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of contract time because of a delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer’s right hereunder. Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the Contracting Agency, in writing, of the date upon which the work was considered physically complete. That date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the contract, but shall not imply acceptance of the work or that all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract have been fulfilled. 1-05.11(3) Operational Testing It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have at the Physical Completion Date a complete and operable system. Therefore when the work involves the installation of machinery or other mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal systems; irrigation systems; buildings; or other similar work it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final inspection but prior to the physical completion date. Whenever items of work are listed in the Contract Provisions for operational testing they shall be fully tested under operating conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical Completion Date. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the Engineer, so that the Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices related to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal. Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a manufacturer’s guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the contract. 1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Delete the sixth and seventh paragraphs of this section SP-20 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 1-05.15 Method of Serving Notices (March 25, 2009 APWA GSP) Revise the second paragraph to read: All correspondence from the Contractor shall be directed to the Project Engineer. All correspondence from the Contractor constituting any notification, notice of protest, notice of dispute, or other correspondence constituting notification required to be furnished under the Contract, must be in paper format, hand delivered or sent via mail delivery service to the Project Engineer’s office. Electronic copies such as e-mails or electronically delivered copies of correspondence will not constitute such notice and will not comply with the requirements of the Contract. 1-05.16 Water and Power (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Add the following new section: The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power and water necessary for the performance of the work, unless the contract includes power and water as a pay item. 1-05.18 Record Drawings (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) Add the following new section: The Contractor shall maintain one set of full size plans for Record Drawings, updated with clear and accurate red- lined field revisions on a daily basis, and within 2 business days after receipt of information that a change in Work has occurred. The Contractor shall not conceal any work until the required information is recorded. This Record Drawing set shall be used for this purpose alone, shall be kept separate from other Plan sheets, and shall be clearly marked as Record Drawings. These Record Drawings shall be kept on site at the Contractor’s field office, and shall be available for review by the Contracting Agency at all times. The Contractor shall bring the Record Drawings to each progress meeting for review. The preparation and upkeep of the Record Drawings is to be the assigned responsibility of a single, experienced, and qualified individual. The quality of the Record Drawings, in terms of accuracy, clarity, and completeness, is to be adequate to allow the Contracting Agency to modify the computer-aided drafting (CAD) Contract Drawings to produce a complete set of Record Drawings for the Contracting Agency without further investigative effort by the Contracting Agency. SP-21 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 The Record Drawing markups shall document all changes in the Work, both concealed and visible. Items that must be shown on the markups include but are not limited to: Actual dimensions, arrangement, and materials used when different than shown in the Plans. Changes made by Change Order or Field Order. Changes made by the Contractor. Accurate locations of storm sewer, sanitary sewer, water mains and other water appurtenances, structures, conduits, light standards, vaults, width of roadways, sidewalks, landscaping areas, building footprints, channelization and pavement markings, etc. Include pipe invert elevations, top of castings (manholes, inlets, etc.). If the Contract calls for the Contracting Agency to do all surveying and staking, the Contracting Agency will provide the elevations at the tolerances the Contracting Agency requires for the Record Drawings. When the Contract calls for the Contractor to do the surveying/staking, the applicable tolerance limits include, but are not limited to the following: Vertical Horizontal As-built sanitary & storm invert and grate elevations ± 0.01 foot ± 0.01 foot As-built monumentation ± 0.001 foot ± 0.001 foot As-built waterlines, inverts, valves, hydrants ± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot As-built ponds/swales/water features ± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot As-built buildings (fin. Floor elev.) ± 0.01 foot ± 0.10 foot As-built gas lines, power, TV, Tel, Com ± 0.10 foot ± 0.10 foot As-built signs, signals, etc. N/A ± 0.10 foot Making Entries on the Record Drawings: Use erasable colored pencil (not ink) for all markings on the Record Drawings, conforming to the following color code: Additions – Red Deletions – Green Comments – Blue Dimensions – Graphite Provide the applicable reference for all entries, such as the change order number, the request for information (RFI) number, or the approved shop drawing number. Date all entries. Clearly identify all items in the entry with notes similar to those in the Contract Drawings (such as pipe symbols, centerline elevations, materials, pipe joint abbreviations, etc.). SP-22 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 The Contractor shall certify on the Record Drawings that said drawings are an accurate depiction of built conditions, and in conformance with the requirements detailed above. The Contractor shall submit final Record Drawings to the Contracting Agency. Contracting Agency acceptance of the Record Drawings is one of the requirements for achieving Physical Completion. Payment will be made for the following bid item: Record Drawings (Minimum Bid $5,000) Lump Sum Payment for this item will be made on a prorated monthly basis for work completed in accordance with this section up to 75% of the lump sum bid. The final 25% of the lump sum item will be paid upon submittal and approval of the completed Record Drawings set prepared in conformance with these Special Provisions. A minimum bid amount has been entered in the Bid Proposal for this item. The Contractor must bid at least that amount. 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL This Section is supplemented with the following: 1-06.0 Buy America (August 6, 2012 WSDOT GSP) In accordance with Buy America requirements contained in 33 23 CFR 635.410, the major quantities of steel and iron construction material that is permanently incorporated into the project shall consist of American-made materials only. Buy America does not apply to temporary steel items, e.g., temporary sheet piling, temporary bridges, steel scaffolding and falsework. Minor amounts of foreign steel and iron may be utilized in this project provided the cost of the foreign material used does not exceed one-tenth of one percent of the total contract cost or $2,500.00, whichever is greater. American-made material is defined as material having all manufacturing processes occurring domestically. To further define the coverage, a domestic product is a manufactured steel material that was produced in one of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, or in the territories and possessions of the United States. If domestically produced steel billets or iron ingots are exported outside of the area of coverage, as defined above, for any manufacturing process then the resulting product does not conform to the Buy America requirements. Additionally, products manufactured domestically from foreign source steel billets or iron ingots do not conform to the Buy America requirements because the initial melting and mixing of alloys to create the material occurred in a foreign country. SP-23 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Manufacturing begins with the initial melting and mixing, and continues through the coating stage. Any process which modifies the chemical content, the physical size or shape, or the final finish is considered a manufacturing process. The processes include rolling, extruding, machining, bending, grinding, drilling, welding, and coating. The action of applying a coating to steel or iron is deemed a manufacturing process. Coating includes epoxy coating, galvanizing, aluminizing, painting, and any other coating that protects or enhances the value of steel or iron. Any process from the original reduction from ore to the finished product constitutes a manufacturing process for iron. Due to a nationwide waiver, Buy America does not apply to raw materials (iron ore and alloys), scrap (recycled steel or iron), and pig iron or processed, pelletized, and reduced iron ore. The following are considered to be steel manufacturing processes: 1. Production of steel by any of the following processes: a. Open hearth furnace. b. Basic oxygen. c. Electric furnace. d. Direct reduction. 2. Rolling, heat treating, and any other similar processing. 3. Fabrication of the products. a. Spinning wire into cable or strand. b. Corrugating and rolling into culverts. c. Shop fabrication. A certification of materials origin will be required for any items comprised of, or containing, steel or iron construction materials prior to such items being incorporated into the permanent work. The certification shall be on DOT Form 350-109EF provided by the Engineer, or such other form the Contractor chooses, provided it contains the same information as DOT Form 350-109EF. 1-06.6 Recycled Materials (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) Delete this section, including its subsections, and replace it with the following: The Contractor shall make their best effort to utilize recycled materials in the construction of the project. Approval of such material use shall be as detailed elsewhere in the Standard Specifications. Prior to Physical Completion the Contractor shall report the quantity of recycled materials that were utilized in the construction of the project for each of the items listed in Section 9-03.21. The report shall include hot mix asphalt, recycled concrete aggregate, recycled glass, steel furnace slag and other recycled materials (e.g., utilization of on-site material and aggregates SP-24 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 from concrete returned to the supplier). The Contractor’s report shall be provided on DOT form 350-075 Recycled Materials Reporting. 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall apply. The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA). The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well-known place at the project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall establish, publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring immediate removal to a hospital, or doctor’s care, persons, including employees, who may have been injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to work on the project site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor’s care. (May 13, 2020 WSDOT GSP, Option 4) In response to COVID-19, the Contractor shall prepare a project specific COVID-19 health and safety plan (CHSP) in conformance with Section 1-07.4(2) as supplemented in these specifications, COVID-19 Health and Safety Plan (CHSP). 1-07.2 State Taxes Delete this section, including its sub-sections, in its entirety and replace it with the following: 1-07.2 State Sales Tax (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the State sales tax. Sections 1-07.2(1) through 1-07.2(3) are meant to clarify those rules. The Contractor should contact the Washington State Department of Revenue for answers to questions in this area. The Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a bid on a misunderstood tax liability. SP-25 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 The Contractor shall include all Contractor-paid taxes in the unit bid prices or other contract amounts. In some cases, however, state retail sales tax will not be included. Section 1-07.2(2) describes this exception. The Contracting Agency will pay the retained percentage (or release the Contract Bond if a FHWA-funded Project) only if the Contractor has obtained from the Washington State Department of Revenue a certificate showing that all contract-related taxes have been paid (RCW 60.28.051). The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor any amount the Contractor may owe the Washington State Department of Revenue, whether the amount owed relates to this contract or not. Any amount so deducted will be paid into the proper State fund. 1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax — Rule 171 WAC 458-20-171, and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets, roads, etc., which are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the state, or by the United States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. This includes storm or combined sewer systems within and included as a part of the street or road drainage system and power lines when such are part of the roadway lighting system. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall include Washington State Retail Sales Taxes in the various unit bid item prices, or other contract amounts, including those that the Contractor pays on the purchase of the materials, equipment, or supplies used or consumed in doing the work. 1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax — Rule 170 WAC 458-20-170, and its related rules, apply to the constructing and repairing of new or existing buildings, or other structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not limited to, the construction of streets, roads, highways, etc., owned by the state of Washington; water mains and their appurtenances; sanitary sewers and sewage disposal systems unless such sewers and disposal systems are within, and a part of, a street or road drainage system; telephone, telegraph, electrical power distribution lines, or other conduits or lines in or above streets or roads, unless such power lines become a part of a street or road lighting system; and installing or attaching of any article of tangible personal property in or to real property, whether or not such personal property becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency, retail sales tax on the full contract price. The Contracting Agency will automatically add this sales tax to each payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the Contractor shall not include the retail sales tax in the unit bid item prices, or in any other contract amount subject to Rule 170, with the following exception. Exception: The Contracting Agency will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor or a subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit bid item prices or in any other contract amount. SP-26 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 1-07.2(3) Services The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the Contracting Agency on any contract wholly for professional or other services (as defined in Washington State Department of Revenue Rules 138 and 244). 1-07.4 Sanitation 1-07.4(2) Health Hazards Section 1‐07.4(2) is supplemented with the following: (May 13, 2020 WSDOT GSP, Option 2) COVID-19 Health and Safety Plan (CHSP) The Contractor shall prepare a project specific COVID-19 health and safety plan (CHSP). The CHSP shall be prepared and submitted as a Type 2 Working Drawing prior to beginning physical Work. The CHSP shall be based on the most current State and Federal requirements. If the State or Federal requirements are revised, the CHSP shall be updated as necessary to conform to the current requirements. The Contractor shall update and resubmit the CHSP as the work progresses and new activities appear on the look ahead schedule required under Section 1-08.3(2)D. If the conditions change on the project, or a particular activity, the Contractor shall update and resubmit the CHSP. Work on any activity shall cease if conditions prevent full compliance with the CHSP. The CHSP shall address the health and safety of all people associated with the project including State workers in the field, Contractor personnel, consultants, project staff, subcontractors, suppliers and anyone on the project site, staging areas, or yards. COVID-19 Health and Safety Plan (CHSP) Inspection The Contractor shall grant full and unrestricted access to the Engineer for CHSP Inspections. The Engineer (or designee) will conduct periodic compliance inspections on the project site, staging areas, or yards to verify that any ongoing work activity is following the CHSP plan. If the Engineer becomes aware of a noncompliance incident either through a site inspection or other means, the Contractor will be notified immediately (within 1 hour). The Contractor shall immediately remedy the noncompliance incident or suspend all or part of the associated work activity. The Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that the noncompliance incident has been corrected before the suspension will end. 1-07.4(3) Measurement New Section Section 1‐07.4(3) is supplemented with the following: SP-27 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 No specific unit of measurement for “COVID-19 Health and Safety Plan” will apply, but measurement will be for the sum total of all work and material required to complete the work described under Section 1-07.4(2) as supplemented in these specifications. 1-07.4(4) Payment New Section Section 1-07.4(4) is supplemented with the following: “COVID-19 Health and Safety Plan,” lump sum. The lump sum Contract price for “COVID-19 Health and Safety Plan” includes all elements to prepare and update the COVID-19 Health and Safety Plan. 1-07.5 Environmental Regulations This Section is supplemented with the following: (September 20, 2010 WSDOT GSP) Environmental Commitments The following Provisions summarize the requirements, in addition to those required elsewhere in the Contract, imposed upon the Contracting Agency by the various documents referenced in the Special Provision Permits and Licenses. Throughout the work, the Contractor shall comply with the following requirements: Construction Stormwater General Permit (August 4, 2014 WSDOT GSP) The Contractor shall submit a written notification to the Engineer no later than 10 calendar days prior to beginning any ground disturbing activities. The 18 Contractor shall not commence any such ground disturbing activities until the monitor is present. (August 3, 2009 WSDOT GSP) Payment All costs to comply with this special provision for the environmental commitments and requirements are incidental to the contract and are the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall include all related costs in the associated bid prices of the contract. 1-07.6. Permits and Licenses Section 1-07.6 is supplemented with the following: (January 2, 2018) The Contracting Agency has obtained the below-listed permit(s) for this project. A copy of the permit(s) is attached as an appendix for informational purposes. Copies of these permits, including a copy of the Transfer of Coverage form, when applicable, are required to be on site at all times. SP-28 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Contact with the permitting agencies, concerning the below-listed permit(s), shall be made through the Engineer with the exception of when the Construction Stormwater General Permit coverage is transferred to the Contractor, direct communication with the Department of Ecology is allowed. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining Ecology’s approval for any Work requiring additional approvals (e.g., Request for Chemical Treatment Form). The Contractor shall obtain additional permits as necessary. All costs to obtain and comply with additional permits shall be included in the applicable Bid items for the Work involved. Construction Stormwater General Permit 1-07.7 Load Limits This Section is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) If the sources of materials provided by the Contractor necessitates hauling over roads other than State Highways, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s expense, make all arrangements for the use of the haul routes. 1-07.9 Wages 1-07.9(1) General This section is supplemented with the following January 6, 2020 WSDOT GSP) The Federal wage rates incorporated in this contract have been established by the Secretary of Labor under United States Department of Labor General Decision No. WA180001. The State rates incorporated in this contract are applicable to all construction activities associated with this contract. (April 2, 2007 WSDOT GSP) Application of Wage Rates for the Occupation of Landscape Construction State prevailing wage rates for public works contracts are included in this contract and show a separate listing for the occupation: Landscape Construction, which includes several different occupation descriptions such as: Irrigation and Landscape Plumbers, Irrigation and Landscape Power Equipment Operators, and Landscaping or Planting Laborers. In addition, federal wage rates that are included in this contract may also include occupation descriptions in Federal Occupational groups for work also specifically identified with landscaping such as: Laborers with the occupation description, Landscaping or Planting, or SP-29 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Power Equipment Operators with the occupation description, Mulch Seeding Operator. If Federal wage rates include one or more rates specified as applicable to landscaping work, then Federal wage rates for all occupation descriptions, specific or general, must be considered and compared with corresponding State wage rates. The higher wage rate, either State or Federal, becomes the minimum wage rate for the work performed in that occupation. Contractors are responsible for determining the appropriate crafts necessary to perform the contract work. If a classification considered necessary for performance of the work is missing from the Federal Wage Determination applicable to the contract, the Contractor shall initiate a request for approval of a proposed wage and benefit rate. The Contractor shall prepare and submit Standard Form 1444, Request for Authorization of Additional Classification and Wage Rate available at http://www.wdol.gov/docs/sf1444.pdf, and submit the completed form to the Engineer’s office. The presence of a classification wage on the Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Works Contracts does not exempt the use of form 1444 for the purpose of determining a federal classification wage rate. 1-07.9(5) Required Documents (January 3, 2020 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: General All “Statements of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages,” “Affidavits of Wages Paid” and Certified Payrolls, including a signed Statement of Compliance for Federal-aid projects, shall be submitted to the Engineer and the State L&I online Prevailing Wage Intent & Affidavit (PWIA) system. Intents and Affidavits On forms provided by the Industrial Statistician of State L&I, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the following for themselves and for each firm covered under RCW 39.12 that will or has provided Work and materials for the Contract: The approved “Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages” State L&I’s form number F700-029-000. The Contracting Agency will make no payment under this Contract until this statement has been approved by State L&I and reviewed by the Engineer. The approved “Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid,” State L&I’s form number F700-007-000. The Contracting Agency will not grant Completion until all approved Affidavit of Wages paid for the Contractor and all Subcontractors have been received by the Engineer. The Contracting Agency will not release to the Contractor any funds retained under RCW 60.28.011 until “Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid” forms have been approved by State L&I and all of the approved forms have been submitted to the Engineer for every firm that worked on the Contract. The Contractor is responsible for requesting these forms from State L&I and for paying any fees required by State L&I. SP-30 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Certified Payrolls Certified payrolls are required to be submitted by the Contractor for themselves, all Subcontractors and all lower tier subcontractors. The payrolls shall be submitted weekly on all Federal-aid projects and no less than monthly on State funded projects. Penalties for Noncompliance The Contractor is advised, if these payrolls are not supplied within the prescribed deadlines, any or all payments may be withheld until compliance is achieved. In addition, failure to provide these payrolls may result in other sanctions as provided by State laws (RCW 39.12.050) and/or Federal regulations (29 CFR 5.12). 1-07.11 Requirements for Nondiscrimination (October 1, 2020 APWA GSP, Option B) Supplement this section with the following: Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Participation The Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 and USDOT’s official interpretations (i.e., Questions & Answers) apply to this Contract. Demonstrating compliance with these Specifications is a Condition of Award (COA) of this Contract. Failure to comply with the requirements of this Specification may result in your Bid being found to be nonresponsive resulting in rejection or other sanctions as provided by Contract. DBE Abbreviations and Definitions Broker – A business firm that provides a bona fide service, such as professional, technical, consultant or managerial services and assistance in the procurement of essential personnel, facilities, equipment, materials, or supplies required for the performance of the Contract; or, persons/companies who arrange or expedite transactions. Certified Business Description – Specific descriptions of work the DBE is certified to perform, as identified in the Certified Firm Directory, under the Vendor Information page. Certified Firm Directory – A database of all Minority, Women, and Disadvantaged Business Enterprises currently certified by Washington State. The online Directory is available to Bidders for their use in identifying and soliciting interest from DBE firms. The database is located under the Firm Certification section of the Diversity Management and Compliance System web page at: https://omwbe.diversitycompliance.com. Commercially Useful Function (CUF) – 49 CFR 26.55(c)(1) defines commercially useful function as: “A DBE performs a commercially useful function when it is responsible for execution of the work of the contract and is carrying out its responsibilities by actually performing, managing, and supervising the work involved. To perform a commercially useful function, the DBE must also be responsible, with respect to materials and supplies used on the contract, for negotiating price, determining quality and quantity, ordering the material, and installing (where applicable) and paying for the material itself. To determine whether a DBE is performing a commercially useful SP-31 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 function, you must evaluate the amount of work subcontracted, industry practices, whether the amount the firm is to be paid under the contract is commensurate with the work it is actually performing and the DBE credit claimed for its performance of the work, and other relevant factors.” Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) – A business firm certified by the Washington State Office of Minority and Women’s Business Enterprises, as meeting the criteria outlined in 49 CFR 26 regarding DBE certification. Force Account Work – Work measured and paid in accordance with Section 1-09.6. Good Faith Efforts – Efforts to achieve the DBE COA Goal or other requirements of this part which, by their scope, intensity, and appropriateness to the objective, can reasonably be expected to fulfill the program requirement. Manufacturer (DBE) – A DBE firm that operates or maintains a factory or establishment that produces on the premises the materials, supplies, articles, or equipment required under the Contract. A DBE Manufacturer shall produce finished goods or products from raw or unfinished material or purchase and substantially alters goods and materials to make them suitable for construction use before reselling them. Reasonable Fee (DBE) – For purposes of Brokers or service providers a reasonable fee shall not exceed 5% of the total cost of the goods or services brokered. Regular Dealer (DBE) – A DBE firm that owns, operates, or maintains a store, warehouse, or other establishment in which the materials or supplies required for the performance of a Contract are bought, kept in stock, and regularly sold to the public in the usual course of business. To be a Regular Dealer, the DBE firm must be an established regular business that engages in as its principal business and in its own name the purchase and sale of the products in question. A Regular Dealer in such items as steel, cement, gravel, stone, and petroleum products need not own, operate or maintain a place of business if it both owns and operates distribution equipment for the products. Any supplementing of regular dealers’ own distribution equipment shall be by long-term formal lease agreements and not on an ad-hoc basis. Brokers, packagers, manufacturers’ representatives, or other persons who arrange or expedite transactions shall not be regarded as Regular Dealers within the meaning of this definition. DBE Commitment – The scope of work and dollar amount the Bidder indicates they will be subcontracting to be applied towards the DBE Condition of Award Goal as shown on the DBE Utilization Certification Form for each DBE Subcontractor. This DBE Commitment amount will be incorporated into the Contract and shall be considered a Contract requirement. The Contractor shall utilize the COA DBEs to perform the work and supply the materials for which they are committed. Any changes to the DBE Commitment require the Engineer’s prior written approval. DBE Condition of Award (COA) Goal – An assigned numerical amount specified as a percentage of the Contract. SP-32 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Initially, this is the minimum amount that the Bidder must commit to by submission of the Utilization Certification Form and/or by Good Faith Effort (GFE). DBE COA Goal The Contracting Agency has established a DBE COA Goal for this Contract in the amount of: sixteen percent (16%) Crediting DBE Participation Subcontractors proposed as COA must be certified prior to the due date for bids on the Contract. All non-COA DBE Subcontractors shall be certified before the subcontract on which they are participating is executed. DBE participation is only credited upon payment to the DBE. The following are some definitions of what may be counted as DBE participation. DBE Prime Contractor Only take credit for that portion of the total dollar value of the Contract equal to the distinct, clearly defined portion of the Work that the DBE Prime Contractor performs with its own forces and is certified to perform. DBE Subcontractor Only take credit for that portion of the total dollar value of the subcontract that is equal to the distinct, clearly defined portion of the Work that the DBE performs with its own forces and is certified to perform. The value of work performed by the DBE includes the cost of supplies and materials purchased by the DBE and equipment leased by the DBE, for its work on the contract. Supplies, materials or equipment obtained by a DBE that are not utilized or incorporated in the contract work by the DBE will not be eligible for DBE credit. The supplies, materials, and equipment purchased or leased from the Contractor or its affiliate, including any Contractor’s resources available to DBE subcontractors at no cost, shall not be credited. DBE credit will not be given in instances where the equipment lease includes the operator. The DBE is expected to operate the equipment used in the performance of its work under the contract with its own forces. Situations where equipment is leased and used by the DBE, but payment is deducted from the Contractor’s payment to the DBE is not allowed. When the subcontractor is part of a DBE Commitment, the following apply: If a DBE subcontracts a portion of the Work of its contract to another firm, the value of the subcontracted Work may be counted toward the DBE COA Goal only if the Lower-Tier Subcontractor is also a DBE. Work subcontracted to a Lower-Tier Subcontractor that is a DBE, may be counted toward the DBE COA Goal. Work subcontracted to a non-DBE does not count towards the DBE COA Goal. SP-33 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 DBE Subcontract and Lower Tier Subcontract Documents There must be a subcontract agreement that complies with 49 CFR Part 26 and fully describes the distinct elements of Work committed to be performed by the DBE. DBE Service Provider The value of fees or commissions charged by a DBE firm behaving in a manner of a Broker, or another service provider for providing a bona fide service, such as professional, technical, consultant, managerial services, or for providing bonds or insurance specifically required for the performance of the contract will only be credited as DBE participation, if the fee/commission is determined by the Contracting Agency to be reasonable and the firm has performed a CUF. Force Account Work When the Bidder elects to utilize force account Work to meet the DBE COA Goal, as demonstrated by listing this force account Work on the DBE Utilization Certification Form, for the purposes of meeting the DBE COA Goal, only 50% of the Proposal amount shall be credited toward the Bidder’s Commitment to meet the DBE COA Goal. One hundred percent of the actual amounts paid to the DBE for the force account Work shall be credited towards the DBE COA Goal or DBE participation. Temporary Traffic Control If the DBE firm only provides “Flagging,” the DBE firm must provide a Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) and flagger, which are under the direct control of the DBE. The DBE firm shall also provide all flagging equipment for its employees (e.g., paddles, hard hats, and vests). If the DBE firm provides “Traffic Control Services,” the DBE firm must provide a TCS, flaggers, and traffic control items (e.g., cones, barrels, signs, etc.) and be in total control of all items in implementing the traffic control for the project. Trucking DBE trucking firm participation may only be credited as DBE participation for the value of the hauling services, not for the materials being hauled unless the trucking firm is also certified as a supplier of those materials. In situations where the DBE’s work is priced per ton, the value of the hauling service must be calculated separately from the value of the materials in order to determine DBE credit for hauling The DBE trucking firm must own and operate at least one licensed, insured and operational truck on the contract. The truck must be of the type that is necessary to perform the hauling duties required under the contract. The DBE receives credit for the value of the transportation services it provides on the Contract using trucks it owns or leases, licenses, insures, and operates with drivers it employs. The DBE may lease additional trucks from another DBE firm. The DBE who leases additional trucks from another DBE firm receives credit for the value of the transportation services the lessee DBE provides on the Contract. SP-34 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 The trucking Work subcontracted to any non-DBE trucking firm will not receive credit for Work done on the project. The DBE may lease trucks from a truck leasing company (recognized truck rental center), but can only receive credit towards DBE participation if the DBE uses its own employees as drivers. DBE Manufacturer and DBE Regular Dealer One hundred percent (100%) of the cost of the manufactured product obtained from a DBE manufacturer may count towards the DBE COA Goal. Sixty percent (60%) of the cost of materials or supplies purchased from a DBE Regular Dealer may be credited towards the DBE Goal. If the role of the DBE Regular Dealer is determined to be that of a Broker, then DBE credit shall be limited to the fee or commission it receives for its services. Regular Dealer status and the amount of credit is determined on a Contract-by- Contract basis. DBE firms proposed to be used as a Regular Dealer must be approved before being listed as a COA/used on a project. The WSDOT Approved Regular Dealer list published on WSDOT’s Office of Equal Opportunity (OEO) web site must include the specific project for which approval is being requested. For purposes of the DBE COA Goal participation, the Regular Dealer must submit the Regular Dealer Status Request form a minimum of five calendar days prior to bid opening. Purchase of materials or supplies from a DBE which is neither a manufacturer nor a regular dealer, (i.e., Broker) only the fees or commissions charged for assistance in the procurement of the materials and supplies, or fees or transportation charges for the delivery of materials or supplies required on the job site, may count towards the DBE COA Goal provided the fees are not excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for similar services. Documentation will be required to support the fee/commission charged by the DBE. The cost of the materials and supplies themselves cannot be counted toward the DBE COA Goal. Note: Requests to be listed as a Regular Dealer will only be processed if the requesting firm is a material supplier certified by the Office of Minority and Women’s Business Enterprises in a NAICS code that falls within the 42XXXX NAICS Wholesale code section. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization To be eligible for award of the Contract, the Bidder shall properly complete and submit a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Utilization Certification with the Bidder’s sealed Bid Proposal, as specified in Section 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal. The Bidder’s DBE Utilization Certification must clearly demonstrate how the Bidder intends to meet the DBE COA Goal. A DBE Utilization Certification (WSDOT Form 272-056) is included in the Proposal package for this purpose as well as instructions on how to properly fill out the form. SP-35 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 The Bidder is advised that the items listed below when listed in the Utilization Certification must have their amounts reduced to the percentages shown and those reduced amounts will be the amount applied towards meeting the DBE COA Goal. · Force account at 50% · Regular dealer at 60% In the event of arithmetic errors in completing the DBE Utilization Certification, the amount listed to be applied towards the DBE COA Goal for each DBE shall govern and the DBE total amount shall be adjusted accordingly. Note: The Contracting Agency shall consider as non-responsive and shall reject any Bid Proposal submitted that does not contain a DBE Utilization Certification Form that accurately demonstrates how the Bidder intends to meet the DBE COA Goal. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Written Confirmation Document(s) The Bidder shall submit an Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Written Confirmation Document (completed and signed by the DBE) for each DBE firm listed in the Bidder’s completed DBE Utilization Certification submitted with the Bid. Failure to do so will result in the associated participation being disallowed, which may cause the Bid to be determined to be nonresponsive resulting in Bid rejection. The Confirmation Documents provide confirmation from the DBEs that they are participating in the Contract as provided in the Bidder’s Commitment. The Confirmation Documents must be consistent with the Utilization Certification. A DBE Written Confirmation Document (WSDOT Form 422-031) is included in the Proposal package for this purpose. The form(s) shall be received as specified in the special provisions for Section 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal. It is prohibited for the Bidder to require a DBE to submit a Written Confirmation Document with any part of the form left blank. Should the Contracting Agency determine that an incomplete Written Confirmation Document was signed by a DBE, the validity of the document comes into question. The associated DBE participation may not receive credit. Selection of Successful Bidder/Good Faith Efforts (GFE) The successful Bidder shall be selected on the basis of having submitted the lowest responsive Bid, which demonstrates a good faith effort to achieve the DBE COA Goal. The Contracting Agency, at any time during the selection process, may request a breakdown of the bid items and amounts that are counted towards the overall contract goal for any of the DBEs listed on the DBE Utilization Certification. Achieving the DBE COA Goal may be accomplished in one of two ways: 1. By meeting the DBE COA Goal* SP-36 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Submission of the DBE Utilization Certification, supporting DBE Written Confirmation Document(s) showing the Bidder has obtained enough DBE participation to meet or exceed the DBE COA Goal, the DBE Bid Item Breakdown and the DBE Trucking Credit Form, if applicable. 2. By documentation that the Bidder made adequate GFE to meet the DBE COA Goal The Bidder may demonstrate a GFE in whole or part through GFE documentation ONLY IN THE EVENT a Bidder’s efforts to solicit sufficient DBE participation have been unsuccessful. The Bidder must supply GFE documentation in addition to the DBE Utilization Certification, supporting DBE Written Confirmation Document(s), the DBE Bid Item Breakdown form and the DBE Trucking Credit Form, if applicable. Note: In the case where a Bidder is awarded the contract based on demonstrating adequate GFE, the advertised DBE COA Goal will not be reduced. The Bidder shall demonstrate a GFE during the life of the Contract to attain the advertised DBE COA Goal. GFE documentation, the DBE Bid Item Breakdown form, and the DBE Trucking Credit Form, if applicable, shall be submitted as specified in Section 1-02.9. The Contracting Agency will review the GFE documentation and will determine if the Bidder made an adequate good faith effort. Good Faith Effort (GFE) Documentation GFE is evaluated when: 1. Determining award of a Contract that has COA goal, 2. When a COA DBE is terminated and substitution is required, and 3. Prior to Physical Completion when determining whether the Contractor has satisfied its DBE commitments. 49 CFR Part 26, Appendix A is intended as general guidance and does not, in itself, demonstrate adequate good faith efforts. The following is a list of types of actions, which would be considered as part of the Bidder’s GFE to achieve DBE participation. It is not intended to be a mandatory checklist, nor is it intended to be exclusive or exhaustive. Other factors or types of efforts may be relevant in appropriate cases. 1. Soliciting through all reasonable and available means (e.g., attendance at pre-bid meetings, advertising and/or written notices) the interest of all certified DBEs who have the capability to perform the Work of the Contract. The Bidder must solicit this interest within sufficient time to allow the DBEs to respond to the solicitation. The Bidder must determine with certainty if the DBEs are interested by taking appropriate steps to follow up initial solicitations. 2. Selecting portions of the Work to be performed by DBEs in order to increase the likelihood that the DBE COA Goal will be achieved. This includes, where appropriate, breaking out contract Work items into economically feasible units to facilitate DBE participation, even when the Bidder might otherwise prefer to perform these Work items with its own forces. SP-37 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 3. Providing interested DBEs with adequate information about the Plans, Specifications, and requirements of the Contract in a timely manner to assist them in responding to a solicitation. a. Negotiating in good faith with interested DBEs. It is the Bidder’s responsibility to make a portion of the Work available to DBE subcontractors and suppliers and to select those portions of the Work or material needs consistent with the available DBE subcontractors and suppliers, so as to facilitate DBE participation. Evidence of such negotiation includes the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of DBEs that were considered; a description of the information provided regarding the Plans and Specifications for the Work selected for subcontracting; and evidence as to why additional agreements could not be reached for DBEs to perform the Work. b. Bidder using good business judgment would consider a number of factors in negotiating with subcontractors, including DBE subcontractors, and would take a firm’s price and capabilities as well as the DBE COA Goal into consideration. However, the fact that there may be some additional costs involved in finding and using DBEs is not in itself sufficient reason for a Bidder’s failure to meet the DBE COA Goal, as long as such costs are reasonable. Also, the ability or desire of a Bidder to perform the Work of a Contract with its own organization does not relieve the Bidder of the responsibility to make Good Faith Efforts. Bidders are not, however, required to accept higher quotes from DBEs if the price difference is excessive or unreasonable. 4. Not rejecting DBEs as being unqualified without sound reasons based on a thorough investigation of their capabilities. The Bidder’s standing within its industry, membership in specific groups, organizations, or associations and political or social affiliations (for example union vs. non-union employee status) are not legitimate causes for the rejection or non-solicitation of bids in the Bidder’s efforts to meet the DBE COA Goal. 5. Making efforts to assist interested DBEs in obtaining bonding, lines of credit, or insurance as required by the recipient or Bidder. 6. Making efforts to assist interested DBEs in obtaining necessary equipment, supplies, materials, or related assistance or services. 7. Effectively using the services of available minority/women community organizations; minority/women contractors’ groups; local, State, and Federal minority/women business assistance offices; and other organizations as allowed on a case-by-case basis to provide assistance in the recruitment and placement of DBEs. 8. Documentation of GFE must include copies of each DBE and non-DBE subcontractor quotes submitted to the Bidder when a non-DBE subcontractor is selected over a DBE for Work on the Contract. (ref. updated DBE regulations – 26.53(b)(2)(vi) & App. A) Administrative Reconsideration of GFE Documentation A Bidder has the right to request reconsideration if the GFE documentation submitted with their Bid was determined to be inadequate. · The Bidder must request within 48 hours of notification of being nonresponsive or forfeit the right to reconsideration. SP-38 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 · The reconsideration decision on the adequacy of the Bidder’s GFE documentation shall be made by an official who did not take part in the original determination. · Only original GFE documentation submitted as a supplement to the Bid shall be considered. The Bidder shall not introduce new documentation at the reconsideration hearing. · The Bidder shall have the opportunity to meet in person with the official for the purpose of setting forth the Bidder’s position as to why the GFE documentation demonstrates a sufficient effort. · The reconsideration official shall provide the Bidder with a written decision on reconsideration within five working days of the hearing explaining the basis for their finding. DBE Bid Item Breakdown The Bidder shall submit a DBE Bid Item Breakdown Form (WSDOT Form 272-054) as specified in the Special Provisions for Section 1-02.9, Delivery of Proposal. DBE Trucking Credit Form The Bidder shall submit a DBE Trucking Credit Form (WSDOT Form 272-058), as specified in the Special Provisions for Section 1-02.9, Delivery of Proposal. Note: The DBE Trucking Credit Form is only required for a DBE Firm listed on the DBE Utilization Certification as a subcontractor for “Trucking” or “Hauling” and are performing a part of a bid item. For example, if the item of Work is Structure Excavation including Haul, and another firm is doing the excavation and the DBE Trucking firm is doing the haul, the form is required. For a DBE subcontractor that is responsible for an entire item of work that may require some use of trucks, the form is not required. Procedures between Award and Execution After Award and prior to Execution, the Contractor shall provide the additional information described below. Failure to comply shall result in the forfeiture of the Bidder’s Proposal bond or deposit. A list of all firms who submitted a bid or quote in attempt to participate in this project whether they were successful or not. Include the business name and mailing address. Note: The firms identified by the Contractor may be contacted by the Contracting Agency to solicit general information as follows: age of the firm and average of its gross annual receipts over the past three years. Procedures after Execution Commercially Useful Function (CUF) The Contractor may only take credit for the payments made for Work performed by a DBE that is determined to be performing a CUF. Payment must be commensurate with the work actually performed by the DBE. This applies to all DBEs performing Work on a project, whether or not the DBEs are COA, if the Contractor wants to receive credit for their participation. The Engineer will conduct CUF reviews to ascertain whether DBEs are performing a CUF. A DBE performs a SP-39 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 CUF when it is carrying out its responsibilities of its contract by actually performing, managing, and supervising the Work involved. The DBE must be responsible for negotiating price; determining quality and quantity; ordering the material, installing (where applicable); and paying for the material itself. If a DBE does not perform “all” of these functions on a furnish-and-install contract, it has not performed a CUF and the cost of materials cannot be counted toward DBE COA Goal. Leasing of equipment from a leasing company is allowed. However, leasing/purchasing equipment from the Contractor is not allowed. Lease agreements shall be provided prior to the Subcontractor beginning Work. Any use of the Contractor’s equipment by a DBE may not be credited as countable participation. The DBE does not perform a CUF if its role is limited to that of an extra participant in a transaction, contract, or project through which the funds are passed in order to obtain the appearance of DBE participation. In order for a DBE traffic control company to be considered to be performing a CUF, the DBE must be in control of its work inclusive of supervision. The DBE shall employ a Traffic Control Supervisor who is directly involved in the management and supervision of the traffic control employees and services. The following are some of the factors that the Engineer will use in determining whether a DBE trucking company is performing a CUF: · The DBE shall be responsible for the management and supervision of the entire trucking operation for which it is responsible on the contract. The owner demonstrates business related knowledge, shows up on site and is determined to be actively running the business. · The DBE itself shall own and operate at least one fully licensed, insured, and operational truck used on the Contract. The drivers of the trucks owned and leased by the DBE must be exclusively employed by the DBE and reflected on the DBE’s payroll. · Lease agreements for trucks shall indicate that the DBE has exclusive use of and control over the truck(s). This does not preclude the leased truck from working for others provided it is with the consent of the DBE and the lease provides the DBE absolute priority for use of the leased truck. · Leased trucks shall display the name and identification number of the DBE. UDBE/DBE/FSBE Truck Unit Listing Log In addition to the subcontracting requirements of Section 1-08.1, each DBE trucking firm shall submit supplemental information consisting of a completed Primary UDBE/DBE/FSBE Truck Unit Listing Log (WSDOT Form 350-077), copy of vehicle registrations, and all Rental/Lease agreements (if applicable). The supplemental information shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to any trucking services being performed for DBE credit. Incomplete or incorrect supplemental information will be returned for correction. The corrected Primary UDBE/DBE/FSBE Truck Unit Listing Log and any Updated Primary UDBE/DBE/FSBE Truck Unit Listing Logs shall be submitted and accepted by the Engineer no later than ten calendar SP-40 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 days of utilizing applicable trucks. Failure to submit or update the DBE Truck Unit Listing Log may result in trucks not being credited as DBE participation. Each DBE trucking firm shall complete a Daily UDBE/DBE/FSBE Trucking Unit Listing Log for each day that the DBE performs trucking services for DBE credit. The Daily UDBE/DBE/FSBE Trucking Unit Listing Log forms shall be submitted to the Engineer by Friday of the week after the work was performed. Joint Checking A joint check is a check between a Subcontractor and the Contractor to the supplier of materials/supplies. The check is issued by the Contractor as payer to the Subcontractor and the material supplier jointly for items to be incorporated into the project. The DBE must release the check to the supplier, while the Contractor acts solely as the guarantor. A joint check agreement must be approved by the Engineer and requested by the DBE involved using the DBE Joint Check Request Form (form # 272-053) prior to its use. The form must accompany the DBE Joint Check Agreement between the parties involved, including the conditions of the arrangement and expected use of the joint checks. The approval to use joint checks and the use will be closely monitored by the Engineer. To receive DBE credit for performing a CUF with respect to obtaining materials and supplies, a DBE must “be responsible for negotiating price, determining quality and quantity, ordering the material, installing and paying for the material itself.” The Contractor shall submit DBE Joint Check Request Form to the Engineer and be in receipt of written approval prior to using a joint check. Material costs paid by the Contractor directly to the material supplier are not allowed. If proper procedures are not followed or the Engineer determines that the arrangement results in lack of independence for the DBE involved, no DBE credit will be given for the DBE’s participation as it relates to the material cost. Prompt Payment Prompt payment to all subcontractors shall be in accordance with Section 1-08.1. Prompt payment requirements apply to progress payments as well as return of retainage. Subcontracts Prior to a DBE performing Work on the Contract, an executed subcontract between the DBE and the Contractor shall be submitted to the Engineer. The executed subcontracts shall be submitted by email to the following email address NWRegionOEO@wsdot.wa.gov The prime contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing within five calendar days of subcontract submittal. SP-41 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Reporting The Contractor and all subcontractors/suppliers/service providers that utilize DBEs to perform work on the project, shall maintain appropriate records that will enable the Engineer to verify DBE participation throughout the life of the project. Refer to Section 1-08.1 for additional reporting requirements associated with this contract. Changes in COA Work Committed to DBE The Contractor shall utilize the COA DBEs to perform the work and supply the materials for which each is committed unless prior written approval by the Engineer is received by the Contractor. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any payment for work or material completed by the Contractor or subcontractors that was committed to be completed by the COA DBEs in the DBE Utilization Certification form. Owner Initiated Changes In instances where the Engineer makes changes that result in changes to Work that was committed to a COA DBE the Contractor may be directed to substitute for the Work. Contractor Initiated Changes The Contractor cannot change the scope or reduce the amount of work committed to a COA DBE without good cause. Reducing DBE Commitment is viewed as partial DBE termination, and therefore subject to the termination procedures below. Original Quantity Underruns In the event that Work committed to a DBE firm as part of the COA underruns the original planned quantities the Contractor may be required to substitute other remaining Work to another DBE. Contractor Proposed DBE Substitutions Requests to substitute a COA DBE must be for good cause (see DBE termination process below), and requires prior written approval of the Engineer. After receiving a termination with good cause approval, the Contractor may only replace a DBE with another certified DBE. When any changes between Contract Award and Execution result in a substitution of COA DBE, the substitute DBE shall have been certified prior to the bid opening on the Contract. DBE Termination Termination of a COA DBE (or an approved substitute DBE) is only allowed in whole or in part for good cause and with prior written approval of the Engineer. If the Contractor terminates a COA DBE without the prior written approval of the Engineer, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for work or material committed to, but not performed/supplied by the COA DBE. In addition, sanctions may apply as described elsewhere in this specification. Prior to requesting approval to terminate a COA DBE, the Contractor shall give notice in writing to the DBE with a copy to the Engineer of its intent to request to terminate DBE Work and the reasons for doing so. The DBE shall have five (5) days to respond to the Contractor’s notice. SP-42 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 The DBE’s response shall either support the termination or advise the Engineer and the Contractor of the reasons it objects to the termination of its subcontract. If the request for termination is approved, the Contractor is required to substitute with another DBE to perform at least the same amount of work as the DBE that was terminated (or provide documentation of GFE). A plan to replace the COA DBE Commitment amount shall be submitted to the Engineer within 2 days of the approval of termination. The plan to replace the Commitment shall provide the same detail as that required in the DBE Utilization Certification. The Contractor must have good cause to terminate a COA DBE. Good cause typically includes situations where the DBE Subcontractor is unable or unwilling to perform the work of its subcontract. Good cause may exist if: · The DBE fails or refuses to execute a written contract. · The DBE fails or refuses to perform the Work of its subcontract in a way consistent with normal industry standards. · The DBE fails or refuses to meet the Contractor’s reasonable nondiscriminatory bond requirements. · The DBE becomes bankrupt, insolvent, or exhibits credit unworthiness. · The DBE is ineligible to work on public works projects because of suspension and debarment proceedings pursuant to federal law or applicable State law. · The DBE is ineligible to receive DBE credit for the type of work involved. · The DBE voluntarily withdraws from the project and provides written notice of its withdrawal. · The DBE’s work is deemed unsatisfactory by the Engineer and not in compliance with the Contract. · The DBE’s owner dies or becomes disabled with the result that the DBE is unable to complete its Work on the Contract. · Good cause does not exist if: · The Contractor seeks to terminate a COA DBE so that the Contractor can self-perform the Work. · The Contractor seeks to terminate a COA DBE so the Contractor can substitute another DBE contractor or non-DBE contractor after Contract Award. · The failure or refusal of the COA DBE to perform its Work on the subcontract results from the bad faith or discriminatory action of the Contractor (e.g., the failure of the Contractor to make timely payments or the unnecessary placing of obstacles in the path of the DBE’s Work). Decertification When a DBE is “decertified” from the DBE program during the course of the Contract, the participation of that DBE shall continue to count as DBE participation as long as the subcontract with the DBE was executed prior to the decertification notice. The Contractor is obligated to SP-43 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 substitute when a DBE does not have an executed subcontract agreement at the time of decertification. Consequences of Non-Compliance Breach of Contract Each contract with a Contractor (and each subcontract the Contractor signs with a Subcontractor) must include the following assurance clause: The Contractor, subrecipient, or Subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The Contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the Contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this Contract, which may result in the termination of this Contract or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate, which may include, but is not limited to: 1. Withholding monthly progress payments; 2. Assessing sanctions; 3. Liquidated damages; and/or 4. Disqualifying the Contractor from future bidding as non-responsible. Notice If the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Consultant, Regular Dealer, or service provider is deemed to be in non- compliance, the Contractor will be informed in writing, by certified mail by the Engineer that sanctions will be imposed for failure to meet the DBE COA Commitment and/or submit documentation of good faith efforts. The notice will state the specific sanctions to be imposed which may include impacting a Contractor or other entity’s ability to participate in future contracts. Sanctions If it is determined that the Contractor’s failure to meet all or part of the DBE COA Commitment is due to the Contractor’s inadequate good faith efforts throughout the life of the Contract, including failure to submit timely, required Good Faith Efforts information and documentation, the Contractor may be required to pay DBE penalty equal to the amount of the unmet Commitment, in addition to the sanctions outlined in Section 1-07.11(5). Payment Compensation for all costs involved with complying with the conditions of this Specification and any other associated DBE requirements is included in payment for the associated Contract items of Work, except otherwise provided in the Specifications. 1-07.12 Federal Agency Inspection (January 26, 2016 APWA GSP) Section 1‐07.12 is supplemented with the following The Required Contract Provisions Federal Aid Construction Contracts (FHWA 1273) Revised May 1, 2012 and the amendments thereto supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard SP-44 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Specifications and are made a part of this Contract; provided, however, that if any of the provisions of FHWA 1273, as amended, are less restrictive than Washington State Law, then the Washington State Law shall prevail. The provisions of FHWA 1273, as amended, included in this Contract require that the Contractor insert the FHWA 1273 and amendments thereto in each Subcontract, together with the wage rates which are part of the FHWA 1273, as amended. Also, a clause shall be included in each Subcontract requiring the Subcontractors to insert the FHWA 1273 and amendments thereto in any lower tier Subcontracts, together with the wage rates. The Contractor shall also ensure that this section, REQUIRED FEDERAL AID PROVISIONS, is inserted in each Subcontract for Subcontractors and lower tier Subcontractors. For this purpose, upon request to the Engineer, the Contractor will be provided with extra copies of the FHWA 1273, the amendments thereto, the applicable wage rates, and this Special Provision. 1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities (April 2, 2007, WSDOT GSP, Option 2) Locations and dimensions shown in the Plans for existing facilities are in accordance with available information obtained without uncovering, measuring, or other verification. Public and private utilities, or their Contractors, will furnish all work necessary to adjust, relocate, replace, or construct their facilities unless otherwise provided for in the Plans or these Special Provisions. Such adjustment, relocation, replacement, or construction will be done during the prosecution of the work for this project. It is anticipated that utility adjustment, relocation, replacement or construction within the project limits will be completed as follows: None The following addresses and telephone numbers of utility companies or their Contractors that will be adjusting, relocating, replacing or constructing utilities within the project limits are supplied for the Contractor’s use: Puget Sound Energy (electric) Contact: Hong Nguyen Hong.Nguyen@pse.com Cell: 425-449-6609 Puget Sound Energy (gas) Contact: Glenn Helton Glenn.Helton@pse.com Cell: 425-559-4647 Comcast Cable Contact: James Cohn James_Cohn@comcast.com Phone: 253-569-0636 CenturyLink Communications Contact: Jesse Patjens Jesse_patigens@centurylink.com Phone: 206-733-8591 SP-45 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Renton – Information Services (City-owned Fiber Optic) Contact: Ron Hansen 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 Phone: 425-430-6873 rhansen@rentonwa.gov Renton – Traffic Signal and Sign Shop Contact: Eric Cutshall 3555 NE 2nd Street Renton, WA 98056 Phone: 425-430-7423 dsherer@rentonwa.gov Renton School District (District owned Fiber Optic) Contact: Steve Lewey 16250 NE 74th Street Redmond WA 98052 Phone: 425-936-1386 Renton – Water Maintenance Contact: George Stahl or Ray Sled 3555 NE 2nd Street Renton, WA 98056 Phone: 425-430-7400 gstahl@rentonwa.gov or rsled@rentonwa.gov Renton – Stormwater Maintenance 3555 NE 2nd Street Renton, WA 98056 Phone: 425-430-7400 Patrick Zellner Street Maintenance Section & Solid Waste Manager City of Renton Public Works Maintenance Services Phone: 425-430-7400 Cell: 425-766-6181 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: 1-07.18 Insurance (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) 1-07.18(1) General Requirements The Contractor shall procure and maintain the insurance described in all subsections of section 1-07.18 of these Special Provisions, from insurers with a current A. M. Best rating of not less than A-: VII and licensed to do business in the State of Washington. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to approve or reject the insurance provided, based on the insurer’s financial condition. The Contractor shall keep this insurance in force without interruption from the commencement of the Contractor’s Work through the term of the Contract and for thirty (30) days after the Physical Completion date, unless otherwise indicated below. If any insurance policy is written on a claims made form, its retroactive date, and that of all subsequent renewals, shall be no later than the effective date of this Contract. The policy shall state that coverage is claims made, and state the retroactive date. Claims-made form coverage shall be maintained by the Contractor for a minimum of 36 months following the Completion Date or earlier termination of this Contract, and the Contractor shall annually provide the SP-46 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Contracting Agency with proof of renewal. If renewal of the claims made form of coverage becomes unavailable, or economically prohibitive, the Contractor shall purchase an extended reporting period (“tail”) or execute another form of guarantee acceptable to the Contracting Agency to assure financial responsibility for liability for services performed. The Contractor’s Automobile Liability, Commercial General Liability and Excess or Umbrella Liability insurance policies shall be primary and non-contributory insurance as respects the Contracting Agency’s insurance, self-insurance, or self-insured pool coverage. Any insurance, self-insurance, or self-insured pool coverage maintained by the Contracting Agency shall be excess of the Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency and all additional insureds with written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipt of such notice. The Contractor shall not begin work under the Contract until the required insurance has been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the Contracting Agency may, after giving five business days’ notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately terminate the Contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency. All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit or lump sum prices of the Contract and no additional payment will be made. 1-07.18(2) Additional Insured All insurance policies, with the exception of Workers Compensation, and of Professional Liability and Builder’s Risk (if required by this Contract) shall name the following listed entities as additional insured(s) using the forms or endorsements required herein: · The Contracting Agency and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. The above-listed entities shall be additional insured(s) for the full available limits of liability maintained by the Contractor, irrespective of whether such limits maintained by the Contractor are greater than those required by this Contract, and irrespective of whether the Certificate of Insurance provided by the Contractor pursuant to 1-07.18(4) describes limits lower than those maintained by the Contractor. For Commercial General Liability insurance coverage, the required additional insured endorsements shall be at least as broad as ISO forms 43 CG 20 10 10 01 for ongoing operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations. SP-47 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 1-07.18(3) Subcontractors The Contractor shall cause each Subcontractor of every tier to provide insurance coverage that complies with all applicable requirements of the Contractor-provided insurance as set forth herein, except the Contractor shall have sole responsibility for determining the limits of coverage required to be obtained by Subcontractors. The Contractor shall ensure that all Subcontractors of every tier add all entities listed in 1-07.18(2) as additional insureds, and provide proof of such on the policies as required by that section as detailed in 1-07.18(2) using an endorsement as least as broad as ISO CG 20 10 10 01 for ongoing operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations. Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting Agency evidence of insurance and copies of the additional insured endorsements of each subcontractor of every tier as required in Section 1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage. 1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage The Contractor shall deliver to the Contracting Agency a Certificate(s) of Insurance and endorsements for each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work. Failure of Contracting Agency to demand such verification of coverage with these insurance requirements or failure of Contracting Agency to identify a deficiency from the insurance documentation provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation to maintain such insurance. Verification of coverage shall include: An ACORD certificate or a form determined by the Contracting Agency to be equivalent. Copies of all endorsements naming Contracting Agency and all other entities listed in 1-07.18(2) as additional insured(s), showing the policy number. The Contractor may submit a copy of any blanket additional insured clause from its policies instead of a separate endorsement. Any other amendatory endorsements to show the coverage required herein. A notation of coverage enhancements on the Certificate of Insurance shall not satisfy these requirements – actual endorsements must be submitted. Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting Agency a full and certified copy of the insurance policy(s). If Builders Risk insurance is required on this Project, a full and certified copy of that policy is required when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work. 1-07.18(5) Coverages and Limits The insurance shall provide the minimum coverages and limits set forth below. Contractor’s maintenance of insurance, its scope of coverage, and limits as required herein shall not be construed to limit the liability of the Contractor to the coverage provided by such insurance, or otherwise limit the Contracting Agency’s recourse to any remedy available at law or in equity. All deductibles and self-insured retentions must be disclosed and are subject to approval by the Contracting Agency. The cost of any claim payments falling within the deductible or self-insured SP-48 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. In the event an additional insured incurs a liability subject to any policy’s deductibles or self-insured retention, said deductibles or self-insured retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1-07.18(5)A Commercial General Liability Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on coverage forms at least as broad as ISO occurrence form CG 00 01, including but not limited to liability arising from premises, operations, stop gap liability, independent contractors, products-completed operations, personal and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract. There shall be no exclusion for liability arising from explosion, collapse or underground property damage. The Commercial General Liability insurance shall be endorsed to provide a per project general aggregate limit, using ISO form CG 25 03 05 09 or an equivalent endorsement. Contractor shall maintain Commercial General Liability Insurance arising out of the Contractor’s completed operations for at least three years following Substantial Completion of the Work. Such policy must provide the following minimum limits: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 General Aggregate $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury each offence $1,000,000 Stop Gap / Employers’ Liability each accident 1-07.18(5)B Automobile Liability Automobile Liability shall cover owned, non-owned, hired, and leased vehicles; and shall be written on a coverage form at least as broad as ISO form CA 00 01. If the work involves the transport of pollutants, the automobile liability policy shall include MCS 90 and CA 99 48 endorsements. Such policy must provide the following minimum limit: $1,000,000 Combined single limit each accident 1-07.18(5)C Workers’ Compensation The Contractor shall comply with Workers’ Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington. 1-07.18(5)D Excess or Umbrella Liability (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) The Contractor shall provide Excess or Umbrella Liability insurance with limits of not less than 2 million each occurrence and annual aggregate. This excess or umbrella liability coverage shall be excess over and as least as broad in coverage as the Contractor’s Commercial General and Auto Liability insurance. All entities listed under 1-07.18(2) of these Special Provisions shall be named as additional insureds on the Contractor’s Excess or Umbrella Liability insurance policy. SP-49 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 This requirement may be satisfied instead through the Contractor’s primary Commercial General and Automobile Liability coverages, or any combination thereof that achieves the overall required limits of insurance. 1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety 1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic This section is supplemented with the following: (February 3, 2020) Work Zone Clear Zone The Work Zone Clear Zone (WZCZ) applies during working and nonworking hours. The WZCZ applies only to temporary roadside objects introduced by the Contractor’s operations and does not apply to preexisting conditions or permanent Work. Those work operations that are actively in progress shall be in accordance with adopted and approved Traffic Control Plans, and other contract requirements. During nonworking hours equipment or materials shall not be within the WZCZ unless they are protected by permanent guardrail or temporary concrete barrier. The use of temporary concrete barrier shall be permitted only if the Engineer approves the installation and location. During actual hours of work, unless protected as described above, only materials absolutely necessary to construction shall be within the WZCZ and only construction vehicles absolutely necessary to construction shall be allowed within the WZCZ or allowed to stop or park on the shoulder of the roadway. The Contractor’s nonessential vehicles and employees private vehicles shall not be permitted to park within the WZCZ at any time unless protected as described above. Deviation from the above requirements shall not occur unless the Contractor has requested the deviation in writing and the Engineer has provided written approval. Minimum WZCZ distances are measured from the edge of traveled way and will be determined as follows: Regulatory Posted Speed Distance From Traveled Way (feet) 35 mph or less 10 40 mph 15 45 to 50 mph 20 55 to 60 mph 30 65 mph or greater 35 (January 5, 2015) Lane closures are subject to the following restrictions: Within the Project Limits on Airport Way, from Rainier Ave N. to the approximately 3,000 feet east to the point of connection in Logan Ave N. Project limits also extend approximately 4,000 SP-50 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 feet north along Rainier Ave N, from the intersection of Airport Way and Rainier Ave N. The Contractor shall keep at least one lane in each direction open to traffic at all times, unless specifically otherwise approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying with all property owners and/or residents who might be affected by construction activities. The amount of time that a driveway can be closed will be limited. The Contractor shall coordinate with individual property owners and/or residents for the amount of time that a driveway can be closed prior to commencing driveway closures. The Contractor shall be notified individual property owners and/or residents in writing at least 72 hours in advance of any planned driveway closures, with copies delivered to the Engineer. If the Engineer determines the permitted closure hours adversely affect traffic, the 21 Engineer may adjust the hours accordingly. The Engineer will notify the Contractor 22 in writing of any change in the closure hours. Lane closures are not allowed on any of the following: A holiday A holiday weekend; holidays that occur on Friday, Saturday, Sunday or Monday are considered a holiday weekend. A holiday weekend includes Saturday, Sunday, and the holiday. After 3:00 PM on the day prior to a holiday or holiday weekend, and Before 7:00 am on the day after the holiday or holiday weekend. Additional Requirements: 1. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of ten (10) days’ notice of closures utilizing Portable Changeable Message Signs at the closure location. 2. The Contractor, at his or her sole expense, may seek approval for extended or modified working hours. Such Plans must be approved by the Contracting Agency. 3. The existing lighting system shall remain operational until the new system is functioning. The Engineer may approve partial interruptions required because of staging. 4. Existing pedestrian access shall be maintained and the work, with the least possible inconvenience or delay, shall be limited to one corner at a time. 1-07.24 Rights of Way (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: Street Right of Way lines, limits of easements, and limits of construction permits are indicated in the Plans. The Contractor’s construction activities shall be confined within these limits, unless arrangements for use of private property are made. Generally, the Contracting Agency will have obtained, prior to bid opening, all rights of way and easements, both permanent and temporary, necessary for carrying out the work. Exceptions to SP-51 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 this are noted in the Bid Documents or will be brought to the Contractor’s attention by a duly issued Addendum. Whenever any of the work is accomplished on or through property other than public Right of Way, the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any easement agreement obtained by the Contracting Agency from the owner of the private property. Copies of the easement agreements may be included in the Contract Provisions or made available to the Contractor as soon as practical after they have been obtained by the Engineer. Whenever easements or rights of entry have not been acquired prior to advertising, these areas are so noted in the Plans. The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the work in areas where right of way, easements or rights of entry have not been acquired until the Engineer certifies to the Contractor that the right of way or easement is available or that the right of entry has been received. If the Contractor is delayed due to acts of omission on the part of the Contracting Agency in obtaining easements, rights of entry or right of way, the Contractor will be entitled to an extension of time. The Contractor agrees that such delay shall not be a breach of contract. Each property owner shall be given 48 hours notice prior to entry by the Contractor. This includes entry onto easements and private property where private improvements must be adjusted. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability to the Contracting Agency, any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary construction facilities, storage of materials, or other Contractor needs. However, before using any private property, whether adjoining the work or not, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written permission of the private property owner, and, upon vacating the premises, a written release from the property owner of each property disturbed or otherwise interfered with by reasons of construction pursued under this contract. The statement shall be signed by the private property owner, or proper authority acting for the owner of the private property affected, stating that permission has been granted to use the property and all necessary permits have been obtained or, in the case of a release, that the restoration of the property has been satisfactorily accomplished. The statement shall include the parcel number, address, and date of signature. Written releases must be filed with the Engineer before the Completion Date will be established. 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 1-08.0 Preliminary Matters (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Add the following new section: SP-52 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference (October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) Prior to the Contractor beginning the work, a preconstruction conference will be held between the Contractor, the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be invited. The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be: 1. To review the initial progress schedule; 2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or affected by the work; 3. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals, submittals, etc.; 4. To establish normal working hours for the work; 5. To review safety standards and traffic control; and 6. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work. The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction conference the following: 1. A breakdown of all lump sum items; 2. A preliminary schedule of working drawing submittals; and 3. A list of material sources for approval if applicable. Add the following new section: 1-08.0(2) Hours of Work (December 8, 2014 APWA GSP) Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the normal working hours for the Contract shall be any consecutive 8-hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, exclusive of a lunch break. If the Contractor desires different than the normal working hours stated above, the request must be submitted in writing prior to the preconstruction conference, subject to the provisions below. The working hours for the Contract shall be established at or prior to the preconstruction conference. All working hours and days are also subject to local permit and ordinance conditions (such as noise ordinances). If the Contractor wishes to deviate from the established working hours, the Contractor shall submit a written request to the Engineer for consideration. This request shall state what hours are being requested, and why. Requests shall be submitted for review no later than the noon prior to the day(s) the Contractor is requesting to change the hours. If the Contracting Agency approves such a deviation, such approval may be subject to certain other conditions, which will be detailed in writing. For example: 1. On non-Federal aid projects, requiring the Contractor to reimburse the Contracting Agency for the costs in excess of straight-time costs for Contracting Agency representatives who worked during such times. (The Engineer may require designated representatives to be present during the work. Representatives who may be deemed SP-53 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 necessary by the Engineer include, but are not limited to: survey crews; personnel from the Contracting Agency’s material testing lab; inspectors; and other Contracting Agency employees or third party consultants when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such work necessitates their presence.) 2. Considering the work performed on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays as working days with regard to the contract time. 3. Considering multiple work shifts as multiple working days with respect to contract time even though the multiple shifts occur in a single 24-hour period. 4. If a 4-10 work schedule is requested and approved the non-working day for the week will be charged as a working day. 5. If Davis Bacon wage rates apply to this Contract, all requirements must be met and recorded properly on certified payroll. 1-08.1 Subcontracting (December 19, 2019 APWA GSP, Option A) Prior to any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor beginning work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a certification (WSDOT Form 420-004) that a written agreement between the Contractor and the subcontractor or between the subcontractor and any lower tier subcontractor has been executed. This certification shall also guarantee that these subcontract agreements include all the documents required by the Special Provision Federal Agency Inspection. A Subcontractor or lower tier Subcontractor will not be permitted to perform any work under the contract until the following documents have been completed and submitted to the Engineer: 1. Request to Sublet Work (WSDOT Form 421-012), and Contractor and Subcontractor or Lower Tier Subcontractor Certification for Federal-aid Projects (WSDOT Form 420-004). 2. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a completed Monthly Retainage Report (WSDOT Form 272-065) within 15 calendar days after receipt of every monthly progress payment until every Subcontractor and lower tier Subcontractor’s retainage has been released. The ninth paragraph, beginning with “On all projects, …” is revised to read: The Contractor shall certify to the actual amount received from the Contracting Agency and amounts paid to all firms that were used as Subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, manufacturers, regular dealers, or service providers on the Contract. This includes all Disadvantaged, Minority, Small, Veteran or Women’s Business Enterprise firms. This Certification shall be submitted to the Engineer on a monthly basis each month between Execution of the Contract and Physical Completion of the Contract using the application available at: https://wsdot.diversitycompliance.com. A monthly report shall be submitted for every month between Execution of the Contract and Physical Completion regardless of whether payments were made or work occurred. SP-54 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 1-08.3(2)B Type B Progress Schedule (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Revise the first paragraph to read: The Contractor shall submit a preliminary Type B Progress Schedule at or prior to the preconstruction conference. The preliminary Type B Progress Schedule shall comply with all of these requirements and the requirements of Section 1-08.3(1), except that it may be limited to only those activities occurring within the first 60-working days of the project. Revise the first sentence of the second paragraph to read: The Contractor shall submit 2 copies of a Type B Progress Schedule depicting the entire project no later than 21-calendar days after the preconstruction conference. 1-08.4 Prosecution of Work Delete this section and replace it with the following: 1-08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of Work (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Notice to Proceed will be given after the contract has been executed and the contract bond and evidence of insurance have been approved and filed by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall not commence with the work until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall commence construction activities on the project site within ten days of the Notice to Proceed Date, unless otherwise approved in writing. The Contractor shall diligently pursue the work to the physical completion date within the time specified in the contract. Voluntary shutdown or slowing of operations by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to complete the work within the time(s) specified in the contract. When shown in the Plans, the first order of work shall be the installation of high visibility fencing to delineate all areas for protection or restoration, as described in the Contract. Installation of high visibility fencing adjacent to the roadway shall occur after the placement of all necessary signs and traffic control devices in accordance with 1-10.1(2). Upon construction of the fencing, the Contractor shall request the Engineer to inspect the fence. No other work shall be performed on the site until the Contracting Agency has accepted the installation of high visibility fencing, as described in the Contract. 1-08.5 Time for Completion This Section is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) SP-55 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 This project shall be physically completed within 60 working days. (November 30, 2018 APWA GSP, Option A) Revise the third and fourth paragraphs to read: Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the Notice to Proceed Date. Each working day shall be charged to the contract as it occurs, until the contract work is physically complete. If substantial completion has been granted and all the authorized working days have been used, charging of working days will cease. Each week the Engineer will provide the Contractor a statement that shows the number of working days: (1) charged to the contract the week before; (2) specified for the physical completion of the contract; and (3) remaining for the physical completion of the contract. The statement will also show the nonworking days and any partial or whole day the Engineer declares as unworkable. Within 10 calendar days after the date of each statement, the Contractor shall file a written protest of any alleged discrepancies in it. To be considered by the Engineer, the protest shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of time disputed. By not filing such detailed protest in that period, the Contractor shall be deemed as having accepted the statement as correct. If the Contractor is approved to work 10 hours a day and 4 days a week (a 4-10 schedule) and the fifth day of the week in which a 4-10 shift is worked would ordinarily be charged as a working day then the fifth day of that week will be charged as a working day whether or not the Contractor works on that day. Revise the sixth paragraph to read: The Engineer will give the Contractor written notice of the completion date of the contract after all the Contractor’s obligations under the contract have been performed by the Contractor. The following events must occur before the Completion Date can be established: 1. The physical work on the project must be complete; and 2. The Contractor must furnish all documentation required by the contract and required by law, to allow the Contracting Agency to process final acceptance of the contract. The following documents must be received by the Project Engineer prior to establishing a completion date: a. Certified Payrolls (per Section 1-07.9(5)). b. Material Acceptance Certification Documents c. Monthly Reports of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation, as required by the Contract Provisions. d. Final Contract Voucher Certification e. Copies of the approved “Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid” for the Contractor and all Subcontractors f. A copy of the Notice of Termination sent to the Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology); the elapse of 30 calendar days from the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination by Ecology; and no rejection of the Notice of Termination by SP-56 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Ecology. This requirement will not apply if the Construction Stormwater General Permit is transferred back to the Contracting Agency in accordance with Section 8-01.3(16). g. Property owner releases per Section 1-07.24 1-08.6. Suspension of Work This Section is supplemented with the following: (January 2, 2018 WSDOT GSP) Contract time may be suspended for procurement of critical materials (Procurement 3 Suspension). In order to receive a Procurement Suspension, the Contractor shall within 21 calendar days after execution by the Contracting Agency, place purchase orders for all materials deemed critical by the Contracting Agency for physical completion of the contract. The Contractor shall provide copies of purchase orders for the critical materials. Such purchase orders shall disclose the purchase order date and estimated delivery dates for such critical material. The Contractor shall show procurement of the materials listed below as activities in the Progress Schedule. If the approved Progress Schedule indicates that the materials procurement are critical activities, and if the Contractor has provided documentation that purchase orders are placed for the critical materials within the prescribed 21 calendar days, then contract time will be suspended upon physical completion of all critical work except that work dependent upon the below listed critical materials: ***Signal Poles*** ***Pedestrian Luminaire Pole*** Charging of contract time will resume upon delivery of the critical materials to the Contractor or 120 calendar days after execution by the Contracting Agency, whichever occurs first. 1-08.9 Liquidated Damages (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Revise the fourth paragraph to read: When the Contract Work has progressed to Substantial Completion as defined in the Contract, the Engineer may determine that the work is Substantially Complete. The Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of the Substantial Completion Date. For overruns in Contract time occurring after the date so established, the formula for liquidated damages shown above will not apply. For overruns in Contract time occurring after the Substantial Completion Date, liquidated damages shall be assessed on the basis of direct engineering and related costs assignable to the project until the actual Physical Completion Date of all the Contract Work. The Contractor shall complete the remaining Work as promptly as possible. Upon request by the Project SP-57 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish a written schedule for completing the physical Work on the Contract. 1-09.2(1) General Requirements for Weighing Equipment (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP, Option 2) Revise item 4 of the fifth paragraph to read: 4. Test results and scale weight records for each day’s hauling operations are provided to the Engineer daily. Reporting shall utilize WSDOT form 422-027, Scaleman’s Daily Report, unless the printed ticket contains the same information that is on the Scaleman’s Daily Report Form. The scale operator must provide AM and/or PM tare weights for each truck on the printed ticket. 1-09.2(5) Measurement (May 2, 2017 APWA GSP) Revise the first paragraph to read: Scale Verification Checks – At the Engineer’s discretion, the Engineer may perform verification checks on the accuracy of each batch, hopper, or platform scale used in weighing contract items of Work. 1-09.2(6) Payment This Section is revised to read as follows: (January 3, 2011 WSDOT GSP) Unless otherwise specified, the Contracting Agency will pay for no materials received by weight unless they have been weighed in accordance with the requirements of this section. Unit contract prices for the various pay items of the project cover all costs related to weighing and proportioning materials for payment. These costs include those for furnishing, installing, certifying, maintaining and operating scales for initial weighing, those for extra haul distance and time involved in complying with confirmation testing requirements, and those for any other related item specified in this section. 1-09.6 Force Account (October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: The Contracting Agency has estimated and included in the Proposal, dollar amounts for all items to be paid per force account, only to provide a common proposal for Bidders. All such dollar amounts are to become a part of Contractor’s total bid. However, the Contracting Agency SP-58 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 does not warrant expressly or by implication, that the actual amount of work will correspond with those estimates. Payment will be made on the basis of the amount of work actually authorized by Engineer. 1-09.9 Payments (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Delete the first four paragraphs and replace them with the following: The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of Work performed according to the Contract and as specified for payment. The Contractor shall submit a breakdown of the cost of lump sum bid items at the Preconstruction Conference, to enable the Project Engineer to determine the Work performed on a monthly basis. A breakdown is not required for lump sum items that include a basis for incremental payments as part of the respective Specification. Absent a lump sum breakdown, the Project Engineer will make a determination based on information available. The Project Engineer’s determination of the cost of work shall be final. Progress payments for completed work and material on hand will be based upon progress estimates prepared by the Engineer. A progress estimate cutoff date will be established at the preconstruction conference. The initial progress estimate will be made not later than 30 days after the Contractor commences the work, and successive progress estimates will be made every month thereafter until the Completion Date. Progress estimates made during progress of the work are tentative, and made only for the purpose of determining progress payments. The progress estimates are subject to change at any time prior to the calculation of the final payment. The value of the progress estimate will be the sum of the following: Unit Price Items in the Bid Form — the approximate quantity of acceptable units of work completed multiplied by the unit price. Lump Sum Items in the Bid Form — based on the approved Contractor’s lump sum breakdown for that item, or absent such a breakdown, based on the Engineer’s determination. Materials on Hand — 100 percent of invoiced cost of material delivered to Job site or other storage area approved by the Engineer. Change Orders — entitlement for approved extra cost or completed extra work as determined by the Engineer. Progress payments will be made in accordance with the progress estimate less: Retainage per Section 1-09.9(1), on non FHWA-funded projects; The amount of progress payments previously made; and Funds withheld by the Contracting Agency for disbursement in accordance with the Contract Documents. SP-59 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Progress payments for work performed shall not be evidence of acceptable performance or an admission by the Contracting Agency that any work has been satisfactorily completed. The determination of payments under the contract will be final in accordance with Section 1-05.1. 1-09.9(1) Retainage This Section including title is deleted and replaced with the following: (June 27, 2011 WSDOT GSP) Vacant 1-09.11(3) Time Limitation and Jurisdiction (November 30, 2018 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: For the convenience of the parties to the Contract it is mutually agreed by the parties that any claims or causes of action which the Contractor has against the Contracting Agency arising from the Contract shall be brought within 180 calendar days from the date of final acceptance (Section 1-05.12) of the Contract by the Contracting Agency; and it is further agreed that any such claims or causes of action shall be brought only in the Superior Court of the county where the Contracting Agency headquarters is located, provided that where an action is asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.050 shall control venue and jurisdiction. The parties understand and agree that the Contractor’s failure to bring suit within the time period provided, shall be a complete bar to any such claims or causes of action. It is further mutually agreed by the parties that when any claims or causes of action which the Contractor asserts against the Contracting Agency arising from the Contract are filed with the Contracting Agency or initiated in court, the Contractor shall permit the Contracting Agency to have timely access to any records deemed necessary by the Contracting Agency to assist in evaluating the claims or action. 1-09.13(3)A Administration of Arbitration (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Revise the third paragraph to read: The Contracting Agency and the Contractor mutually agree to be bound by the decision of the arbitrator, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in the Superior Court of the county in which the Contracting Agency’s headquarters is located, provided that where claims subject to arbitration are asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.05 shall control venue and jurisdiction of the Superior Court. The decision of the arbitrator and the specific basis for the decision shall be in writing. The arbitrator shall use the Contract as a basis for decisions. SP-60 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1-10.2 Traffic Control Management 1-10.2(1) General This section is supplemented with the following: (January 3, 2017 WSDOT GSP) Only training with WSDOT TCS card and WSDOT training curriculum is recognized in the State of Washington. The Traffic Control Supervisor shall be certified by one of the following: The Northwest Laborers-Employers Training Trust 27055 Ohio Ave. Kingston, WA 98346 360) 297-3035 Evergreen Safety Council 12545 135th Ave. NE Kirkland, WA 98034-8709 1-800-521-0778 The American Traffic Safety Services Association Riverside Parkway, Suite 100 Fredericksburg, Virginia 22406-1022 Training Dept. Toll Free (877) 642-4637 Phone: (540) 368-1701 1-10.2(3) Conformance to Established Standards This section is revised to read: Must use once preceding any of the following: MASH Compliance Requirements 1-10.3(3)L Contractor Provided Uniformed Police Officer Section 1-10.3(3)M is a new section: The Contractor shall arrange for uniformed police officers that are off duty to be present for the following: · For all activities within 150 feet of signalized intersections where the operation of the signal will be adversely affected. · Countermanding a traffic signal indication at a signalized intersection. · Directing vehicle and pedestrian traffic when a traffic signal indication is turned off or inoperative. SP-61 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 ·For all other conditions where the Engineer deems it necessary for safety, including Work hours of darkness. The Contractor shall identify the use of uniformed police officers on the Traffic Control Plan(s), The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer prior to use of uniformed police officers. 1-10.4 Measurement 1-10.4(3) Reinstating Unit Items With Lump Sum Traffic Control Section 1-10.4(3) is supplemented with the following: (August 2, 2004 WSDOT GSP) The bid proposal contains the item “Project Temporary Traffic Control,” lump sum and the additional temporary traffic control items listed below. The provisions of Section 1-10.4(1), Section 1-10.4(3), and Section 1-10.5(3) shall apply. “Portable Changeable Message Sign” “Contractor Provided Uniformed Police Officer” 1-10.5 Payment 1-10.5(2) Item Bids With Lump Sum for Incidentals Section 1-10.5(2) is supplemented with the following: “Portable Changeable Message Sign,” per hour. (May 20, 2020 WSDOT GSP) “Contractor Provided Uniformed Police Officer,” per hour. The unit Contract price per hour for “Contractor Provided Uniformed Police Officer” shall be full pay for performing the Work as specified and as shown in the Plans, including all costs for arrangement for and supervision of a uniformed law enforcement personnel and vehicles to participate in the Contractor’s traffic control activities. END OF DIVISION 1 SP-62 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 This page intentionally blank. SP-63 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 DIVISION 2 EARTHWORK 2-01 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP 2-01.2 Disposal of Usable material and Debris (******Renton GSP) This Section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall dispose of all debris by Disposal Method No. 2 – Waste Site. 2-01.3(3) Tree Protection The Contractor shall install tree protection fencing for protection of those trees identified and detailed on the Plans, and where directed and approved by the Engineer. No soil disturbance shall occur before tree protection fences are installed. Fence shall remain in place until all construction is completed. 2-01.5 Payment Revise this section with the following: “Clearing and Grubbing,” per lump sum. The unit Contract price per lump sum for “Clearing and Grubbing” shall be full pay for all Work described in Section 2-01 including removal, haul, and disposal. All costs associated with tree protection fencing and removing trees identified on the Plans shall be included in the lump sum “Clearing and Grubbing” and no additional payment will be made. Selective trimming of trees/shrubs as noted in the Plans shall be included in the lump sum contract price for Clearing and Grubbing. 2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS 2-02.1 Description This Section is supplemented with the following: Removal of Structure and Obstruction shall include, but not be limited to, removal of approximately: · Asphalt/Cement Concrete Pavement, and Sidewalk Removal 1,000 SY · Curb and Gutter Removal 500 LF SP-64 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 · Fence or Railing Removal 80 LF · Catch Basin Removal 1 EA Add the following new section: 2-02.3(4) Sawcutting Where sawcutting is required, the sawcut shall be three inches deep minimum. Where the existing pavement is more than three inches thick, the portion below the top three inches may be broken after the sawcut is made. Sawcuts shall be cleaned using high-pressure water (1,400 psi or greater), or another method as approved by the Engineer. Care shall be taken to prevent damage to the existing pavement specified to remain. All damage to existing pavement specified to remain shall be repaired in accordance with Section 1-07.13. The Contractor shall perform all sawcutting work, including all containment, collection and disposal of sawcutting debris and wastewater, in accordance with Section 1-07.5(3). 2-02.4 Measurement This Section is supplemented with the following: Sawcutting will be measured by the linear foot of sawcut, whether full-depth or a specified depth, along the line and grade of the sawcut and the limits of the sawcut as shown in the Plans. 2-02.5 Payment Revise this Section with the following: The bid item “Removal of Structures and Obstructions” shall include the removal of sidewalks, curbs, or gutters that lie within an excavation area. This Section is supplemented with the following: “Sawcutting,” per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for “Sawcutting” shall be full pay for performing the work as specified, including containment, collection, and disposal of all sawcutting debris and wastewater. Payment for Sawcutting will be made for the original sawcut. No additional payment will be made for fresh sawcuts made to replace damaged or raveled edges. Payment per linear foot shall include all sawcutting regardless of depth or type of material cut. SP-65 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 2-03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 2-03.1 Description This Section is supplemented with the following: Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul shall include, but not be limited to, removal of approximately 150 cubic yards of roadway excavation. 2-03.3 Construction Requirements 2-03.3(14)C Compacting Earth Embankments Supplement this section with the following: Method C shall be used for this project. 2-03.4 Measurement Revise this Section with the following: No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum item of Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul. 2-03.5 Payment Revise this section with the following: “Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul,” lump sum. The lump sum contract price for “Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul” shall be full compensation for all costs incurred for excavating, loading, placing, hauling, or otherwise disposing of the material. 2-04 HAUL 2-05.5 Payment (******Renton GSP) This Section is revised and supplemented as follows: All costs for the hauling of material to, from, or on the job site shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit price of other units of work. SP-66 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 2-06 SUBGRADE PREPARATION 2-06.5 Measurement and Payment (******Renton GSP) This Section is supplemented by adding the following: Subgrade preparation and maintenance including watering shall be considered as incidental to the construction and all costs thereof shall be included in the appropriate unit or lump sum contract bid prices. 2-09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION 2-09.4 Measurement Revise this Section with the following: No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the bid item of Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B. 2-09.5 Payment Revise this section with the following: “Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B,” lump sum. The lump sum contract price for “Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B” shall be full pay for all excavation, backfill, compaction and other Work required when extra excavation is used in lieu of constructing shoring. The paragraph beginning “If there is no Bid item for shoring…” is deleted. END OF DIVISION 2 SP-67 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 DIVISION 5 SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS 5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt (July 18, 2018 APWA GSP) Delete Section 5-04 and amendments, Hot Mix Asphalt and replace it with the following: 5-04.1 Description This Work shall consist of providing and placing one or more layers of plant-mixed hot mix asphalt (HMA) on a prepared foundation or base in accordance with these Specifications and the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross-sections shown in the Plans. The manufacture of HMA may include warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in accordance with these Specifications. WMA processes include organic additives, chemical additives, and foaming. HMA shall be composed of asphalt binder and mineral materials as may be required, mixed in the proportions specified to provide a homogeneous, stable, and workable mixture. 5-04.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Asphalt Binder 9-02.1(4) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 9-02.1(6) Anti-Stripping Additive 9-02.4 HMA Additive 9-02.5 Aggregates 9-03.8 Recycled Asphalt Pavement 9-03.8(3)B Mineral Filler 9-03.8(5) Recycled Material 9-03.21 Portland Cement 9-01 Sand 9-03.1(2) (As noted in 5-04.3(5)C for crack sealing) Joint Sealant 9-04.2 Foam Backer Rod 9-04.2(3)A The Contract documents may establish that the various mineral materials required for the manufacture of HMA will be furnished in whole or in part by the Contracting Agency. If the documents do not establish the furnishing of any of these mineral materials by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall be required to furnish such materials in the amounts required for the designated mix. Mineral materials include coarse and fine aggregates, and mineral filler. The Contractor may choose to utilize recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) in the production of HMA. The RAP may be from pavements removed under the Contract, if any, or pavement material from an existing stockpile. SP-68 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 The Contractor may use up to 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA with no additional sampling or testing of the RAP. The RAP shall be sampled and tested at a frequency of one sample for every 1,000 tons produced and not less than ten samples per project. The asphalt content and gradation test data shall be reported to the Contracting Agency when submitting the mix design for approval on the QPL. The Contractor shall include the RAP as part of the mix design as defined in these Specifications. The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the Contract. Blending of asphalt binder from different sources is not permitted. The Contractor may only use warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in the production of HMA with 20 percent or less RAP by total weight of HMA. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval the process that is proposed and how it will be used in the manufacture of HMA. Production of aggregates shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-01. Preparation of stockpile site, the stockpiling of aggregates, and the removal of aggregates from stockpiles shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-02. 5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL If the contractor wishes to submit a mix design for inclusion in the Qualified Products List (QPL), please follow the WSDOT process outlined in Standard Specification 5-04.2(1). 5-04.2(1)A Vacant 5-04.2(2) Mix Design – Obtaining Project Approval No paving shall begin prior to the approval of the mix design by the Engineer. Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for all HMA not designated as Commercial HMA in the contract documents. Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the Project Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Project Engineer. The Proposal quantity of HMA that is accepted by commercial evaluation will be excluded from the quantities used in the determination of nonstatistical evaluation. Nonstatistical Mix Design. Fifteen days prior to the first day of paving the contractor shall provide one of the following mix design verification certifications for Contracting Agency review; · The WSDOT Mix Design Evaluation Report from the current WSDOT QPL, or one of the mix design verification certifications listed below. SP-69 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 · The proposed HMA mix design on WSDOT Form 350-042 with the seal and certification (stamp & sig-nature) of a valid licensed Washington State Professional Engineer. · The Mix Design Report for the proposed HMA mix design developed by a qualified City or County laboratory that is within one year of the approval date.** The mix design shall be performed by a lab accredited by a national authority such as Laboratory Accreditation Bureau, L-A-B for Construction Materials Testing, The Construction Materials Engineering Council (CMEC’s) ISO 17025 or AASHTO Accreditation Program (AAP) and shall supply evidence of participation in the AASHTO: resource proficiency sample program. Mix designs for HMA accepted by Nonstatistical evaluation shall; · Have the aggregate structure and asphalt binder content determined in accordance with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732 and meet the requirements of Sections 9-03.8(2), except that Hamburg testing for ruts and stripping are at the discretion of the Engineer, and 9-03.8(6). · Have anti-strip requirements, if any, for the proposed mix design determined in accordance with AASHTO T 283 or T 324, or based on historic anti-strip and aggregate source compatibility from previous WSDOT lab testing. At the discretion of the Engineer, agencies may accept verified mix designs older than 12 months from the original verification date with a certification from the Contractor that the materials and sources are the same as those shown on the original mix design. Commercial Evaluation Approval of a mix design for “Commercial Evaluation” will be based on a review of the Contractor’s submittal of WSDOT Form 350-042 (For commercial mixes, AASHTO T 324 evaluation is not required) or a Mix Design from the current WSDOT QPL or from one of the processes allowed by this section. Testing of the HMA by the Contracting Agency for mix design approval is not required. For the Bid Item Commercial HMA, the Contractor shall select a class of HMA and design level of Equivalent Single Axle Loads (ESALs) appropriate for the required use. 5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes The Contractor may elect to use additives that reduce the optimum mixing temperature or serve as a compaction aid for producing HMA. Additives include organic additives, chemical additives and foaming processes. The use of Additives is subject to the following: · Do not use additives that reduce the mixing temperature more than allowed in Section 5-04.3(6) in the production of mixtures. · Before using additives, obtain the Engineer’s approval using WSDOT Form 350-076 to describe the proposed additive and process. SP-70 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 5-04.3 Construction Requirements 5-04.3(1) Weather Limitations Do not place HMA for wearing course on any Traveled Way beginning October 1st through March 31st of the following year without written concurrence from the Engineer. Do not place HMA on any wet surface, or when the average surface temperatures are less than those specified below, or when weather conditions otherwise prevent the proper handling or finishing of the HMA. Minimum Surface Temperature for Paving Compacted Thickness (Feet) Wearing Course Other Courses Less than 0.10 55°F 45°F 0.10 to .20 45°F 35°F More than 0.20 35°F 35°F 5-04.3(2) Paving Under Traffic When the Roadway being paved is open to traffic, the requirements of this Section shall apply. The Contractor shall keep intersections open to traffic at all times except when paving the intersection or paving across the intersection. During such time, and provided that there has been an advance warning to the public, the intersection may be closed for the minimum time required to place and compact the mixture. In hot weather, the Engineer may require the application of water to the pavement to accelerate the finish rolling of the pavement and to shorten the time required before reopening to traffic. Before closing an intersection, advance warning signs shall be placed, and signs shall also be placed marking the detour or alternate route. During paving operations, temporary pavement markings shall be maintained throughout the project. Temporary pavement markings shall be installed on the Roadway prior to opening to traffic. Temporary pavement markings shall be in accordance with Section 8-23. All costs in connection with performing the Work in accordance with these requirements, except the cost of temporary pavement markings, shall be included in the unit Contract prices for the various Bid items involved in the Contract. 5-04.3(3) Equipment 5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant Plants used for the preparation of HMA shall conform to the following requirements: SP-71 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 1. Equipment for Preparation of Asphalt Binder – Tanks for the storage of asphalt binder shall be equipped to heat and hold the material at the required temperatures. The heating shall be accomplished by steam coils, electricity, or other approved means so that no flame shall be in contact with the storage tank. The circulating system for the asphalt binder shall be designed to ensure proper and continuous circulation during the operating period. A valve for the purpose of sampling the asphalt binder shall be placed in either the storage tank or in the supply line to the mixer. 2. Thermometric Equipment – An armored thermometer, capable of detecting temperature ranges expected in the HMA mix, shall be fixed in the asphalt binder feed line at a location near the charging valve at the mixer unit. The thermometer location shall be convenient and safe for access by Inspectors. The plant shall also be equipped with an approved dial-scale thermometer, a mercury actuated thermometer, an electric pyrometer, or another approved thermometric instrument placed at the discharge chute of the drier to automatically register or indicate the temperature of the heated aggregates. This device shall be in full view of the plant operator. 3. Heating of Asphalt Binder – The temperature of the asphalt binder shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the asphalt binder manufacturer nor shall it be below the minimum temperature required to maintain the asphalt binder in a homogeneous state. The asphalt binder shall be heated in a manner that will avoid local variations in heating. The heating method shall provide a continuous supply of asphalt binder to the mixer at a uniform average temperature with no individual variations exceeding 25°F. Also, when a WMA additive is included in the asphalt binder, the temperature of the asphalt binder shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA additive. 4. Sampling and Testing of Mineral Materials – The HMA plant shall be equipped with a mechanical sampler for the sampling of the mineral materials. The mechanical sampler shall meet the requirements of Section 1-05.6 for the crushing and screening operation. The Contractor shall provide for the setup and operation of the field-testing facilities of the Contracting Agency as provided for in Section 3-01.2(2). 5. Sampling HMA – The HMA plant shall provide for sampling HMA by one of the following methods: a. A mechanical sampling device attached to the HMA plant. b. Platforms or devices to enable sampling from the hauling vehicle without entering the hauling vehicle. 5-04.3(3)B Hauling Equipment Trucks used for hauling HMA shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds and shall have a cover of canvas or other suitable material of sufficient size to protect the mixture from adverse weather. Whenever the weather conditions during the work shift include, or are forecast to include, precipitation or an air temperature less than 45°F or when time from loading to unloading exceeds 30 minutes, the cover shall be securely attached to protect the HMA. SP-72 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 The contractor shall provide an environmentally benign means to prevent the HMA mixture from adhering to the hauling equipment. Excess release agent shall be drained prior to filling hauling equipment with HMA. Petroleum derivatives or other coating material that contaminate or alter the characteristics of the HMA shall not be used. For live bed trucks, the conveyer shall be in operation during the process of applying the release agent. 5-04.3(3)C Pavers HMA pavers shall be self-contained, power-propelled units, provided with an internally heated vibratory screed and shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of HMA plant mix material in lane widths required by the paving section shown in the Plans. The HMA paver shall be in good condition and shall have the most current equipment available from the manufacturer for the prevention of segregation of the HMA mixture installed, in good condition, and in working order. The equipment certification shall list the make, model, and year of the paver and any equipment that has been retrofitted. The screed shall be operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving, segregating, or gouging the mixture. A copy of the manufacturer’s recommendations shall be provided upon request by the Contracting Agency. Extensions will be allowed provided they produce the same results, including ride, density, and surface texture as obtained by the primary screed. Extensions without augers and an internally heated vibratory screed shall not be used in the Traveled Way. When specified in the Contract, reference lines for vertical control will be required. Lines shall be placed on both outer edges of the Traveled Way of each Roadway. Horizontal control utilizing the reference line will be permitted. The grade and slope for intermediate lanes shall be controlled automatically from reference lines or by means of a mat referencing device and a slope control device. When the finish of the grade prepared for paving is superior to the established tolerances and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, further improvement to the line, grade, cross-section, and smoothness can best be achieved without the use of the reference line, a mat referencing device may be substituted for the reference line. Substitution of the device will be subject to the continued approval of the Engineer. A joint matcher may be used subject to the approval of the Engineer. The reference line may be removed after the completion of the first course of HMA when approved by the Engineer. Whenever the Engineer determines that any of these methods are failing to provide the necessary vertical control, the reference lines will be reinstalled by the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish and install all pins, brackets, tensioning devices, wire, and accessories necessary for satisfactory operation of the automatic control equipment. If the paving machine in use is not providing the required finish, the Engineer may suspend Work as allowed by Section 1-08.6. Any cleaning or solvent type liquids spilled on the pavement shall be thoroughly removed before paving proceeds. SP-73 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 5-04.3(3)D Material Transfer Device or Material Transfer Vehicle A Material Transfer Device/Vehicle (MTD/V) shall only be used with the Engineer’s approval, unless other-wise required by the contract. Where an MTD/V is required by the contract, the Engineer may approve paving without an MTD/V, at the request of the Contractor. The Engineer will determine if an equitable adjustment in cost or time is due. When used, the MTD/V shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to laydown by the paving machine. Mixing of the HMA shall be sufficient to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. If a windrow elevator is used, the length of the windrow may be limited in urban areas or through intersections, at the discretion of the Engineer. To be approved for use, an MTV: 1. Shall be self-propelled vehicle, separate from the hauling vehicle or paver. 2. Shall not be connected to the hauling vehicle or paver. 3. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow. 4. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to placement into the paving machine. 5. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. To be approved for use, an MTD: 1. Shall be positively connected to the paver. 2. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow. 3. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to placement into the paving machine. 4. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. 5-04.3(3)E Rollers Rollers shall be of the steel wheel, vibratory, oscillatory, or pneumatic tire type, in good condition and capable of reversing without backlash. Operation of the roller shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. When ordered by the Engineer for any roller planned for use on the project, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the manufacturer’s recommendation for the use of that roller for compaction of HMA. The number and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mixture in compliance with the requirements of Section 5-04.3(10). The use of equipment that results in crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted. Rollers producing pickup, washboard, uneven compaction of the surface, displacement of the mixture or other undesirable results shall not be used. 5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces When the surface of the existing pavement or old base is irregular, the Contractor shall bring it to a uniform grade and cross-section as shown on the Plans or approved by the Engineer. SP-74 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Preleveling of uneven or broken surfaces over which HMA is to be placed may be accomplished by using an asphalt paver, a motor patrol grader, or by hand raking, as approved by the Engineer. Compaction of preleveling HMA shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer and may require the use of small steel wheel rollers, plate compactors, or pneumatic rollers to avoid bridging across preleveled areas by the compaction equipment. Equipment used for the compaction of preleveling HMA shall be approved by the Engineer. Before construction of HMA on an existing paved surface, the entire surface of the pavement shall be clean. All fatty asphalt patches, grease drippings, and other objectionable matter shall be entirely removed from the existing pavement. All pavements or bituminous surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, soil, pavement grindings, and other foreign matter. All holes and small depressions shall be filled with an appropriate class of HMA. The surface of the patched area shall be leveled and compacted thoroughly. Prior to the application of tack coat, or paving, the condition of the surface shall be approved by the Engineer. A tack coat of asphalt shall be applied to all paved surfaces on which any course of HMA is to be placed or abutted; except that tack coat may be omitted from clean, newly paved surfaces at the discretion of the Engineer. Tack coat shall be uniformly applied to cover the existing pavement with a thin film of residual asphalt free of streaks and bare spots at a rate between 0.02 and 0.10 gallons per square yard of retained asphalt. The rate of application shall be approved by the Engineer. A heavy application of tack coat shall be applied to all joints. For Roadways open to traffic, the application of tack coat shall be limited to surfaces that will be paved during the same working shift. The spreading equipment shall be equipped with a thermometer to indicate the temperature of the tack coat material. Equipment shall not operate on tacked surfaces until the tack has broken and cured. If the Contractor’s operation damages the tack coat it shall be repaired prior to placement of the HMA. The tack coat shall be CSS-1, or CSS-1h emulsified asphalt. The CSS-1 and CSS-1h emulsified asphalt may be diluted once with water at a rate not to exceed one part water to one part emulsified asphalt. The tack coat shall have sufficient temperature such that it may be applied uniformly at the specified rate of application and shall not exceed the maximum temperature recommended by the emulsified asphalt manufacturer. 5-04.3(4)A Crack Sealing 5-04.3(4)A1 General When the Proposal includes a pay item for crack sealing, seal all cracks ¼ inch in width and greater. SP-75 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Cleaning: Ensure that cracks are thoroughly clean, dry and free of all loose and foreign material when filling with crack sealant material. Use a hot compressed air lance to dry and warm the pavement surfaces within the crack immediately prior to filling a crack with the sealant material. Do not overheat pavement. Do not use direct flame dryers. Routing cracks is not required. Sand Slurry: For cracks that are to be filled with sand slurry, thoroughly mix the components and pour the mixture into the cracks until full. Add additional CSS-1 cationic emulsified asphalt to the sand slurry as needed for workability to ensure the mixture will completely fill the cracks. Strike off the sand slurry flush with the existing pavement surface and allow the mixture to cure. Top off cracks that were not completely filled with additional sand slurry. Do not place the HMA overlay until the slurry has fully cured. The sand slurry shall consist of approximately 20 percent CSS-1 emulsified asphalt, approximately 2 percent portland cement, water (if required), and the remainder clean Class 1 or 2 fine aggregate per section 9-03.1(2). The components shall be thoroughly mixed and then poured into the cracks and joints until full. The following day, any cracks or joints that are not completely filled shall be topped off with additional sand slurry. After the sand slurry is placed, the filler shall be struck off flush with the existing pavement surface and allowed to cure. The HMA overlay shall not be placed until the slurry has fully cured. The requirements of Section 1-06 will not apply to the portland cement and sand used in the sand slurry. In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks. In areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows: 1. Cracks ¼ inch to 1 inch in width - fill with hot poured sealant. 2. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width – fill with sand slurry. Hot Poured Sealant: For cracks that are to be filled with hot poured sealant, apply the material in accordance with these requirements and the manufacturer’s recommendations. Furnish a Type 1 Working Drawing of the manufacturer’s product information and recommendations to the Engineer prior to the start of work, including the manufacturer’s recommended heating time and temperatures, allowable storage time and temperatures after initial heating, allowable reheating criteria, and application temperature range. Confine hot poured sealant material within the crack. Clean any overflow of sealant from the pavement surface. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor’s method of sealing the cracks with hot poured sealant results in an excessive amount of material on the pavement surface, stop and correct the operation to eliminate the excess material. 5-04.3(4)A2 Crack Sealing Areas Prior to Paving In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks. 5-04.3(4)A3 Crack Sealing Areas Not to be Paved In areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows: A. Cracks ¼ inch to 1 inch in width - fill with hot poured sealant. SP-76 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 B. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width – fill with sand slurry. 5-04.3(4)B Vacant 5-04.3(4)C Pavement Repair The Contractor shall excavate pavement repair areas and shall backfill these with HMA in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and as marked in the field. The Contractor shall conduct the excavation operations in a manner that will protect the pavement that is to remain. Pavement not designated to be removed that is damaged as a result of the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall excavate only within one lane at a time unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not excavate more area than can be completely finished during the same shift, unless approved by the Engineer. Unless otherwise shown in the Plans or determined by the Engineer, excavate to a depth of 1.0 feet. The Engineer will make the final determination of the excavation depth required. The minimum width of any pavement repair area shall be 40 inches unless shown otherwise in the Plans. Before any excavation, the existing pavement shall be sawcut or shall be removed by a pavement grinder. Excavated materials will become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a Contractor-provided site off the Right of Way or used in accordance with Sections 2-02.3(3) or 9-03.21. Asphalt for tack coat shall be required as specified in Section 5-04.3(4). A heavy application of tack coat shall be applied to all surfaces of existing pavement in the pavement repair area. Placement of the HMA backfill shall be accomplished in lifts not to exceed 0.35-foot compacted depth. Lifts that exceed 0.35-foot of compacted depth may be accomplished with the approval of the Engineer. Each lift shall be thoroughly compacted by a mechanical tamper or a roller. 5-04.3(5) Producing/Stockpiling Aggregates and RAP Aggregates and RAP shall be stockpiled according to the requirements of Section 3-02. Sufficient storage space shall be provided for each size of aggregate and RAP. Materials shall be removed from stockpile(s) in a manner to ensure minimal segregation when being moved to the HMA plant for processing into the final mixture. Different aggregate sizes shall be kept separated until they have been delivered to the HMA plant. 5-04.3(5)A Vacant 5-04.3(6) Mixing After the required amount of mineral materials, asphalt binder, recycling agent and anti- stripping additives have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials is ensured. SP-77 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 When discharged, the temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the optimum mixing temperature by more than 25°F as shown on the reference mix design report or as approved by the Engineer. Also, when a WMA additive is included in the manufacture of HMA, the discharge temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA additive. A maximum water content of 2 percent in the mix, at discharge, will be allowed providing the water causes no problems with handling, stripping, or flushing. If the water in the HMA causes any of these problems, the moisture content shall be reduced as directed by the Engineer. Storing or holding of the HMA in approved storage facilities will be permitted with approval of the Engineer, but in no event shall the HMA be held for more than 24 hours. HMA held for more than 24 hours after mixing shall be rejected. Rejected HMA shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. The storage facility shall have an accessible device located at the top of the cone or about the third point. The device shall indicate the amount of material in storage. No HMA shall be accepted from the storage facility when the HMA in storage is below the top of the cone of the storage facility, except as the storage facility is being emptied at the end of the working shift. Recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) utilized in the production of HMA shall be sized prior to entering the mixer so that a uniform and thoroughly mixed HMA is produced. If there is evidence of the recycled asphalt pavement not breaking down during the heating and mixing of the HMA, the Contractor shall immediately suspend the use of the RAP until changes have been approved by the Engineer. After the required amount of mineral materials, RAP, new asphalt binder and asphalt rejuvenator have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials, and RAP is ensured. 5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing The mixture shall be laid upon an approved surface, spread, and struck off to the grade and elevation established. HMA pavers complying with Section 5-04.3(3) shall be used to distribute the mixture. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, the nominal compacted depth of any layer of any course shall not exceed the following: HMA Class 1" 0.35 feet HMA Class ¾" and HMA Class ½" wearing course 0.30 feet other courses 0.35 feet HMA Class ⅜" 0.15 feet On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical spreading and finishing equipment impractical, the paving may be done with other equipment or by hand. When more than one JMF is being utilized to produce HMA, the material produced for each JMF shall be placed by separate spreading and compacting equipment. The intermingling of SP-78 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 HMA produced from more than one JMF is prohibited. Each strip of HMA placed during a work shift shall conform to a single JMF established for the class of HMA specified unless there is a need to make an adjustment in the JMF. 5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA For HMA accepted by nonstatistical evaluation the aggregate properties of sand equivalent, uncompacted void content and fracture will be evaluated in accordance with Section 3-04. Sampling and testing of aggregates for HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Engineer. 5-04.3(9) HMA Mixture Acceptance Acceptance of HMA shall be as provided under nonstatistical, or commercial evaluation. Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for the acceptance of HMA unless Commercial Evaluation is specified. Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, temporary pavement, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Engineer. The mix design will be the initial JMF for the class of HMA. The Contractor may request a change in the JMF. Any adjustments to the JMF will require the approval of the Engineer and may be made in accordance with this section. HMA Tolerances and Adjustments 1. Job Mix Formula Tolerances – The constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall be within tolerance. The tolerance limits will be established as follows: For Asphalt Binder and Air Voids (Va), the acceptance limits are determined by adding the tolerances below to the approved JMF values. These values will also be the Upper Specification Limit (USL) and Lower Specification Limit (LSL) required in Section 1-06.2(2)D2 Property Non-Statistical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation Asphalt Binder +/- 0.5% +/- 0.7% Air Voids, Va 2.5% min. and 5.5% max N/A For Aggregates in the mixture: a. First, determine preliminary upper and lower acceptance limits by applying the following tolerances to the approved JMF. SP-79 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Aggregate Percent Passing Non-Statistical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation 1", ¾", ½", and 3/8" sieves +/- 6% +/- 8% No. 4 sieve +/- 6% +/- 8% No. 8 Sieve +/- 6% +/- 8% No. 200 sieve +/- 2.0% +/- 3.0% b. Second, adjust the preliminary upper and lower acceptance limits determined from step (a) the minimum amount necessary so that none of the aggregate properties are outside the control points in Section 9-03.8(6). The resulting values will be the upper and lower acceptance limits for aggregates, as well as the USL and LSL required in Section 1-06.2(2)D2. 2. Job Mix Formula Adjustments – An adjustment to the aggregate gradation or asphalt binder content of the JMF requires approval of the Engineer. Adjustments to the JMF will only be considered if the change produces material of equal or better quality and may require the development of a new mix design if the adjustment exceeds the amounts listed below. a. Aggregates –2 percent for the aggregate passing the 1½″, 1″, ¾″, ½″, ⅜″, and the No. 4 sieves, 1 percent for aggregate passing the No. 8 sieve, and 0.5 percent for the aggregate passing the No. 200 sieve. The adjusted JMF shall be within the range of the control points in Section 9-03.8(6). b. Asphalt Binder Content – The Engineer may order or approve changes to asphalt binder content. The maximum adjustment from the approved mix design for the asphalt binder content shall be 0.3 percent 5-04.3(9)A Vacant 5-04.3(9)B Vacant 5-04.3(9)C Mixture Acceptance – Nonstatistical Evaluation HMA mixture which is accepted by Nonstatistical Evaluation will be evaluated by the Contracting Agency by dividing the HMA tonnage into lots. 5-04.3(9)C1 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Lots and Sublots A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be tested for acceptance. A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each Job Mix Formula placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be equal to one day’s production or 800 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot will be a minimum of 400 tons and may be increased to 1200 tons. All of the test results obtained from the acceptance samples from a given lot shall be evaluated collectively. If the Contractor requests a change to the JMF that is approved, the material produced after the change will be evaluated on the basis of the new JMF for the remaining sublots in the current lot and for acceptance of subsequent lots. For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. SP-80 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Sampling and testing for evaluation shall be performed on the frequency of one sample per sublot. 5-04.3(9)C2 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation Sampling Samples for acceptance testing shall be obtained by the Contractor when ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall sample the HMA mixture in the presence of the Engineer and in accordance with AASH-TO T 168. A minimum of three samples should be taken for each class of HMA placed on a project. If used in a structural application, at least one of the three samples shall to be tested. Sampling and testing HMA in a Structural application where quantities are less than 400 tons is at the discretion of the Engineer. For HMA used in a structural application and with a total project quantity less than 800 tons but more than 400 tons, a minimum of one acceptance test shall be performed. In all cases, a minimum of 3 samples will be obtained at the point of acceptance, a minimum of one of the three samples will be tested for conformance to the JMF: · If the test results are found to be within specification requirements, additional testing will be at the Engineer’s discretion. · If test results are found not to be within specification requirements, additional testing of the remaining samples to determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) shall be performed. 5-04.3(9)C3 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing Testing of HMA for compliance of Va will at the option of the Contracting Agency. If tested, compliance of Va will use WSDOT SOP 731. Testing for compliance of asphalt binder content will be by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 308. Testing for compliance of gradation will be by FOP for WAQTC T 27/T 11. 5-04.3(9)C4 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Pay Factors For each lot of material falling outside the tolerance limits in 5-04.3(9), the Contracting Agency will determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) using the following price adjustment factors: Table of Price Adjustment Factors Constituent Factor “f” All aggregate passing: 1½″, 1″, ¾″, ½″, ⅜″ and No. 4 sieves 2 All aggregate passing No. 8 sieve 15 All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20 SP-81 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Table of Price Adjustment Factors Constituent Factor “f” Asphalt binder 40 Air Voids (Va) (where applicable) 20 Each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the nonstatistical tolerance limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in Table of Price Adjustment Factors, the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The nonstatistical tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the Roadway shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. 5-04.3(9)C5 Vacant 5-04.3(9)C6 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Price Adjustments For each lot of HMA mix produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation when the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The total job mix compliance price adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix. If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF). 5-04.3(9)C7 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Retests The Contractor may request a sublot be retested. To request a retest, the Contractor shall submit a written request within 7 calendar days after the specific test results have been received. A split of the original acceptance sample will be retested. The split of the sample will not be tested with the same tester that ran the original acceptance test. The sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis, asphalt binder content, and, at the option of the agency, Va. The results of the retest will be used for the acceptance of the HMA in place of the original sublot sample test results. The cost of testing will be deducted from any monies due or that may come due the Contractor under the Contract at the rate of $500 per sample. 5-04.3 (9) Mixture Acceptance – Commercial Evaluation If sampled and tested, HMA produced under Commercial Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the commercial tolerance limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in 5-04.3(9), the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The commercial tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or SP-82 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. For each lot of HMA mix produced and tested under Commercial Evaluation when the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix. If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF). 5-04.3(10) HMA Compaction Acceptance HMA mixture accepted by nonstatistical evaluation that is used in traffic lanes, including lanes for intersections, ramps, truck climbing, weaving, and speed change, and having a specified compacted course thickness greater than 0.10-foot, shall be compacted to a specified level of relative density. The specified level of relative density shall be a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of not less than 0.75 when evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2, using an LSL of 92.0 (minimum of 92 percent of the maximum density). The maximum density shall be determined by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 729. The specified level of density attained will be determined by the evaluation of the density of the pavement. The density of the pavement shall be determined in accordance with WSDOT FOP for WAQTC TM 8, except that gauge correlation will be at the discretion of the Engineer, when using the nuclear density gauge and WSDOT SOP 736 when using cores to determine density. Tests for the determination of the pavement density will be taken in accordance with the required procedures for measurement by a nuclear density gauge or roadway cores after completion of the finish rolling. If the Contracting Agency uses a nuclear density gauge to determine density the test procedures FOP for WAQTC TM 8 and WSDOT SOP T 729 will be used on the day the mix is placed and prior to opening to traffic. Roadway cores for density may be obtained by either the Contracting Agency or the Contractor in accordance with WSDOT SOP 734. The core diameter shall be 4-inches minimum, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Roadway cores will be tested by the Contracting Agency in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 166. If the Contract includes the Bid item “Roadway Core” the cores shall be obtained by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer on the same day the mix is placed and at locations designated by the Engineer. If the Contract does not include the Bid item “Roadway Core” the Contracting Agency will obtain the cores. For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. SP-83 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under conditions other than those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used on all subsequent paving. HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used for preleveling wheel rutting shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Test Results For a sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not meet the minimum of 92 percent of the reference maximum density in a compaction lot with a CPF below 1.00 and thus subject to a price reduction or rejection, the Contractor may request that a core be used for determination of the relative density of the sublot. The relative density of the core will replace the relative density determined by the nuclear density gauge for the sublot and will be used for calculation of the CPF and acceptance of HMA compaction lot. When cores are taken by the Contracting Agency at the request of the Contractor, they shall be requested by noon of the next workday after the test results for the sublot have been provided or made available to the Contractor. Core locations shall be outside of wheel paths and as determined by the Engineer. Traffic control shall be provided by the Contractor as requested by the Engineer. Failure by the Contractor to provide the requested traffic control will result in forfeiture of the request for cores. When the CPF for the lot based on the results of the HMA cores is less than 1.00, the cost for the coring will be deducted from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the Contract at the rate of $200 per core and the Contractor shall pay for the cost of the traffic control. 5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction – General Compaction Requirements Compaction shall take place when the mixture is in the proper condition so that no undue displacement, cracking, or shoving occurs. Areas inaccessible to large compaction equipment shall be compacted by other mechanical means. Any HMA that becomes loose, broken, contaminated, shows an excess or deficiency of asphalt, or is in any way defective, shall be removed and replaced with new hot mix that shall be immediately compacted to conform to the surrounding area. The type of rollers to be used and their relative position in the compaction sequence shall generally be the Contractor’s option, provided the specified densities are attained. Unless the Engineer has approved otherwise, rollers shall only be operated in the static mode when the internal temperature of the mix is less than 175°F. Regardless of mix temperature, a roller shall not be operated in a mode that results in checking or cracking of the mat. Rollers shall only be operated in static mode on bridge decks. SP-84 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 5-04.3(10)B HMA Compaction – Cyclic Density Low cyclic density areas are defined as spots or streaks in the pavement that are less than 90 percent of the theoretical maximum density. At the Engineer’s discretion, the Engineer may evaluate the HMA pavement for low cyclic density, and when doing so will follow WSDOT SOP 733. A $500 Cyclic Density Price Adjustment will be assessed for any 500- foot section with two or more density readings below 90 percent of the theoretical maximum density. 5-04.3(10)C Vacant 5-04.3(10)D HMA Nonstatistical Compaction 5-04.3(10)D1 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Lots and Sublots HMA compaction which is accepted by nonstatistical evaluation will be based on acceptance testing performed by the Contracting Agency dividing the project into compaction lots. A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be tested for acceptance. A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each Job Mix Formula placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be equal to one day’s production or 400 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot will be a minimum of 200 tons and may be increased to 800 tons. Testing for compaction will be at the rate of 5 tests per sublot per WSDOT T 738. The sublot locations within each density lot will be determined by the Engineer. For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under conditions other than those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used on all subsequent paving. HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used to prelevel wheel ruts shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 5-04.3(10)D2 HMA Compaction Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing The location of the HMA compaction acceptance tests will be randomly selected by the Engineer from within each sublot, with one test per sublot. 5-04.3(10)D3 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Price Adjustments For each compaction lot with one or two sublots, having all sublots attain a relative density that is 92 percent of the reference maximum density the HMA shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When a sublot does not attain a relative density that is 92 percent of the reference maximum density, the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The maximum CPF shall SP-85 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 be 1.00, however, lots with a calculated CPF in excess of 1.00 will be used to offset lots with CPF values below 1.00 but greater than 0.90. Lots with CPF lower than 0.90 will be evaluated for compliance per 5-04.3(11). Additional testing by either a nuclear moisture- density gauge or cores will be completed as required to provide a minimum of three tests for evaluation. For compaction below the required 92% a Non-Conforming Compaction Factor (NCCF) will be determined. The NCCF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 40 percent. The Compaction Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of CPF, the quantity of HMA in the compaction control lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix. 5-04.3(11) Reject Work 5-04.3(11)A Reject Work General Work that is defective or does not conform to Contract requirements shall be rejected. The Contractor may propose, in writing, alternatives to removal and replacement of rejected material. Acceptability of such alternative proposals will be determined at the sole discretion of the Engineer. HMA that has been rejected is subject to the requirements in Section 1- 06.2(2) and this specification, and the Contractor shall submit a corrective action proposal to the Engineer for approval. 5-04.3(11)B Rejection by Contractor The Contractor may, prior to sampling, elect to remove any defective material and replace it with new material. Any such new material will be sampled, tested, and evaluated for acceptance. 5-04.3(11) Rejection Without Testing (Mixture or Compaction) The Engineer may, without sampling, reject any batch, load, or section of Roadway that appears defective. Material rejected before placement shall not be incorporated into the pavement. Any rejected section of Roadway shall be removed. No payment will be made for the rejected materials or the removal of the materials unless the Contractor requests that the rejected material be tested. If the Contractor elects to have the rejected material tested, a minimum of three representative samples will be obtained and tested. Acceptance of rejected material will be based on conformance with the nonstatistical acceptance Specification. If the CPF for the rejected material is less than 0.75, no payment will be made for the rejected material; in addition, the cost of sampling and testing shall be borne by the Contractor. If the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, the cost of sampling and testing will be borne by the Contracting Agency. If the material is rejected before placement and the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, compensation for the rejected material will be at a CPF of 0.75. If rejection occurs after placement and the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, compensation for the rejected material will be at the calculated CPF with an addition of 25 percent of the unit Contract price added for the cost of removal and disposal. SP-86 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 5-04.3(11)D Rejection - A Partial Sublot In addition to the random acceptance sampling and testing, the Engineer may also isolate from a normal sublot any material that is suspected of being defective in relative density, gradation or asphalt binder content. Such isolated material will not include an original sample location. A minimum of three random samples of the suspect material will be obtained and tested. The material will then be statistically evaluated as an independent lot in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2). 5-04.3(11)E Rejection - An Entire Sublot An entire sublot that is suspected of being defective may be rejected. When a sublot is rejected a minimum of two additional random samples from this sublot will be obtained. These additional samples and the original sublot will be evaluated as an independent lot in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2). 5-04.3(11)F Rejection - A Lot in Progress The Contractor shall shut down operations and shall not resume HMA placement until such time as the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced: 1. When the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of a lot in progress drops below 1.00 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or 2. When the Pay Factor (PF) for any constituent of a lot in progress drops below 0.95 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or 3. When either the PFi for any constituent or the CPF of a lot in progress is less than 0.75. 5-04.3(11)G Rejection - An Entire Lot (Mixture or Compaction) An entire lot with a CPF of less than 0.75 will be rejected. 5-04.3(12) Joints 5-04.3(12)A HMA Joints 5-04.3(12)A1 Transverse Joints The Contractor shall conduct operations such that the placing of the top or wearing course is a continuous operation or as close to continuous as possible. Unscheduled transverse joints will be allowed, and the roller may pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid mixture only when the placement of the course must be discontinued for such a length of time that the mixture will cool below compaction temperature. When the Work is resumed, the previously compacted mixture shall be cut back to produce a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course. A temporary wedge of HMA constructed on a 20H:1V shall be constructed where a transverse joint as a result of paving or planing is open to traffic. The HMA in the temporary wedge shall be separated from the permanent HMA by strips of heavy wrapping paper or other methods approved by the Engineer. The wrapping paper shall be removed and the SP-87 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 joint trimmed to a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course prior to resumption of paving. The material that is cut away shall be wasted and new mix shall be laid against the cut. Rollers or tamping irons shall be used to seal the joint. 5-04.3(12)A2 Longitudinal Joints The longitudinal joint in any one course shall be offset from the course immediately below by not more than 6 inches nor less than 2 inches. All longitudinal joints constructed in the wearing course shall be located at a lane line or an edge line of the Traveled Way. A notched wedge joint shall be constructed along all longitudinal joints in the wearing surface of new HMA unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The notched wedge joint shall have a vertical edge of not less than the maximum aggregate size or more than ½ of the compacted lift thickness and then taper down on a slope not steeper than 4H:1V. The sloped portion of the HMA notched wedge joint shall be uniformly compacted. 5-04.3(12)B Bridge Paving Joint Seals 5-04.3(12)B1 HMA Sawcut and Seal Prior to placing HMA on the bridge deck, establish sawcut alignment points at both ends of the bridge paving joint seals to be placed at the bridge ends, and at interior joints within the bridge deck when and where shown in the Plans. Establish the sawcut alignment points in a manner that they remain functional for use in aligning the sawcut after placing the overlay. Submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the sealant manufacturer’s application procedure. Construct the bridge paving joint seal as specified ion the Plans and in accordance with the detail shown in the Standard Plans. Construct the sawcut in accordance with the detail shown in the Standard Plan. Construct the sawcut in accordance with Section 5-05.3(8)B and the manufacturer’s application procedure. 5-04.3(12)B2 Paved Panel Joint Seal Construct the paved panel joint seal in accordance with the requirements specified in section 5-04.3(12)B1 and the following requirement: 1. Clean and seal the existing joint between concrete panels in accordance with Section 5-01.3(8) and the details shown in the Standard Plans. 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness The completed surface of all courses shall be of uniform texture, smooth, uniform as to crown and grade, and free from defects of all kinds. The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than ⅛ inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. The transverse slope of the completed surface of the wearing course shall vary not more than ¼ inch in 10 feet from the rate of transverse slope shown in the Plans. SP-88 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 When deviations in excess of the above tolerances are found that result from a high place in the HMA, the pavement surface shall be corrected by one of the following methods: 1. Removal of material from high places by grinding with an approved grinding machine, or 2. Removal and replacement of the wearing course of HMA, or 3. By other method approved by the Engineer. Correction of defects shall be carried out until there are no deviations anywhere greater than the allowable tolerances. Deviations in excess of the above tolerances that result from a low place in the HMA and deviations resulting from a high place where corrective action, in the opinion of the Engineer, will not produce satisfactory results will be accepted with a price adjustment. The Engineer shall deduct from monies due or that may become due to the Contractor the sum of $500.00 for each and every section of single traffic lane 100 feet in length in which any excessive deviations described above are found. When utility appurtenances such as manhole covers and valve boxes are located in the traveled way, the utility appurtenances shall be adjusted to the finished grade prior to paving. This requirement may be waived when requested by the Contractor, at the discretion of the Engineer or when the adjustment details provided in the project plan or specifications call for utility appurtenance adjustments after the completion of paving. Utility appurtenance adjustment discussions will be included in the Pre-Paving planning (5- 04.3(14)B3). Submit a written request to waive this requirement to the Engineer prior to the start of paving. 5-04.3(14) Planing (Milling) Bituminous Pavement The planning plan must be approved by the Engineer and a pre planning meeting must be held prior to the start of any planing. See Section 5-04.3(14)B2 for information on planning submittals. Locations of existing surfacing to be planed are as shown in the Drawings. Where planing an existing pavement is specified in the Contract, the Contractor must remove existing surfacing material and to reshape the surface to remove irregularities. The finished product must be a prepared surface acceptable for receiving an HMA overlay. Use the cold milling method for planing unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Do not use the planer on the final wearing course of new HMA. Conduct planing operations in a manner that does not tear, break, burn, or otherwise damage the surface which is to remain. The finished planed surface must be slightly grooved or roughened and must be free from gouges, deep grooves, ridges, or other SP-89 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 imperfections. The Contractor must repair any damage to the surface by the Contractor’s planing equipment, using an Engineer approved method. Repair or replace any metal castings and other surface improvements damaged by planing, as determined by the Engineer. A tapered wedge cut must be planed longitudinally along curb lines sufficient to provide a minimum of 4 inches of curb reveal after placement and compaction of the final wearing course. The dimensions of the wedge must be as shown on the Drawings or as specified by the Engineer. A tapered wedge cut must also be made at transitions to adjoining pavement surfaces (meet lines) where butt joints are shown on the Drawings. Cut butt joints in a straight line with vertical faces 2 inches or more in height, producing a smooth transition to the existing adjoining pavement. After planing is complete, planed surfaces must be swept, cleaned, and if required by the Contract, patched and preleveled. The Engineer may direct additional depth planing. Before performing this additional depth planing, the Contractor must conduct a hidden metal in pavement detection survey as specified in Section 5-04.3(14)A. 5-04.3(14)A Pre-Planing Metal Detection Check Before starting planing of pavements, and before any additional depth planing required by the Engineer, the Contractor must conduct a physical survey of existing pavement to be planed with equipment that can identify hidden metal objects. Should such metal be identified, promptly notify the Engineer. See Section 1-07.16(1) regarding the protection of survey monumentation that may be hidden in pavement. The Contractor is solely responsible for any damage to equipment resulting from the Contractor’s failure to conduct a pre-planing metal detection survey, or from the Contractor’s failure to notify the Engineer of any hidden metal that is detected. 5-04.3(14)B Paving and Planing Under Traffic 5-04.3(14)B1 General In addition, the requirements of Section 1-07.23 and the traffic controls required in Section 1-10, and unless the Contract specifies otherwise or the Engineer approves, the Contractor must comply with the following: SP-90 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 1. Intersections: a. Keep intersections open to traffic at all times, except when paving or planing operations through an intersection requires closure. Such closure must be kept to the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA mixture, or plane as appropriate. For paving, schedule such closure to individual lanes or portions thereof that allows the traffic volumes and schedule of traffic volumes required in the approved traffic control plan. Schedule work so that adjacent intersections are not impacted at the same time and comply with the traffic control restrictions required by the Traffic Engineer. Each individual intersection closure or partial closure must be addressed in the traffic control plan, which must be submitted to and accepted by the Engineer, see Section 1-10.2(2). b. When planing or paving and related construction must occur in an intersection, consider scheduling and sequencing such work into quarters of the intersection, or half or more of an intersection with side street detours. Be prepared to sequence the work to individual lanes or portions thereof. c. Should closure of the intersection in its entirety be necessary, and no trolley service is impacted, keep such closure to the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA mixture, plane, remove asphalt, tack coat, and as needed. d. Any work in an intersection requires advance warning in both signage and a number of Working Days advance notice as determined by the Engineer, to alert traffic and emergency services of the intersection closure or partial closure. e. Allow new compacted HMA asphalt to cool to ambient temperature before any traffic is allowed on it. Traffic is not allowed on newly placed asphalt until approval has been obtained from the Engineer. 2. Temporary centerline marking, post-paving temporary marking, temporary stop bars, and maintaining temporary pavement marking must comply with Section 8-23. 3. Permanent pavement marking must comply with Section 8-22. 5-04.3(14)B2 Submittals – Planing Plan and HMA Paving Plan The Contractor must submit a separate planing plan and a separate paving plan to the Engineer at least 5 Working Days in advance of each operation’s activity start date. These plans must show how the moving operation and traffic control are coordinated, as they will be discussed at the pre-planing briefing and pre-paving briefing. When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor must provide each operation’s traffic control plan on 24 x 36 inch or larger size Shop Drawings with a scale showing both the area of operation and sufficient detail of traffic beyond the area of operation where detour traffic may be required. The scale on the Shop Drawings is 1 inch = 20 feet, which may be changed if the Engineer agrees sufficient detail is shown. The planing operation and the paving operation include, but are not limited to, metal detection, removal of asphalt and temporary asphalt of any kind, tack coat and drying, staging of supply trucks, paving trains, rolling, scheduling, and as may be discussed at the briefing. SP-91 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 When intersections will be partially or totally blocked, provide adequately sized and noticeable signage alerting traffic of closures to come, a minimum 2 Working Days in advance. The traffic control plan must show where police officers will be stationed when signalization is or may be, countermanded, and show areas where flaggers are proposed. At a minimum, the planing and the paving plan must include: 1. A copy of the accepted traffic control plan, see Section 1-10.2(2), detailing each day’s traffic control as it relates to the specific requirements of that day’s planing and paving. Briefly describe the sequencing of traffic control consistent with the proposed planing and paving sequence, and scheduling of placement of temporary pavement markings and channelizing devices after each day’s planing, and paving. 2. A copy of each intersection’s traffic control plan. 3. Haul routes from Supplier facilities, and locations of temporary parking and staging areas, including return routes. Describe the complete round trip as it relates to the sequencing of paving operations. 4. Names and locations of HMA Supplier facilities to be used. 5. List of all equipment to be used for paving. 6. List of personnel and associated job classification assigned to each piece of paving equipment. 7. Description (geometric or narrative) of the scheduled sequence of planing and of paving, and intended area of planing and of paving for each day’s work, must include the directions of proposed planing and of proposed paving, sequence of adjacent lane paving, sequence of skipped lane paving, intersection planing and paving scheduling and sequencing, and proposed notifications and coordinations to be timely made. The plan must show HMA joints relative to the final pavement marking lane lines. 8. Names, job titles, and contact information for field, office, and plant supervisory personnel. 9. A copy of the approved Mix Designs. 10. Tonnage of HMA to be placed each day. 11. Approximate times and days for starting and ending daily operations. 5-04.3(14)B3 Pre-Paving and Pre-Planing Briefing At least 2 Working Days before the first paving operation and the first planing operation, or as scheduled by the Engineer for future paving and planing operations to ensure the Contractor has adequately prepared for notifying and coordinating as required in the Contract, the Contractor must be prepared to discuss that day’s operations as they relate to other entities and to public safety and convenience, including driveway and business access, garbage truck operations, Metro transit operations and working around energized overhead wires, school and nursing home and hospital and other accesses, other contractors who may be operating in the area, pedestrian and bicycle traffic, and emergency services. The Contractor, and Subcontractors that may be part of that day’s operations, must meet with the Engineer and discuss the proposed operation as it relates to the SP-92 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 submitted planing plan and paving plan, approved traffic control plan, and public convenience and safety. Such discussion includes, but is not limited to: 1. General for both Paving Plan and for Planing Plan: a. The actual times of starting and ending daily operations. b. In intersections, how to break up the intersection, and address traffic control and signalization for that operation, including use of peace officers. c. The sequencing and scheduling of paving operations and of planing operations, as applicable, as it relates to traffic control, to public convenience and safety, and to other con-tractors who may operate in the Project Site. d. Notifications required of Contractor activities, and coordinating with other entities and the public as necessary. e. Description of the sequencing of installation and types of temporary pavement markings as it relates to planning and to paving. f. Description of the sequencing of installation of, and the removal of, temporary pavement patch material around exposed castings and as may be needed g. Description of procedures and equipment to identify hidden metal in the pavement, such as survey monumentation, monitoring wells, street car rail, and castings, before planning, see Section 5-04.3(14)B2. h. Description of how flaggers will be coordinated with the planing, paving, and related operations. i. Description of sequencing of traffic controls for the process of rigid pavement base repairs. j. Other items the Engineer deems necessary to address. 2. Paving – additional topics: a. When to start applying tack and coordinating with paving. b. Types of equipment and numbers of each type equipment to be used. If more pieces of equipment than personnel are proposed, describe the sequencing of the personnel operating the types of equipment. Discuss the continuance of operator personnel for each type equipment as it relates to meeting Specification requirements. c. Number of JMFs to be placed, and if more than one JMF how the Contractor will ensure different JMFs are distinguished, how pavers and MTVs are distinguished if more than one JMF is being placed at the time, and how pavers and MTVs are cleaned so that one JMF does not adversely influence the other JMF. d. Description of contingency plans for that day’s operations such as equipment breakdown, rain out, and Supplier shutdown of operations. e. Number of sublots to be placed, sequencing of density testing, and other sampling and testing. SP-93 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 5-04.3(15) Sealing Pavement Surfaces Apply a fog seal where shown in the plans. Construct the fog seal in accordance with Section 5-02.3. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, apply the fog seal prior to opening to traffic. 5-04.3(16) HMA Road Approaches HMA approaches shall be constructed at the locations shown in the Plans or where staked by the Engineer. The Work shall be performed in accordance with Section 5-04. 5-04.4 Measurement HMA Cl. ___ PG ___, HMA for ___ Cl. ___ PG ___, and Commercial HMA will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2, with no deduction being made for the weight of asphalt binder, mineral filler, or any other component of the mixture. If the Contractor elects to remove and replace mix as allowed by Section 5-04.3(11), the material removed will not be measured. Roadway cores will be measured per each for the number of cores taken. Preparation of untreated roadway will be measured by the mile once along the centerline of the main line Roadway. No additional measurement will be made for ramps, Auxiliary Lanes, service roads, Frontage Roads, or Shoulders. Measurement will be to the nearest 0.01 mile. Soil residual herbicide will be measured by the mile for the stated width to the nearest 0.01 mile or by the square yard, whichever is designated in the Proposal. Pavement repair excavation will be measured by the square yard of surface marked prior to excavation. Asphalt for prime coat will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2. Prime coat aggregate will be measured by the cubic yard, truck measure, or by the ton, whichever is designated in the Proposal. Asphalt for fog seal will be measured by the ton, as provided in Section 5-02.4. Longitudinal joint seals between the HMA and cement concrete pavement will be measured by the linear foot along the line and slope of the completed joint seal. Planing bituminous pavement will be measured by the square yard. Temporary pavement marking will be measured by the linear foot as provided in Section 8- 23.4. Water will be measured by the M gallon as provided in Section 2-07.4. SP-94 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 5-04.5 Payment Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal: “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___,” per ton. “HMA for Approach Cl. ___ PG ___,” per ton. “HMA for Preleveling Cl. ___ PG ___,” per ton. “HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. ___ PG ___,” per ton. “Commercial HMA,” per ton. The unit Contract price per ton for “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___,” “HMA for Approach Cl. ___ PG ___,” “HMA for Preleveling Cl. ___ PG ___,” “HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. ___ PG ___,” and “Commercial HMA” shall be full compensation for all costs, including anti-stripping additive, incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 5-04 except for those costs included in other items which are included in this Subsection and which are included in the Proposal. “Preparation of Untreated Roadway,” per mile. The unit Contract price per mile for “Preparation of Untreated Roadway” shall be full pay for all Work described under 5-04.3(4) , with the exception, however, that all costs involved in patching the Roadway prior to placement of HMA shall be included in the unit Contract price per ton for “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___” which was used for patching. If the Proposal does not include a Bid item for “Preparation of Untreated Roadway,” the Roadway shall be prepared as specified, but the Work shall be included in the Contract prices of the other items of Work. “Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces,” per mile. The unit Contract Price for “Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces” shall be full pay for all Work described under Section 5-04.3(4) with the exception, however, that all costs involved in patching the Roadway prior to placement of HMA shall be included in the unit Contract price per ton for “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___” which was used for patching. If the Proposal does not include a Bid item for “Preparation of Untreated Roadway,” the Roadway shall be prepared as specified, but the Work shall be included in the Contract prices of the other items of Work. “Crack Sealing,” by force account. “Crack Sealing” will be paid for by force account as specified in Section 1-09.6. For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount in the Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. SP-95 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 “Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul,” per square yard. The unit Contract price per square yard for “Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul” shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(4) with the exception, however, that all costs involved in the placement of HMA shall be included in the unit Contract price per ton for “HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. ___ PG ___,” per ton. “Asphalt for Prime Coat,” per ton. The unit Contract price per ton for “Asphalt for Prime Coat” shall be full payment for all costs incurred to obtain, provide and install the material in accordance with Section 5-04.3(4). “Prime Coat Agg.,” per cubic yard, or per ton. The unit Contract price per cubic yard or per ton for “Prime Coat Agg.” shall be full pay for furnishing, loading, and hauling aggregate to the place of deposit and spreading the aggregate in the quantities required by the Engineer. “Asphalt for Fog Seal,” per ton. Payment for “Asphalt for Fog Seal” is described in Section 5-02.5. “Longitudinal Joint Seal,” per linear foot. The unit Contract price per linear foot for “Longitudinal Joint Seal” shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(12). “Planing Bituminous Pavement,” per square yard. The unit Contract price per square yard for “Planing Bituminous Pavement” shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(14). “Temporary Pavement Marking,” per linear foot. Payment for “Temporary Pavement Marking” is described in Section 8-23.5. “Water,” per M gallon. Payment for “Water” is described in Section 2-07.5. “Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment,” by calculation. “Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment” will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5-04.3(9)C6. “Compaction Price Adjustment,” by calculation. SP-96 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 “Compaction Price Adjustment” will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5- 04.3(10)D3. “Roadway Core,” per each. The Contractor’s costs for all other Work associated with the coring (e.g., traffic control) shall be incidental and included within the unit Bid price per each and no additional payments will be made. “Cyclic Density Price Adjustment,” by calculation. “Cyclic Density Price Adjustment” will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5- 04.3(10)B. END OF DIVISION 5 SP-97 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 DIVISION 6 STRUCTURES 6-02 Concrete Structures 6-02.3 Construction Requirements 6-02.3(18) Placing Anchor Bolts Section is 6-02.3(18) is supplemented with the following: (January 3, 2011) Resin Bonded Anchors The embedment depth of the anchors shall be as specified in the Plans. If the embedment depth of the anchor is not specified in the Plans then the embedment depth shall be as specified in the table of minimum and maximum torque below. The anchors shall be installed in accordance with the resin manufacturer's written procedure. Holes shall be drilled as specified in the Plans. Holes may be drilled with a rotary hammer drill when core drilling is not specified in the Plans. If holes are core drilled, the sides of the holes shall be roughened with a rotary hammer drill after core drilling. Holes shall be prepared in accordance with the resin manufacturer's recommendations and shall meet the minimum requirements as specified herein. Holes drilled into concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of debris, dust, and laitance prior to installing the threaded rod and resin bonding material. Holes shall not have any standing liquid at the time of installation of the threaded anchor rod. The anchor nuts shall be tightened to the following torques when the embedment equals or exceeds the minimum embedment specified. Anchor Diameter (inch) Minimum Torque (ft-lbs) Maximum Torque (ft-lbs) Minimum Embedment (inch) 3/8 12 18 3-3/8 1/2 22 35 4-1/2 5/8 55 80 5-5/8 3/4 106 140 6-3/4 7/8 165 190 7-7/8 1 195 225 9 1-1/4 370 525 11-1/4 SP-98 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 When the anchor embedment depth is less than the minimum values specified, the anchor nuts shall be tightened to the torque values specified in the Plans, or as recommended by the resin bonded anchor system manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. 6-06 Bridge Railings 6-06.2 Materials Section is 6-06.2 is supplemented with the following: (April 6, 2015) Tamper Proof Nuts for steel Bridge Railing Type BP Tamper proof nuts for steel Bridge Railing Type BP shall be one of the following products from one of the following manufacturers: Vandlgard-Nut VCN151-6 (zinc) Manufactured by Local Supplier Simi Fastening Systems Northwest Fasteners Inc. 4615 Industrial St. Bldg. No. 1-P 15127 Washington Avenue SW Simi Valley, CA 93063 Lakewood, WA 98498 (800) 959-8256 (253) 582-1671 FAX (805) 581-9162 FAX (253) 581-3131 www.simifast.com Trigroove Nut ZTRN37C (Zamak 5 zinc alloy AC41A) Breakaway Nut ZNB37C (Zamak 5 zinc alloy AC41A) Manufactured by Screw & Supply Inc. Local Supplier 1712 Church Street Tacoma Screw Products Inc. Holbrook, NY 11741 2001 Center Street (800) 223-1316 Tacoma, WA 98409 FAX (631) 567-3057 (800) 562-8192 www.screwsupply.com FAX (253) 272-2719 Spanner Nut 1N.386 (zinc alloy) Manufactured by TamperProof Screw Company Inc. 30 Laurel Street Hicksville, NY 11801 (516) 931-1616 FAX (516) 931-1654 www.tamperproof.com SP-99 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Trident Tamper Resistant Nut 37CNTNZ (Zamak 5 zinc alloy AC41A) Breakaway Nut 37CNBAWZ (Zamak 5 zinc alloy AC41A) Breakaway Nut 37CNBAWS (stainless steel alloy 304) Manufactured by Tanner Bolt & Nut Company 4302 Glenwood Road Brooklyn, NY 11210 (800) 456-2658 FAX (888) 434-3215 www.tannerbolt.com 6-06.3 Construction Requirements 6-02.3(2) Metal Railings Section is 6-06.3(2) is supplemented with the following: Install resin bonded anchors shown in the Plans and as specified in 6-02.3(18). 6-06.5 Payment Section is 6-06.5 is supplemented with the following: “Bridge Railing Type Pedestrian Retrofit,” per linear foot The unit Contract price per linear foot for “Bridge Railing Type Pedestrian Retrofit” shall be full pay for performing the work as specified, including verifying existing bridge railing layout and dimensions; shop drawings; fabricating, shipping and installation of new pedestrian railing members; and all other Work necessary, except Work covered in separate Bid items, to provide a complete pedestrian railing retrofit as show in the Plans and as approved by the Engineer. “Cleaning and Painting – Existing Pedestrian Railing” and “Cleaning and Painting – Bridge Railing Type Pedestrian Retrofit” will be paid separately. 6-07 Painting 6-07.1 Description Section is 6-07.1 is supplemented with the following: This work shall consist of cleaning and painting all exposed metal surfaces of the Cedar River Bridge, in accordance with Section 6-07.3(10), including: · Existing steel pedestrian rail on the west side of the bridge to the limits shown in the Plans and as verified by the Contractor · New pedestrian rail members to be installed on the Cedar River Bridge existing steel pedestrian rail SP-100 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 · New Bridge Railing Type S-BP30 6-07.3 Construction Requirements Section is 6-07.3 is supplemented with the following: 6-07.3(9) Painting New Steel Structures 6-07.3(9)B Paint Color Section is 6-07.3B is supplemented with the following: Top coat color shall be black and as approved by the Engineer. The color shall match the color of the top coat of paint applied to existing structures. The Contractor shall submit color samples for approval prior to painting. 6-07.3(10) Painting Existing Steel Structures Section is 6-07.3(10) is supplemented with the following: (August 3, 2009) Light fixtures and lenses, including navigation, aircraft, flag pole luminaire, and luminaire light fixtures and lenses, shall not be painted and shall be kept clean from paint. The Contractor shall remove all paint from the light fixtures and lenses due to the painting operation. 6-07.3(10)I Paint Color Section is 6-07.(10)I is supplemented with the following: Top coat color shall be black and as approved by the Engineer. The color shall match the color of the top coat of paint applied to new structures. The Contractor shall submit color samples for approval prior to painting. 6-07.3(11) Painting or Powder Coating of Galvanized Surfaces Section is 6-07.3(11) is supplemented with the following: The color of the finish coat shall be black and as approved by the Engineer. The color shall match the color of the top coat of paint applied to new structures. The Contractor shall submit color samples for approval prior to painting. END OF DIVISION 6 SP-101 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 DIVISION 7 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS 7-04 STORM SEWERS 7-04.2 Materials Section 7-04.2 is supplemented with the following: Ductile Iron Storm Sewer Pipe 9-05.13 7-04.3(2) Utility Clearances Section 7-04.3(2) is added: An Ethafoam pad is required for installations where other utilities are closer than 12-inches to provide additional protection between the adjacent utilities. The size of the pad shall be based on the outside diameter (O.D.) of the larger crossing pipe. The pad shall be O.D. long by O.D. wide by 2.5 inches thick minimum or as required to protect the pipes. The pad shall be a strong, resilient, medium-density, closed-cell, polyethylene foam plank (Dow Ethafoam 220, or accepted equivalent). 7-04.3(3) Pipe Backfill Section 7-04.3(3) is added: Native material is to be used for backfill unless the native material is deemed unsuitable for use as backfill by the Engineer. Where required by these specifications or by the Engineer, the Contractor shall use “Crushed Surfacing Top Course” as backfill. 7-04.5 Payment This Section is supplemented with the following: “Ductile Iron Storm Sewer Pipe, ___ In. Diam.”, per linear foot. The unit contract prices for storm sewer pipe regardless of material type shall be full pay for all work to complete the installation, including but not limited to: potholing at utility crossings, dewatering; trench excavating, hauling and disposing of debris and unused materials; furnishing, placing, compacting, and testing bedding and backfill material; furnishing, laying, restraining, and cleaning pipe and fittings; furnishing and placing foam pads and other methods employed when laying pipe in close proximity to existing utilities; connections to new catch basins; furnishing, fabricating, and installing debris barriers where shown in the plans; and SP-102 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 cleanup. Unless listed as a separate pay item, all materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary to install the storm drain pipe shall be included in these pay items. For pipe diameters 18" and under, including any affected catch basins, inlets or manholes, the Engineer reserves the right to deviate up to 18-inches in any direction from the plan elevation or location without any adjustment in the unit price or any additional compensation to the Contractor. Pipe zone bedding and trench excavation shall be included in the per linear foot price for storm sewer pipe, underdrain pipe, and drain pipe. Where “Crushed Surfacing Top Course” is used as backfill, payment shall be made under the applicable bid item. Placement and compaction of native material shall be considered incidental to and included in the contract price of the pipe. Where Crushed Surfacing Top Course is used in place of native material for backfill, the removal and disposal of native material shall be considered incidental to the unit cost for the storm sewer pipe. Testing storm sewer pipe, if required by the Engineer, shall be considered incidental to the storm sewer pipe bid items and no separate payment will be made. 7-05 MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS 7-05.1 Description This Section is supplemented with the following: This section includes Work required to adjust existing utility boxes to finished grade, including water and gas valves, water meters, junction boxes, and all utilities as noted in the Plans. 7-05.3 Construction Requirements 7-05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade This Section is replaced with the following: Where shown in the Plans or where directed by the Engineer, the existing manholes, catch basins, or inlets shall be adjusted to grade. The Contractor shall construct manholes to provide adjustment space for setting cover and casting to a finished grade as shown on the construction plans. Manhole ring and covers shall be adjusted to the finished elevations per City of Renton Standard Plan 106, prior to final acceptance of the Work. Manholes in unimproved areas shall be adjusted to 6-inches above grade. SP-103 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Newly installed drainage structures shall include no more than two four-inch (2 - 4") adjustment risers. If additional adjustment is required to achieve finished grade, the Contractor shall install a combination of 4", 6", 12" and / or 18" precast risers so that no more than two four-inch (2 – 4") risers are used at any drainage structure. All joints shall be sealed (mudded) with grout. Concrete adjustment rings shall conform to the ASTM C-32, Grade MA. New locking frames for catch basin retrofits shall be installed per City of Renton Standard Plan 204.10. Where manhole or catch basin lids fall within the sidewalk and curb ramps, the cover shall be replaced with a slip-resistant cover coated with a slip-resistant coating, meeting ADA standards. Adjusting Utility Box Where shown in the Plans or where directed by the Engineer, the existing utility boxes, including water and gas valves, water meters, junction boxes, and all utilities noted in the Plans shall be adjusted to finished grade. Where utility covers fall within the sidewalk, driveway entrances, and curb ramps, the cover shall be replaced with a slip-resistant cover coated with a slip-resistant coating, meeting ADA standards. Adjustments of valve box castings shall be made in the same manner as for manholes. 7-05.4 Measurement This Section is supplemented with the following: “Adjust Utility Box” will be measured per each. 7-05.5 Payment This Section is supplemented with the following: “Connection to Drainage Structure,” per each. The unit contract price per each for “Connection to Drainage Structure” shall be full pay for connection to existing drainage structure or existing drainage pipe, including but not be limited to: coring the existing catch basin, cutting the existing pipe, repairs needed to restore the pipe to use, and sealing the new connections. “Adjust Catch Basin,” per each. “Adjust Manhole,” per each. “Adjust Utility Box,” per each. The unit contract price per each for “Adjust Catch Basin,” “Adjust Manhole,” and “Adjust Utility Box” shall be full pay for all costs necessary to make the adjustment including, but not limited to, furnishing and installing solid locking lid where noted in the Plans, meeting slip-resistant SP-104 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 standards, rotating cover to align with curb or to accommodate new improvements as necessary. 7-08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 7-08.3 Construction Requirements Section 7-08.3 is supplemented with the following: Potholing Potholing shall be performed in advance of installing the storm drainage facilities. Should the Contractor fail to pothole in advance and a conflict occurs, the Contractor may be required to remove and re-install it at their own expense. 7-08.5 Payment Section 7-08.5 is supplemented with the following: Potholing shall be considered incidental to and included in the contract price of the storm drainage pipe and structures. END OF DIVISION 7 SP-105 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 DIVISION 8 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION 8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION 8-02.2 Materials This Section is supplemented with the following: Root Barrier (24-inch) A. Recyclable, Waterproof, High Density Polyethylene 40 mil, (HDPE) 24" wide geomembrane. B. Seams to be sealed with sealant tape C. Top of root barrier to be installed 1 inch below finish grade. 8-02.3 Construction Requirements 8-02.3(1) Responsibility During Construction Supplement this section with the following: Dumping or stockpiling of topsoil, compost, or wood chip mulch shall not be allowed on roadway surfaces. 8-02.4 Measurement This Section is supplemented with the following: Fine Compost will be measured by the cubic yard. Topsoil Type A will be measured by the cubic yard. Wood Chip Mulch will be measured by the cubic yard. Root Barrier (24-inch) shall be measured by the linear foot. 8-02.5 Payment This Section is supplemented with the following: “Fine Compost,” cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard for “Fine Compost” shall be full pay for all labor, material, testing, tools and equipment necessary to place the Compost as described in the plans. SP-106 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 “Topsoil Type A,” per cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard for “Topsoil Type A” shall be full pay for all labor, material, testing, tools and equipment necessary to place the topsoil onto the existing soil as described in the plans. “Wood Chip Mulch,” per cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard for “Wood Chip Mulch” shall be full pay for furnishing and spreading the mulch as described in the plans. Irrigation water used to establish vegetation including, but not limited to, trees, shrubs, groundcovers and sod lawn areas, will be considered included in the cost of the individual bid items. “Root Barrier (24-inch),” per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for “Root Barrier (24-inch)” shall be full payment for all cost for furnishing and installing root barrier where indicated on the plans. 8-03 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 8-03.1 Description This Section is supplemented with the following: This Work consists of modifying existing automatically controlled irrigation systems (turf and shrub areas) – including design, trenching, backfilling and compacting; sleeving, installation of pipe, pop-up sprinkler heads, swing joints, fittings, and all other appurtenances (including the use of existing remote-control valves and wiring). 8-03.2 Materials This Section is supplemented with the following: Irrigation Heads Irrigation heads/nozzles shall be of the manufacturer, type, pattern and coverage to match existing heads in use on existing zone that is being modified. 8-03.3 Construction Requirements 8-03.3(1) Layout of Irrigation System This Section is supplemented with the following: SP-107 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Contractor shall expose existing irrigation system tie in locations and provide schematic design layout and equipment list for proposed irrigation adjustments for review and approval by the Engineer. 8-03.5 Payment This Section is supplemented with the following: The lump sum Contract price for “Irrigation System” includes the work to install the quantities with a variance allowed up to ± 2% as shown on the Plans. 8-04 CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS 8-04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways This Section is supplemented with the following: Cement Concrete Traffic Curb and Gutter shall be per City of Renton Standard Plan 101.1 for curb and gutter installation at catch basins. White pigmented curing compounds will not be allowed. Curing shall be achieved by covering curb and gutter with white polyethylene sheeting for a minimum of three days or the placement of an approved clear concrete curing compound. Curb and gutter finish which has been damaged by improperly placed polyethylene sheeting or placement of concrete during inclement weather, shall be removed and replaced. 8-04.5 Payment This Section is supplemented with the following: Curb and gutter surfaces, damaged by improperly placed polyethylene sheeting or placement of concrete during inclement weather, shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense. 8-06 CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY ENTRANCES 8-06.3 Construction Requirements This Section is supplemented as follows Cement Conc. Driveway Entrance Type Modified R1 shall be constructed per details shown in the Plans and per City of Renton Standard plan 104.1. SP-108 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 8-10 GUIDE POSTS 8-10.1 Description This Section is supplemented as follows: This Work shall also consist of furnishing and placing Curb Mounted Delineator Posts as shown on the Plans. 8-10.2 Materials The Section is supplemented as follows: Curb Mounted Delineator Posts shall be white in color and capable of being fastened to existing pavement by dowels or epoxy. The product shall consist of a white plastic curb with white tubular flexible delineator posts integral to the curb and capable of taking impacts omni- directionally, a plastic curb height between two and six inches tall and no more than 12-inches wide at the base, 36-inch min. tall self-righting tubular flexible delineator posts with reflective sheeting spaced at a minimum of 5-feet on center and post installed plumb plus or minus 1.5 degrees, have integral coloration, be highly visible and resistant to UV damage and fading, be MASH 2009 or later accepted based on crash test results, can follow a radius of 153-feet within a two-foot buffer zone, and can be either epoxied or bolted onto an asphalt pavement surface. The following products are known to meet this specification: Tuff Curb and Tuff Curb XLP Traffic Separator Curb with White Curb & Posts, Shur Curb Traffic Separator with White Posts & Base, and Rubberform Traffic Delineator Curb System with White Stripes and White Round 4' Marker. 8-10.3 Construction Requirements This Section is supplemented as follows: Prior to installing the Curb Mounted Delineator Posts onto the existing asphalt pavement surface, the pavement surface shall be dry, free of any loose debris, and free of all other contaminants from pavement surfaces that may adversely affect the installation by sandblasting, shot-blasting, or sweeping. Air blast the pavement with a high-pressure system to remove extraneous or loose material before installation. The Contractor shall dowel the Curb Mounted Delineator Posts onto the asphalt pavement surface per the manufacturer’s recommendations at locations shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall epoxy the Curb Mounted Delineator Posts onto the existing bridge deck per the manufacturer’s recommendations and shall not impact or grind the existing asphalt pavement along the bridge deck. The Curb Mounted Delineator Posts shall be installed with a 40-inch gap between curb sections as shown on the Plans and shall include gaps at drainage low points. SP-109 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 8-10.4 Measurement This Section is supplemented as follows: Curb Mounted Delineator Posts will be measured by linear foot along completed curb length, including bends and gaps. 8-10.5 Payment This Section is supplemented as follows: “Curb Mounted Delineator Posts,” per linear foot. 8-12 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND WIRE FENCE 8-12.3 Construction Requirements High Visibility Fence shall be installed at locations where new chainlink fence is to be installed until the permanent chainlink fence is installed by the Contractor. 8-14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 8-14.1 Description (April 3, 2017 WSDOT GSP) Section 8-14.1 is revised to read: This work consists of constructing cement concrete sidewalks, curb ramps, bus stop shelter foundations, masonry sidewalks, and ramp grinding in accordance with details shown in the Plans, Standard Plans, these Specifications, and in conformity to the lines and grades shown in the Plans, Standard Plans and as established by the Engineer. 8-14.3 Construction Requirements This Section is supplemented as follows: Cement Conc. Curb Ramp Type Modified Perpendicular A shall be constructed per details shown in the Plans and per WSDOT Standard Plan F-40.15-04, with the flare side constructed as Type Perpendicular A and the cement concrete pedestrian curb side constructed as Type Perpendicular B. Cement Conc. Curb Ramp Type Modified Parallel B shall be constructed per details shown in the Plans and per WSDOT Standard Plan F-40.12-03 with the curb ramp depressed curb and gutter adjacent to the landing remaining at a height of 0-inches and flush with the gutter pan. SP-110 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 The Brick Stamped Cement Concrete pattern finish shall match the existing brick stamped cement concrete pattern and color in the traffic island located at the intersection of Airport Way and Logan Ave N. The Contractor shall and provide a cut sheet of proposed Brick Stamped Concrete pattern for review and approval by the Engineer prior to installation. This Section is supplemented as follows: (April 3, 2017 WSDOT GSP) The Contractor shall request a pre-construction meeting with the Engineer to be held 2 to 5 working days before any work can start on cement concrete sidewalks, curb ramps or other pedestrian access routes to discuss construction requirements. Those attending shall include: 1. The Contractor and Subcontractor in charge of constructing forms, and placing, and finishing the cement concrete. 2. Engineer (or representative) and Project Inspectors for the cement concrete sidewalk, curb ramp or pedestrian access route Work. Items to be discussed in this meeting shall include, at a minimum, the following: 1. Slopes shown on the Plans 2. Inspection 3. Traffic control 4. Pedestrian control, access routes and delineation 5. Accommodating utilities 6. Form work 7. Installation of detectable warning surfaces 8. Contractor ADA survey and ADA Feature as-built requirements 9. Cold Weather Protection (January 7, 2019 WSDOT GSP) Timing Restrictions Curb ramps shall be constructed on one leg of the intersection at a time. The curb ramps shall be completed and open to traffic within five calendar days before construction can begin on another leg of the intersection unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer Unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer, the five calendar day time restriction begins when an existing curb ramp for the quadrant or traffic island/median is closed to pedestrian use and ends when the quadrant or traffic island/median is fully functional and open for pedestrian access. SP-111 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 (January 7, 2019 WSDOT GSP) Layout and Conformance to Grades Using the information provided in the Contract documents, the Contractor shall lay out, grade, and form each new curb ramp, sidewalk, and curb and gutter. This Section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when curb ramps have been formed and at least 24 hours prior to concrete being poured. The Contractor shall receive approval from the Engineer prior to pouring curb ramps. The Engineer’s approval of the ramp layout does not constitute final acceptance of the ramps. Final acceptance of the ramps will be given after the concrete finish work had been completed. The Contractor is made aware that ANY: non-ADA compliant slopes, widths, vertical surface blemishes or discontinuities over 1/4-inch, grade breaks within specific ramp components, joints that are not square, or any other feature that does not meet ADA compliance will constitute a basis for removal and replacement of the curb ramp, including the curb and gutter, at the Contractor’s expense. 8-14.3(4) Curing (******Renton GSP) This Section is replaced with: The curing materials and procedures outlined in Section 5-05.3(13) of the Standard Specifications shall prevail, except that white pigmented curing compound shall not be used on sidewalks. The curing agent shall be applied immediately after brushing and be maintained for a period of 5 days. The Contractor shall have readily available sufficient protective covering, such as waterproof paper or plastic membrane, to cover the pour of an entire day in the event of rain or other unsuitable weather. During the curing period, all traffic, both pedestrian and vehicular, shall be excluded. Vehicular traffic shall be excluded for such additional time as the Engineer may specify. The Contractor shall be responsible for barricading, patrolling, or otherwise protecting the newly placed concrete to prevent damage. Damaged, vandalized, discolored, stained, or unsightly concrete shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. 8-14.5 Payment This Section is supplemented with the following: The unit price for “Cement Conc. Curb Ramp Type___” shall include all costs to furnish and install detectable warning surface and pedestrian curb at the plan locations and as shown in the Plan Details and Standard Plans. SP-112 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Installing the Brick Stamped Cement Concrete pattern finish at the traffic island shall be considered incidental to the “Cement Conc. Sidewalk” bid item and no separate payment will be made. 8-20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, INTELLIGENT TRANSPORATION SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL 8-20.1 Description (******Renton GSP) This Section is supplemented with the following: This work consists of furnishing, not otherwise specifically stated here in, and installing all materials and equipment for traffic signal and illumination systems complete in places shown on the plans or designated by the Engineer. All work shall be in conformance with these provisions and with Sections 8-20 and 9-29 of the Standard Specifications. The existing lighting circuits shall remain in operation until the new foundation, conduit work, and wiring for the new system is in place and ready for transfer. Transfer shall be conducted in the shortest time possible, not to exceed one 8-hour workday. The exact work plan and schedule must be pre-approved by the Engineer. Work shall include all other items as shown in the Plans or in these Special Provisions. Existing lighting levels shall be maintained at all times unless specified otherwise by the City Transportation Operations Manager. All work shall be performed as shown in the Plans in accordance with applicable Standard Specifications, Standard Plans, Amendments, City Standards, Puget Sound Energy Standards, King County Standards included herein and the following Special Provisions. The Work shall include the supply, testing and installation of all traffic signal hardware, including the communication cable and interface system, and replacement of an existing system. The Work shall also include removing existing traffic signal and illumination equipment, pull boxes, poles, loop detectors, controller cabinets, service cabinets, and bases, and all necessary associated equipment where applicable to complete the Work. The Work will also include providing a complete, functional illumination system. 8-20.1(1) Regulations and Code Section 8-21.1(1) is supplemented with the following: SP-113 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 All materials and methods required under this section, unless otherwise superseded herein, shall conform to the 2021 edition of the Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction and Amendments (herein referred to as Standard Specifications), to all current amendments to the Standard Specifications, to the latest edition of the State of Washington Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction (herein referred to as the Standard Plans), to the State of Washington Sign Fabrication Manual, to the City of Renton Standards and Details, to the latest edition of the National Electric Code (NEC), and to the current edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) as adopted by the State of Washington. Delete the first sentence of the first paragraph of Section 8-20.1(1) and replace with the following: All electrical equipment shall conform to the standards of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), FHWA IP-78-16, the Radio Manufacturers Association, the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC), the International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA), whichever is applicable, and to other codes listed herein. Where applicable, materials shall conform to the latest requirements of the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries and Puget Sound Energy. 8-20.1(2) Industry Codes and Standards Section 8-20.1(2) is supplemented with the following: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC), Secretary NESC, NESC Committee, IEEE Post Office Box 1331, 445 Hoes Lane, Piscataway, NJ 08855-1331. 8-20.1(3) Permitting and Inspections Section 8-20.1(3) is supplemented with the following: The Contractor will be responsible for coordinating, obtaining, and paying for all permits, including electrical service applications, necessary to complete this work in a timely fashion. All costs to obtain and comply with electrical permits shall be included in the applicable bid items for the work involved. All required electrical permits shall be obtained before beginning trench excavation. The City of Renton Electrical Inspector shall inspect and approve the electrical portions of the project. The Contractor shall notify the Electrical Inspector at least 24 hours in advance of required field inspection. Before work begins, the Contractor shall contact the Electrical Inspector to coordinate a schedule of electrical inspections (call the request line at 425-430-7275). This project shall be accomplished in compliance with WAC 296-46B-010 Traffic Management Systems and shall conform to the current adopted version of the NEC. SP-114 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Prior to PSE energizing service cabinets, an electrical inspection must be passed with a copy of the electrical control permit and inspection sticker inside cabinets. 8-20.1(4) Restrictions on the Schedule of Work Section 8-20.1(4) is added as follows: Mast Arm Erection Mast arms shall not be erected more than fourteen (14) calendar days prior to the signal system being turned on. Work in Roadway All work in the roadway is subject to the traffic control requirements specified in Section 1-10. Fiber Installation Impacts The Contractor shall include all fiber cutovers and anticipated down time in their construction schedule. Any change in schedule for impacts to fiber shall be provided a minimum of five (5) working days in advance. The Contractor shall meet with City staff to discuss all cutovers to work out a plan to minimize down time. 8-20.1(5) Traffic Control during Construction Section 8-20.1(5) is added as follows: The Contractor shall include in the submitted traffic control plan, detailed plan during roadway trenching, erection of mast arms, installation of vehicle detection, and other activities requiring lane closures or detours. See Section 1-10 for traffic control requirements and uniformed police officer requirements. 8-20.1(6) Permits Section 8-20.1(6) is added as follows: The Contractor will be responsible for coordinating, obtaining, and paying for all permits, including electrical service applications, necessary to complete this work in a timely fashion. All costs to obtain and comply with electrical permits shall be included in the applicable bid items for the work involved. All required electrical permits shall be obtained before beginning trench excavation. The Electrical Inspector shall inspect and approve the electrical portions of the project. The Contractor shall notify the Electrical Inspector at least 24 hours in advance of required field inspection. Before work begins, the Contractor shall contact the City of Renton Electrical Inspector to coordinate a schedule of electrical inspection (call the request line at 425-430- 7275). This project shall be accomplished in compliance with WAC 296-46B-010 Traffic Management Systems and shall conform to the current adopted version of the NEC. SP-115 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Prior to PSE energizing service cabinets, an electrical inspection must be passed with a copy of the electrical control permit and inspection sticker inside cabinets. 8-20.1(7) Errors and Omissions Section 8-20.1(7) is added as follows: The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer upon discovery of any errors or omissions in the Contract Documents, in the layout as given by survey points and instructions, or of any discrepancy between the Contract Documents and the physical conditions of the locality. If deemed necessary, the Engineer shall rectify the matter and advise the Contractor accordingly. Any work done after such discovery without authorization by the Engineer will be done at the Contractor’s risk. 8-20.2 Materials (******Renton GSP) This Section is supplemented with the following: Material requirements for signal, illumination and communication systems are contained in Section 9-29 of the Standard Specifications and Section 9-29 of these Special Provisions. The Engineer reserves the right to inspect the manufacturing process of all materials. Final inspection and acceptance of the installed materials will not be given until final installation and testing has been completed on the systems. Approval to install materials and equipment must be obtained from the Engineer at the job site before installation. Controlled density fill shall meet the requirements of Section 2-09.3(1)E of the Standard Specifications. Crushed surfacing top course and crushed surfacing base course shall meet the requirements of Section 9-03.9(3) of the Standard Specifications. Bedding material shall consist of 5/8-inch minus crushed rock free of any deleterious substances per Section 9-03.1(5)A of the Standard Specifications. 8-20.2(2) Equipment List and Drawings Delete the first paragraph of Section 8-20.2(2) and replace with the following: Within TWENTY (20) calendar days following execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Transportation Maintenance Manger “Request for Approval of Material” that describes the material proposed for use to fulfill the Plans and Specifications. Request for Approval of Materials shall submitted with all traffic signal, communication, and illumination materials in one complete package. SP-116 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Delete the fifth paragraph of Section 8-20.2(2) 8-20.3 Construction Requirements Section 8-20.3 is supplemented with the following: Signal Installation Coordination with the City The Contractor shall coordinate with City of Renton Transportation Maintenance Manager (contact person: Eric Cutshall at 425-430-7423) for all required signal installation work and testing. Power Source Coordination The Contractor shall coordinate all of the installation details for the electrical service cabinet(s) with Puget Sound Energy. Within four (4) weeks after Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall meet with a PSE Representative (call 1-888-321-7779) in the field to verify the location of power source as shown in the Plans and shall notify the Engineer immediately if any conflicts exist. Except for the service connection, the PSE portion of the installation shall be completed prior to installation of the service cabinet by the Contractor. 8-20.3(1)A Illumination Requirements During Construction Section 8-20.3(1)A is added as follows: Existing or higher illumination levels shall be maintained by using existing or temporary illumination until the new system is operational. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining ten (10) feet clearance zone around existing aerial primary power lines during the construction. Coordinate work with the power company. 8-20.3(1)B Signalization Requirements During Construction Section 8-20.3(1)B is added as follows: Signal system shall remain fully operational during construction. Contractor shall follow the Construction Sequencing and Pedestrian Detour Plans to the extent allowed by site conditions. Modifications to the existing signals must be approved by the Engineer in the field prior to re- channelization for construction staging. Modifications shall be provided at the Contractor’s expense. The costs for any changes to the signal systems required for compliance with maintenance of traffic during construction shall be incidental to the lump sum price of Signal Systems. 8-20.3(2) Excavating and Backfilling Section 8-20.3(2) is supplemented with the following: SP-117 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Underground utilities of record will be shown on the Plans insofar as information is available. These, however, are shown for convenience only and the City assumes no responsibility for improper locations or failure to show utility locations on the construction plans. The location of existing underground utilities, when shown on the Plans, is approximate only, and the Contractor shall be responsible for determining their exact location. The Contractor shall check with the utility companies concerning any possible conflict prior to commencing excavation in any area, as not all utilities may be shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall be responsible for potholing for conflicts with underground utility locations. Prior to construction, if any conflicts are expected, it shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer for resolution. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for coordination with the utility companies and arranging for the movement or adjustment, either temporary or permanent, of their facilities within the project limits. If a conflict is identified, the Contractor shall contact the Engineer. The Contractor and City shall locate alternative locations for poles, cabinet, or junction boxes. The Contractor shall get approval from the Engineer prior to installation. The Contractor may consider changing depth or alignment of conduit to avoid utility conflicts. Before beginning any excavation work for foundations, vaults, junction boxes or conduit runs, the contractor shall confirm that the location proposed on the Contract Plans does not conflict with utility location markings placed on the surface by the various utility companies. If a conflict is identified, the following process shall be used to resolve the conflict: · Contact the Engineer and determine if there is an alternative location for the foundation, junction box, vault or conduit trench. · If an adequate alternate location is not obvious for the underground work, select a location that may be acceptable and pothole to determine the exact location of other utilities. Potholing must be approved by the Engineer. · If an adequate alternate alignment still cannot be identified following potholing operations, the pothole area should be restored and work in the area should stop until a new design can be developed. · The Contractor shall get approval from the Engineer prior to installation. · The Contractor may consider changing depth or alignment of conduit to avoid utility conflicts. The Contractor shall not attempt to adjust the location of an existing utility unless specifically agreed to by the utility owner. 8-20.3(3) Removing and Replacing Improvements Section 8-20.3(3) is supplemented with the following: SP-118 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Salvaged Equipment All existing equipment that is to be removed shall not be stockpiled within the job site without the Engineer's approval. The following signal equipment shall remain the property of the Contracting Agency and shall be disconnected, dismantled, stacked separately and delivered to the Contracting Agency unless otherwise directed by Transportation Maintenance Manager · Luminaire Standards and Mast Arms · Luminaires · Traffic Signal Controllers and Cabinets · Electrical Service Cabinets · Emergency Vehicle Detectors · Vehicle and Pedestrian Displays and Mounting Hardware · Pedestrian Pushbuttons · Terminal Cabinets · Visors · Back Plates The Contractor shall give the Engineer fourteen (14) calendar days advance written notice prior to delivery of removed materials to the City of Renton Signal Shop. Controller cabinets shall not be removed until all associated electronic equipment is removed by Contracting Agency traffic signals personnel. All other equipment shall be removed by the Contractor and delivered within 24 hours following removal to the Contracting Agency. All removed equipment which remains the property of Renton shall be delivered to Renton Corporate Yard between the hours of 8:30am and 2:30pm: City of Renton Signal Shop 3555 NE 2nd Street BLDG B Renton, WA 98056 Phone: 425-430-7423 Non-Salvaged Electrical Equipment The Contractor shall: · Remove all wires for discontinued circuits from the conduit system. · Remove elbow sections of abandoned conduit entering junction boxes. · Remove abandoned conduit that is less than 24 inches finished grade, unless otherwise indicated in the Plans. · Remove foundations in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 2-02.3(1). · Backfill voids created by removal of foundations and junction boxes. Backfilling and compaction shall be performed in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 2-09.3(1)E. SP-119 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Pole Shaft and Mast Arm Identification All removed mast arms and pole shafts shall be identified by paper identification tags recording pole number, intersection location (such as SR XXX, leg XXX), and mast arm length. Four (4) inch by 6 inch (minimum) tags shall be taped to corresponding pole shafts and mast arms. Information on the mast arm tag shall match the information on the corresponding pole shaft tag. Each tag shall be entirely covered with clear acetate tap. The tape shall be wrapped one full circle around the shaft or arm with a 1/2-inch minimum overlap at the ends and sides. The Contractor shall bundle the complete signal bridge, poles standard assembly together. The assembly consists of pole shaft, mast arm, and connecting bolts. Connecting bolts shall be attached to the original mast arm base plate. Dismantled equipment shall be clearly marked and all hardware saved in a heavy duty burlap bag attached to the corresponding signal standard or mast arm. The Contractor shall be responsible for loading, delivering and unloading the salvaged signal equipment. The Engineer shall determine the condition of the signal equipment. Material parts will only be accepted by the Contracting Agency if in identical condition to that prior to removal. If the Contractor's operation causes damage to a removed equipment, it shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor to the Engineer's satisfaction at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall remove and dispose properly all debris and signal equipment not identified for return to the Contracting Agency. 8-20.3(4) Foundations Section 8-20.3(4) is revised and supplemented as follows: The anchor bolts shall match that of the device to be installed thereon. Concrete shall be placed against undisturbed earth if possible. Disturbed earth or backfill material shall be compacted to 95 percent of the material's maximum density. Before placing the concrete, the Contractor shall block-out around any other underground utilities that lie in the excavated base so that the concrete will not adhere to the utility line. Concrete foundations shall be troweled, brushed, edged and finished in a workmanship-like manner. Concrete shall be promptly cleaned from the exposed portion of the anchor bolts and conduit after placement. Foundation shall all be Class 3000 concrete. After the specified curing period, the Contractor may install the applicable device thereon. All concrete foundations shall be constructed in the manner specified below: 1. Where no sidewalks are to be installed, the grade for the top of the foundation shall be as specified by the Engineer. (See detail sheet) 2. Where sidewalk or raised islands are to be constructed as a part of this project, the top of the foundation shall be made flush with the top of the sidewalk or island. (See detail sheet) All concrete foundations shall be located as per stationing on the Plans or as located by the Engineer in the field. SP-120 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 8-20.3(5) Conduit Section 8-20.3(5) is revised and supplemented as follows: When the Contractor encounters obstructions or is unable to install conduit because of soil conditions, as determined by the Engineer, additional work by the Contractor to place the conduit will be paid in accordance with Section 1-04.4. Pull Wires shall be installed by the Contractor. All conduit openings shall be fitted with approved bell-ends or Bushings. Wall thickness of conduit shall be consistent within continuous conduit runs with no mixing of different schedule types between terminations. The Contractor shall provide and install all conduit and necessary fittings at the locations noted on the Plans. Conduit size shall be as indicated on the wiring and conduit schedule shown on Plans. Conduit to be provided and installed shall be of the type indicated below: Schedule 40 heavy wall PVC Conforming to ASTM standards shall be used whenever the conduit is to be placed other than within the roadway area. Schedule 80 extra heavy wall PVC Conforming to ASTM standards shall be used when the conduit is to be placed within the roadway area. All joints shall be made with strict compliance to the manufacturer's recommendations regarding cement used and environmental conditions. 8-20.3(5)A General Section 8-20.3(5)A is supplemented with the following: Pull strings shall be provided and installed by the Contractor. When copper or fiber optic interconnect cable is part of a project, the conduit sweeps bringing the interconnect cable into and out of the junction boxes shall be offset as directed by the Engineer to accommodate the cable’s tendency to curl. The conduit sweep shall have a minimum bend radius of 24-inches. Conduits entering through the cabinet foundation shall be arranged toward the front of the cabinet for maximum accessibility or as directed by the Engineer. Conduits shall be capped during construction using manufactured seals to prevent entrance of water and debris. Spare conduits shall be capped and labeled as City of Renton conduits and SP-121 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 shall include polyester detectable pull tape that meets or exceeds a breaking strength of 900 lbs. Detectable pull tape shall also be added to conduits occupied with non-electrical cables. Where sidewalk panels need to be removed for the installation of conduit or junction boxes, the Contractor is responsible for restoring the area near the back of sidewalk as needed to repair damage from sidewalk panel formwork. Where intercepting and splicing to an existing conduit is called out on the Plans, the Contractor shall verify the conduit size and schedule before ordering the new conduit sections. The size provided on the Plans is an estimation. 8-20.3(5)B Conduit Type Delete the second paragraph of Section 8-20.3(5)B and replace with the following: Rigid metal conduit (RMC) shall only be placed where indicated and shown on the Contract Plans. Section 8-20.3(5)B is supplemented with the following: All conduit shall be rigid non-metallic unless noted otherwise in the Contract Plans or Special Provisions. All conduit openings shall be fitted with approved bell-ends or bushings. Wall thickness of conduit shall be consistent within continuous conduit runs with no mixing of different schedule types between terminations. The Contractor shall provide all conduit and necessary fittings as needed. Conduit size shall be as indicated on the wiring and conduit schedule shown on the Plans. All joints shall be made with strict compliance to the manufacturer's recommendations regarding cement used and environmental conditions. Conduits shall be capped during construction using manufactured seals to prevent entrance of water and debris. The conduits shall be cleaned before pulling wire and shall include bonded ground wire (including spare conduits for locating purposes). Spare conduits shall be capped and labeled "City of Renton" conduits. 8-20.3(5)E1 Open Trenching Section 8-20.3(2)A is added as follows: The Contractor shall provide trenching as specified herein, regardless of the material encountered, as necessary for complete and proper installation of the signal, illumination and ITS conduit. Trenching shall conform to the following: SP-122 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Uniform Construction Trenching for conduit runs shall be done in a neat manner, and the trench bottom shall be graded to provide a uniform grade, with a width and depth as specified herein. All trenches for placement of conduit shall be straight and as narrow in width as practical to provide a minimum of pavement disturbance. Trench Inspection No work shall be covered until it has been examined by the Engineer or Inspector. Earth which fills around and over the conduit shall be free of rocks greater than 2 inches up to a depth of 6 inches. When trenching is being accomplished within the sidewalk area, the backfill can be made with acceptable materials from the excavation and shall be considered a necessary part of and incidental to the excavation in accordance with the Standard Specifications. Hauling and disposal of un-used excavation material shall be incidental to the cost of trenching or excavating. The compaction requirements for the roadway backfill shall apply. Saw Cut for Trench Trenches in all paved areas shall be saw cut. The saw cuts shall be a minimum of 2-inches deep and shall be parallel. Thoroughly clean saw cuts where necessary by the use of high pressure water (1,400 psi or greater). All wastewater shall be collected and disposed of in accordance with Section 1-07.15 of the Standard Specifications. Impervious surfaces contaminated from cutting operations shall be cleaned in accordance with Section 1-07.15 of the Standard Specifications. Pavement Removal Pavement shall be removed in a manner approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall take care in removing existing paving not to damage the pavement outside of the saw cut lines. Trench Depth Trench depth shall provide 24 inches minimum of cover over all conduits unless agreed to otherwise by the Engineer. Trench depth shall provide a minimum cover of 36 inches for all conduits designated for fiber optic cabling. Trench Width The trench width shall be a minimum of 12 inches. Trenching in Landscaped Areas Trenches shall be placed to have minimum impact on existing landscaping and irrigation systems. Any damage due to the Contractor’s operation shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at his own expense and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Trenching Through Concrete Sidewalk Areas Trenching in these areas shall require removal and replacement of the concrete to the limits of the existing sidewalk joints. The costs for removal and replacement shall be incidental to the trenching. SP-123 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 8-20.3(5)F Damaged or Blocked Conduits Section 8-20.3(5)F is added as follows: Damaged or blocked conduits shall be repaired by the Contractor. The Contractor shall attempt to remove debris in the conduit by blowing in air. The Contractor shall be careful not to blow air towards the service or controller cabinet. If the blockage doesn’t break free, the Contractor shall identify the potential blocked/damaged location using a fish tape. Once the blockage location is identified, the Contractor shall attempt to remove the existing cabling (if any) from the conduit. If the cabling is removed, the Contractor shall attempt to pass a fish tape through the conduit again. If the fish tape passes through the conduit past the identified blockage point easily, the Contractor shall attempt to reinstall all existing cabling along with the new cabling called out in the Contract Plans. If the existing cabling cannot be removed, or reinstalled after removal, the Contractor shall excavate down to the conduit blockage point and repair the conduit break. The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer prior to removing existing cabling or beginning excavation. All cabling shall be removed from the conduit prior to repairing the broken conduit. Once the conduit is repaired, the Contractor shall restore the disturbed area. The removal of cable, excavation, conduit repair, and surface restoration will be paid for by change order or Minor Change as determined by the Engineer. The cost for other work needed to identify and remedy blocked conduits as described in this Section shall be incidental. 8-20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes Section 8-20.3(6) is supplemented with the following: All junction boxes and associated concrete pads shall be installed on compacted sub grade which shall include six inches of 5/8th-inch minus crushed surfacing top course material installed under and around the base of the junction box. The junction box shall include installation of a 4" thick Class "B" cement concrete pad enclosing the junction box as per the Plans, specifications and detail sheets. Concrete shall be promptly cleaned from the junction box frame and lid. If junction boxes are placed in the sidewalk, they shall not be placed closer than 12 inches from the edge of any sidewalk or sidewalk joint. The frame and lid shall be from 0 to 3/16 inch below a straight edge laid across the sidewalk, and the lid shall be flat to a maximum of 1/16 inch positive camber. Pre-molded joint filler for expansion joints shall be placed around junction boxes installed in sidewalks. All junction boxes placed in the sidewalks shall have skid resistant lids. Junction boxes shall have galvanized steel locking lids and frames. Wiring shall not be pulled into any conduit until all associated junction boxes have been adjusted to or installed in their final grade and location, unless installation is necessary to SP-124 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 maintain system operation. If wire is installed for this reason, sufficient slack shall be left to allow for final adjustment. The Contractor shall not damage any existing conduits when replacing or excavating existing junction boxes. The Contractor is to maintain the integrity of all junction boxes during reconfiguration of the conduits, installation of new conduits or when excavating. Small Cable Vaults Small cable vaults shall be installed in accordance with the following: · Excavation shall comply with the requirements of Standard Specifications Section 2- 09. · All openings around conduits shall be sealed and filled with grout to prevent water and debris from entering the vaults or pull boxes. The grout shall meet the specifications of the small cable vault manufacturers. · Backfilling around the work shall not be allowed until the concrete or mortar has set. · Upon acceptance of work, small cable vaults shall be free of debris and ready for cable installation. All grounding requirements shall be met prior to cable installation. · Small cable vaults shall be adjusted to final grade using risers or rings manufactured by the small cable vault and pull box manufacturer. Small cable vaults with traffic bearing lids shall be raised to final grade using ring risers to raise the cover only. · Small cable vaults shall be installed at the approximate location shown in the Drawings. · All existing conduits will need to be open and exposed for access within the vault. Care shall be taken to identify which conduits have existing cables. All conduits will extend 2-inches within the vault walls. At the 2-inch mark, the excess conduit on the existing structure will need to be removed and all cables exposed. · Once the conduits are located, excavate a hole large enough to install the small cable vault. The vault shall have a concrete floor as indicated on the Drawings. The floor shall be installed on 6-inches of crushed surfacing top course, per Standard Specifications Section 9-03.9(3). If a small cable vault is installed outside a paved area, an asphalt pad shall be constructed surrounding the junction box. Ensure that the existing conduits are at a minimum of 4-inches above the top of the floor. If the existing conduits contain existing cables, the new vault will need to be bottomless to allow the existing conduit and cables to be routed into the new vault. · All mounting equipment shall be included with the small cable vault. Cable Racking in Small Cable Vaults Cables shall be racked and secured with nylon ties. Nylon ties shall not be over- tightened. Identification or warning tags shall be securely attached to the cables in at least two locations in each small cable vault. All coiled cable shall be protected to prevent damage to the cable and fibers. Racking shall include securing cables to brackets (racking hardware) that extend from the sidewalls of the small cable vault. SP-125 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 8-20.3(8) Wiring Section 8-20.3(8) is supplemented as follows: Splices to loop return cables shall be made with soldered compression type connectors. All stranded wires terminated at a terminal block shall have an open end, crimp style solderless terminal connector, and all solid wires terminated at a terminal block shall have an open end soldered terminal connector. All terminals shall be installed with a tool designed for the installation of the correct type of connector and crimping with pliers, wire cutters, etc., will not be allowed. All wiring inside the controller cabinet shall be trimmed and cabled together to make a neat, clean appearing installation. No splicing of any traffic signal conductor shall be permitted unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. All conductor runs shall be attached to appropriate signal terminal boards with pressure type binding posts. Contractor shall furnish and install new SC connectors to fiber optic cable, termination panel, and provide patch cables for connection inside the traffic signal controller cabinet. All illumination circuits shall be labeled with a PVC marking sleeve bearing the circuit number at each junction box whether splices are present or not. Terminal strips in cabinets, or when used as a connection device between conductors, shall bear the circuit numbers. SEC fuse holders complete with pole and bracket cable shall be installed in any signal standard or luminaire standard supporting a luminaire. Illumination wiring shall conform to COR Standard Plans and these Special Provisions. All stranded wires terminated at a terminal block shall have an open end, crimp style solderless terminal connector, and all solid wires terminated at a terminal block shall have an open end soldered terminal connector. All terminals shall be installed with a tool designed for the installation of the correct type of connector and crimping with pliers, wire cutters, etc., will not be allowed. All wiring inside the controller cabinet shall be trimmed and cabled together to make a neat, clean appearing installation. No splicing of any traffic signal conductor shall be permitted. All conductor runs shall be attached to appropriate signal terminal boards with pressure type binding posts. Service in 501 = line in, AC+ 502 = neutral in, AC- 503 = ground in, GND Vehicle Heads: Red: 611, 621, 631, 641, 651, 661, 671, 681 Yellow: 612, 622, 632, 642, 652, 662, 672, 682 Green: 613, 623, 633, 643, 653, 663, 673, 683 SP-126 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Pedestrian Heads: Red: 7E1, 7F1, 7G1, 7H1 Yellow: 7E2, 7F2, 7G2, 7H2 Green: 7E3, 7F3, 7G3, 7H3 Overlap Heads: Red: 6A1, 6B1, 6C1, 6D1 Yellow: 6A2. 6B2, 6C2, 6D2 Green: 6A3, 6B3, 6C3, 6D3 Pedestrian Detection: Ped Call: 714, 724, 734, 744, 754, 764, 774, 784 Ped Returns: 715, 725, 735, 745, 755, 765, 775, 785 Preemption Detection: +24VDC: 5AB1 = channels A & B, 5CD1 = channels C & D Ground: 5AB3 = channels A & B, 5CD3 = channels C & D Channel inputs: 5A2, 5B2, 5C2, 5D2 Auxiliary Preemption Detection: 865 = A1 866 = A2 867 = B1 868 = B2 869 = C1 870 = C2 871 = D1 872 = D2 * Overlap phase designator: A, B, C, D, P/E, P/F, P/G, P/H For installing new cables in existing occupied or empty conduit, the Contractor shall be responsible for the following steps: 1) Install a new pull rope using a rod/fish tape in the conduit for pulling in the new cabling if a pull rope does not already exist. 2) If the Contractor cannot get the rod/fish tape to pass through the conduit, the Contractor shall blow air through the conduit to remove any debris blocking the rod/fish tape path. The Contractor shall be careful not to blow air into controller or service cabinets. 3) If the rod/fish tape still does not pass through the conduit after blowing air, the Contractor shall disconnect a single existing wire as agreed to by the Engineer (if the conduit is occupied) and use that wire to pull the new wiring plus a new cable to replace the existing cable that is being used for pulling. 4) If no existing wire can be used to pull in the new wire, the Contractor shall try another conduit run if one exists, or pull out all existing wiring from the conduit and use to pull in the new wiring plus all new cabling to replace existing cabling. Rodding, fish taping, SP-127 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 blowing air, and disconnecting/ reconnecting cable shall be the Contractor’s cost responsibility. In an event that none of these steps led to successful wire installation, the Contractor shall install new conduit as directed by the Engineer. 8-20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding Section 8-20.3(9) is supplemented as follows: All street light standards, signal poles and other standards on which electrical equipment is mounted shall be grounded to a copper clad metallic ground rod 5/8 inch in diameter x 8'0" in length complete with a #8 AWG bare copper bonding strap located in the nearest junction box. All signal controller cabinets and signal/lighting service cabinets shall be grounded to a 5/8 inch in diameter x 8'0" in length copper clad metallic ground rod located in the nearest junction box with a bare copper bonding strap sized in accordance with the Plans, specifications and applicable codes. Ground rods are considered miscellaneous items and all costs are to be included with the system or conductors. Ground straps are also miscellaneous items unless a separate pay item is provided in the “Schedule of prices.” Polyester detectable pull tape shall not be connected to the equipment-grounding system. The Contractor shall provide and install bonding and grounding wires as described in Standard Specifications and the National Electric Code for any new metallic junction box and any modified existing junction boxes. For the purposes of this section, a box shall be considered “modified” if new current-carrying conductors are installed, including low-voltage conductors, or if the box is adjusted to grade, or if the box lid is modified. 8-20.3(10) Services Transformer, Intelligent Transportation System Section 8-20.3(10) is revised and supplemented as follows Paragraph two is deleted. Paragraph three is deleted. The following is added: Power service shall be single phase 120/240 volt, 3 wire 60 cycle A.C. (street lighting contactor/traffic signal, grounded neutral service) per City of Renton Standard Details. The power service point shall be as noted on the Plans and shall be verified by the electrical servicing utility. The Contractor shall install conduit from the new electrical service cabinet to PSE power source as shown on the Plans (coordinate work with Puget Sound Energy prior SP-128 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 to cabinet base installation). In addition, the Contractor shall provide service conductors from the electrical service to the power source with at least 20 feet of service wire coiled and coordinate the connection with Puget Sound Energy representative. All connections and interfacing with Puget Sound Energy shall conform to Puget Sound Energy requirements. The Contractor shall have all services inspected by the City Electrical Inspector and shall be solely responsible for coordination with the power company to have the service energized. The Contractor shall notify the City Inspector when the service is ready for connection and shall coordinate with Puget Sound Energy. The Contractor shall pay all connection fees. All service cabinets shall be shipped and delivered to the job site in a protective covering with suitable dunnage to prevent damage to the exterior surface. 8-20.3(11) Testing Section 8-20.3(11) is supplemented with following: All work shall be completed in a manner that provides the Inspector and Engineer with full knowledge of the construction. The work shall proceed in accordance with the approved construction schedule previously supplied to and approved by the City. The Inspector and Engineer may, at their option, require work completed without their knowledge or inspection to be dismantled so that it can be inspected to their satisfaction. Prior to schedule of turn-on, an electrical inspection must be passed with a copy of the Electrical Control Permit in the service cabinet. Signal Turn-On A minimum of five (5) working days written notice will be required for signal turn-on. The Contractor shall not pick up the controller cabinet from the Contracting Agency until power is present at the site and all site preparation required to install the controller cabinet is complete. All discrepancies and deficiencies must be corrected by the Contractor and re-inspected prior to requesting signal turn-on date. All functional tests required by the Contract Specifications shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer 48 hours prior to the turn-on date. Signal turn-on shall not be allowed on Mondays, Fridays, weekends, holidays, and the weekday immediately before and after a holiday. Signal turn-on shall be completed between the hours of 9 a.m. and 2 p.m. on the day of the turn-on. No turn-on will be allowed until the CITY OF RENTON TRANSPORATION MAINTENANCE MANAGER gives approval. The signal turn-on shall be by the City's Transportation MAINTENANCE MANAGER or his representative. The Transportation MAINTENANCE MANAGER or his representative shall enter all signal timing parameters as supplied by the OPERATIONS representative and shall certify the intersection is operating and functioning in accordance with the contract documents. The SP-129 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Contractor shall be present during the turn-on with adequate equipment to repair any deficiencies in operation. The traffic signal controller manufacturer's representative shall fully explain the operation of all control equipment to the Operations representative prior to the turn-on procedure. The Operations representative may contact the manufacturer to schedule the explanation of the control equipment and the training session shall be provided if deemed necessary by manufacturer's representative. Requests for traffic signal turn on will not be considered until a pre-turn on inspection of signal system has taken place. Requests for signal turn on shall not be considered until electrical service to the intersection has been provided and has been energized by the electric utility. Channelization at the intersection must be complete per plan before requesting signal turn on date. Any deletions of channelization prior to turn on must be approved by the Transportation Maintenance Manager or representative. City forces shall provide, post and maintain proper signing warning of new signal ahead. 8-20.3(13) Illumination Systems Section 8-20.3(13) is supplemented with following: Existing illumination shall not be removed until the temporary or new illumination system is completed and operational. Temporary illumination shall not be removed until the new permanent illumination system is completed and operational. If an existing street light is in conflict with construction sequencing, a temporary lighting system shall be installed prior to removal of the existing street light. Light Standards shall be erected in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 8-20.3(4). The illumination system shall be energized from a single photoelectric cell mounted in the service cabinet in accordance with City of Renton Standard Detail 122.1. All luminaire fixtures in the system shall incorporate a block out (shorting cap) for the photocell. 8-20.3(13)A Light Standards Section 8-20.3(13)A is deleted and replaced as follows: Light standards shall be handled when loading, unloading, and erecting in such a manner that they will not be damaged. Any parts that are damaged due to the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor’s expense, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. SP-130 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Light standards shall not be erected on concrete foundations until foundations have set at least 72 hours or attained a compressive strength of 2,400 psi, and shall be raked sufficiently to be plumb after all load has been placed, or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. Light Standards shall be erected in accordance with section 8-20.3(4). Anchor bolts shall extend through the top heavy-hex nut two full threads to the extent possible while conforming to the specified slip base clearance requirements. Anchor bolts shall be tightened by the Turn-Of-Nut Tightening Method in accordance with Sections 6-03.3(33) and 8- 20.3(4). Anchor bolts damaged after the foundation concrete is placed shall not be repaired by bending or welding. The Contractor’s repair procedure is to be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to making any repairs. The procedure is to include removing the damaged portion of the anchor bolt, cutting threads on the undamaged portion to remain, the installation of an approved threaded sleeve nut and stud, and repairing the foundation with epoxy concrete repair. The grout pad shall not extend above the elevation of the bottom of the base. Anchor Base: A one piece anchor base of adequate strength, shape and size shall be secured to the lower end of the shaft so that the base shall be capable of resisting at its yield point the bending moment of the shaft at its yield point. The base shall be provided with four slotted or round holes to receive the anchor bolts. Nut covers shall be provided with each pole. Anchor Bolts: Four steel anchor bolts, each fitted with two hex nuts and two washers, shall be furnished by the City with the pole. Anchor bolts shall meet the requirements of Section 9-06.5(3) and 9-06.5(4). The anchor bolt yield point shall be capable of resisting the bending moment of the pole shaft at its yield point. Miscellaneous Hardware: All hardware (bolts, nuts, screws, washers, etc.) needed to complete the installation shall be stainless steel. I.D. (Identification for poles): The Contractor shall supply and install a combination of 4-digits and one letter on each pole, whether individual luminaire or signal pole with luminaire. The letter and numbers combination shall be mounted at the 15 foot level on the pole facing approaching traffic. Legends shall be sealed with transparent film, resistant to dust, weather and ultraviolet exposure. The decal markers shall be either: a. 3-inch square with gothic gold or white reflectorized 2-inch legend on a black background, or b. 3-inch square with black 2-inch legend on a white reflectorized background. SP-131 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 The I.D. number will be assigned to each pole at the end of the contract or project by the City traffic engineering office. Cost for the decals shall be considered incidental to the contract bid. The pole shaft shall be provided with a 4" x 6" flush hand hole near the base and a matching metal cover secured with stainless steel screws or bolts. The pole shall be adjusted for plumb after all needed equipment has been installed thereon. After pole is installed and plumbed, nuts shall be tightened on anchor bolts using proper sized sockets, open end, or box wrenches. Use of pliers, pipe wrenches, or other tools that can damage galvanizing will not be permitted. Tools shall be of sufficient size to achieve adequate torqueing of the nuts. The space between the concrete foundation and the bottom of the pole base plate shall be filled with a dry pack mortar grout and troweled to a smooth finish conforming to the contour of the pole base plate. Dry pack mortar grout shall consist of a 1:3 mixture of portland cement and fine sand with just enough water so that the mixture will stick together on being molded into a ball by hand, and will not exude moisture when so pressed. A one half-inch drain hole shall be left in the bottom of the grout pad as shown on the standard detail. 8-20.3(14) Signal Systems 8-20.3(14)B Signal Heads Section 8-20.3(14)B is supplemented with following: All vehicle and pedestrian signal heads shall be securely covered with opaque (non-translucent) light colored material between installation and signal turn-on. Signal heads shall also be completely covered after testing and prior to signal turn-on. Visqueen duct tape shall not be allowed to secure the covers to the signal heads. Vehicle heads that are to remain covered for a period AFTER turn-on of the signal, shall be covered with a heavy, waterproof, opaque canvas, white, yellow, or khaki in color, securable by braided nylon rope labeled “OUT OF SERVICE”. The Contractor shall provide and install all new vehicular signal head mounting hardware. Mounting hardware will provide for a rigid connection between the signal head and mast arm or pole. Position of the signal heads shall be as specified on the Pole Specifications Plan. All signal heads mounted on Type M mounts shall have the plumbizer between the top and second display. The bottom housing of a signal face shall conform to the requirements as stated in the current approved edition of the MUTCD. The highest intensity of the red lens in the signal head shall be aimed at a point 4 times the posted speed limit from the stop bar (measured in linear feet). Final orientation of signal heads shall be approved by the City Traffic Engineer in the field. SP-132 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 8-20.3(14)E Signal Standards Section 8-20.3(14)E is supplemented with following: Traffic signal standards shall be fabricated in conformance with the methods and materials specified on the pre-approved plans and outlined in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, Sections 9-29.6(1)B Decorative Signal Poles. All Type II and III signal standards shall have terminal cabinets and luminaire arm connection as described in 9- 29.6(1)B. While delivering the poles and arms to the job site and before they are installed, they shall be transported and stored in a manner that will not inconvenience the public or damage the surface finish. Poles shall be inspected by the Transportation Maintenance Department prior to install. Poles shall be unwrapped for visual inspection by contractor prior to inspection. Once approved poles can be installed. Extreme care shall be taken by the Contractor during installation and pole erection to avoid damage to the finish. The poles shall be installed on leveling nuts and washers secured to the anchor bolts and with locking nuts and washers on the top of the base flange with a minimum of two full threads extending beyond the locking nut. The side of the shaft opposite the load shall be plumbed by adjusting the leveling nuts or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. Leveling nuts shall not be encased I concrete foundation. The space between the concrete base and the bottom of the pole flange shall be filled with dry pack mortar to completely fill the space under the flange and be neatly troweled to the contour of the pole flange. A barrier shall be placed around the anchor bolts to prevent grout from entering the conduits. A plastic drain hose (3/8-inch diameter) shall be inserted through the mortar to provide the drainage from the interior of the pole base and be trimmed flush with the interior and exterior surface of the mortar. Dry pack mortar shall consist of a 1 to 3 mixture of cement and fine sand. Installation of all nuts and bolts shall be performed with proper sized sockets, open end or box wrenches. Use of pipe wrenches or other tools which can damage the galvanization of the nuts and bolts will not be permitted. Tools shall be of a sufficient size and strength to achieve adequate torqueing of the nut(s). All welds shall comply with the latest AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals. Welding inspection shall comply with Standard Specifications Section 6-03.3(25)A Welding Inspection. Hardened washers shall be used with all signal arm-connecting bolts instead of lock washers. All signal arm AASHTO M 164 connecting bolts shall be tightened to 40 percent of proof load. Install a new ID tag on pole and in the foundation per City of Renton Standard Plan 139 (Signal Pole Foundation and Pole Identification Tag Detail). All pole shafts shall have nut covers or decorative plate over locking nuts. SP-133 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 8-20.3(14)F Opticom Priority Control Systems Section 8-20.3(14)F is added as follows: Emergency preemption detectors shall be installed in a drilled and tapped hole in the top of the mast arm unless otherwise shown in the Plans. They shall be tightly fitted to point in the direction shown in the plan view. Lead-in cable back to the controller shall be GTT detector 138 cable, or equivalent, and shall have no splices. All lead-in cables shall be connected to terminals in the controller cabinet as shown in the wiring diagram. The shields shall be grounded to the grounding bar. A GPS opticom antenna shall be installed on top of the luminaire pole that is closest to the signal cabinet. 8-20.3(14)G Terminal Cabinets Section 8-20.3(14)G is added as follows: The terminal cabinets shall be mounted on the pole using a 4 inch wide aluminum channel away from the traffic side, with the bottom of the cabinet above the pedestrian signal heads where present and in no case less than 8 feet above the ground level. Terminal cabinets shall be factory finish painted to match signal pole color per Section 6-07 of these Special Provisions. 8-20.3(14)H Pedestrian Push Button Assembly Section 8-20.3(14)H is added as follows: The Contractor shall furnish and field-install complete APS type pedestrian pushbutton assemblies and signs on the signal poles and all associated equipment in the signal cabinets. The position and orientation of the pedestrian push buttons shall be located as shown on Plans; however, final positioning for the optimum effectiveness shall be approved by the Engineer or Transportation Maintenance Manager. 8-20.3(15) Grout Section 8-20.3(15) is supplemented with the following: After the pole is plumbed the space between the concrete foundation and the bottom of the pole base plate shall be filled with a dry pack mortar grout troweled to a smooth finish conforming to the contour of the pole base plate. Dry pack mortar grout shall consist of a 1:3 mixture of Portland cement and fine sand with just enough water so that the mixture will stick together on being molded into a ball by hand and will not exude moisture when so pressed. A one-half inch drain hole shall be left in the bottom of the grout pad as shown on the standard detail. 8-20.3(16) Reinstalling Salvaged Material Section 8-20.3(16) is supplemented with the following: SP-134 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Signal Standards Signal equipment and signs removed from existing signal standards shall be reinstalled on new decorative signal standards with the same mountings as existing mountings and at locations shown and noted on the Plans. Wiring shall be fully restored to new decorative signal standards so that the signal, including all reinstalled salvage equipment, is fully functional. 8-20.3(17) “As Built” Plans Section 8-20.3(17) is supplemented with the following: Upon completion of the construction and prior to the turn-on of any traffic control equipment, the Contractor shall furnish an “as-built” plans of each intersection showing all signal heads, pole locations, detectors, junction boxes, miscellaneous equipment, conductors, cable wires up to the signal controller cabinet, and with a special symbol identifying those items that have been changed from the original Contract Drawings. All items shall be located within 1-foot horizontal distance and 6 inches vertical distance above, below, or at the surface. Fiber Optic “As Built” Records The Contractor shall provide the City of Renton Transportation Maintenance Manager (contact: Eric Cutshall at 425-430-7423) with a cable route diagram indicating the actual cable route and "foot marks" for all junction boxes, for the entrance and exit to slack points and at all termination points. The Contractor shall record these points during cable installation. The Contractor shall provide Cable system "as-built" drawings showing the exact cable route to the Transportation Maintenance Manager. 8-20.3(18) Video Detection System Section 8-20.3(18) is added as follows: The permanent video detection system shall consist of the following: · Video cameras, including camera enclosure, filter, sunshield and connector kit. · Camera mount assemblies, including extensions as specified in the Plans. · Video image processors · Remote communications module · 9-inch Video Monitor, including cable · Programming devices and/or software · Remote management software · Camera lenses and lens adjustment modules · Surge Suppressor · Coaxial and power cables · All other equipment necessary for a fully operational video detection system. SP-135 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Cameras shall be mounted at a sufficient height to prevent occlusion from cross traffic. The Contractor shall provide the camera mounts and cable per these Specifications. The Contractor shall install the cameras and controller cabinet video camera equipment under the presence of City of Renton Transportation Maintenance Representative and the Representative will program the cameras to provide detection. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 48 hours in advance of changes that will require reprogramming cameras. 8-20.4 Measurement Section 8-20.4 is supplemented as follows: “Traffic Signal System Complete Airport/Shattuck,” lump sum. “Traffic Signal System Complete Airport/Logan,” lump sum. “Illumination System Complete,” lump sum. 8-20.5 Payment Section 8-20.5 is supplemented as follows: “Traffic Signal System Airport/Shattuck,” lump sum. “Traffic Signal System Airport/Logan,” lump sum. The lump sum price for “Traffic Signal System Airport/Shattuck” shall be full pay for the construction of the complete electrical system, modifying existing systems, or both, as described above and as shown in the Plans, and herein specified, including excavation, backfilling, concrete foundations, conduit, wiring, restoring facilities destroyed or damaged during construction, salvaging existing materials, and for making all required tests. All additional materials and labor, not shown in the Plans or called for herein and which are required to complete the electrical system, shall be included in the lump sum Contract price. The lump sum price for “Traffic Signal System Airport/Logan” shall be full pay for the construction of the complete electrical system, modifying existing systems, or both, as described above and as shown in the Plans, and herein specified, including excavation, backfilling, concrete foundations, conduit, wiring, restoring facilities destroyed or damaged during construction, salvaging existing materials, and for making all required tests. All additional materials and labor, not shown in the Plans or called for herein and which are required to complete the electrical system, shall be included in the lump sum Contract price. The lump sum price for “Illumination System” shall be full payment for furnishing all labor, materials and equipment for the illumination system including the installation of new luminaire foundations and luminaires, complete electrical system with service cabinets, junction boxes, conduit and conductors to connect to the new service cabinet as shown on the plans, and for making all required tests. All additional material and labor, not shown in the Plans or called for SP-136 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 herein and which are required to complete the electrical system shall be included in the lump sum Contract price. 8-21 PERMANENT SIGNING 8-21.1 Description This Section is supplemented with the following: This Work also includes furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removal of temporary construction identification signing. 8-21.2 Construction Requirements This Section is supplemented with the following: Construction Identification Sign The Contractor shall provide and maintain one 4' x 8' construction project sign as shown in Appendix A. The specific content and exact field location will be provided by the Engineer at the preconstruction conference. The sign shall be installed within three working days of mobilization. The sign shall be maintained in good condition throughout the duration of the project and shall be removed upon Physical Completion of the Contract, or when designated by the Engineer. All new signs and relocated signs shall be installed on new metal posts and shall be installed per City of Renton Standard Plan 129. (******Renton GSP) Sign Code Numbers indicated on the Plans are in reference to the Washington State Department of Transportation Sign Fabrication Manual and the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall reset all signs that have been disturbed or removed during the construction in their permanent location to the satisfaction of the City. Existing concrete at the base of signpost shall be removed prior to installation in new concrete. Relocated signs shall be installed on new painted schedule 40 galvanized steel poles per City of Renton Standard Plan 129 or attached to light poles where noted on the Plans. Steel sign poles shall be powder coated and color per Section 6-07.2, Painting. Any damage due to the Contractor’s negligence before the end of the project shall be replaced by the Contractor with no additional compensation allowed. SP-137 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 8-21.5 Payment This Section is supplemented with the following: “Permanent Signing” per lump sum. The lump sum bid item “Permanent Signing” shall be full pay for all work and materials required to furnish and install new signs and relocate existing signs including new metal posts and all hardware to the locations shown on the plans. 8-22 PAVEMENT MARKING 8-22.1 Description This Section is supplemented with the following: This Work also includes installing Green MMA Cycle Track Coating upon the Roadway surface at locations shown on the Plans. Removing Existing Pavement Marking shall include, but not be limited to, removal of approximately: · Plastic Crosswalk Line Removal Approx. 300SF · Plastic Line Removal Approx. 200LF · Plastic Traffic Marking Removal Approx. 11 EA · RPM Lane Line Removal Approx. 3,300 LF · RPM Centerline Removal Approx. 1,100 LF 8-22.2 Materials This Section is supplemented with the following: All Profiled Plastic and Plastic Crosshatch Markings shall be Type D – Liquid Cold Applied Methyl Methacrylate per WSDOT Standard Spec 9-34 except for Plastic Crosshatch Markings in the cycle track median which shall be Thermoplastic. All Plastic Lines, Plastic Crosswalk Lines, Plastic Dotted Line Extensions, Plastic Stop Lines, Plastic Traffic Arrows, Plastic Traffic Letters, Plastic Bicycle Lane Symbols, and Bicycle Detector Pavement Markings shall be Thermoplastic. Green MMA Cycle Track Coating shall be Type D – Liquid Cold Applied Methyl Methacrylate and green in color per WSDOT Standard Spec 9-34. SP-138 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 8-22.3 Construction Requirements This Section is supplemented with the following: “Bicycle Detector Pavement Marking” and “Plastic Dotted Line Extensions” shall be installed per the Plans. Green MMA Cycle Track Coating All pavement markings installed in the same area as the Green MMA Cycle Track Coating per the Plans shall be installed after the Green MMA Cycle Track Coating per manufacturer recommendations. The Green MMA Cycle Track Coating shall have a continuously uniform application thickness of 90 mils and be color RAL 6018 yellow green or similar. The Green MMA Cycle Track Coating must be 100% cured, in a hardened solid state, before traffic is permitted and per the manufacturer’s recommendations. The Green MMA Cycle Track Coating shall be stored in dry, protected areas, away from direct sunlight, and protected from open flame before its application to the pavement surface. The storage temperature shall be between 40 and 80-degrees Fahrenheit. (******Renton GSP) Contractor shall notify the Engineer and request approval of the pre-mark channelization at least 48 hours prior to placement of pavement markings. 8-22.3(6) Removal of Pavement Markings (******Renton GSP) This Section is supplemented with the following: Existing pavement markings within the construction limits, including stop bars, traffic arrows, lane markers, and raised pavement markers shall be removed prior to overlaying the roadway surface. All conflicting channelization shall be removed as necessary by sand blasting to install temporary pavement markings or after the final channelization has been installed. Removal of existing pavement markings shall be conducted using such methods to prevent damage to the remaining pavement. The use of chemicals that may be harmful to the pavement will not be allowed. Damaged pavement shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense. 8-22.4 Measurement Revise this Section with the following: No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum item of “Removing Existing Pavement Marking.” SP-139 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Supplement this Section with the following: “Bicycle Detector Pavement Marking” shall be per measured per each. “Plastic Dotted Line Extensions” shall be measured per linear foot. No deduction will be made for the unmarked area. “Green MMA Cycle Track Coating” shall be measured per square foot applied to the pavement surface. 8-22.5 Payment Supplement this Section with the following: “Removing Existing Pavement Marking,” per lump sum. The lump sum contract price for “Removing Existing Pavement Marking” shall be full payment for all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary for the removal of lines, traffic arrows, traffic letters, traffic symbols, crosswalk lines, raised pavement markers, and all other pavement marking removal Work as described in Section 8-22. “Bicycle Detector Pavement Marking,” per each. “Plastic Dotted Line Extensions,” per linear foot. “Green MMA Cycle Track Coating,” per square foot applied to the pavement surface. Add the following new section: 8-30 RENTON SURVEYING STANDARDS (******Renton GSP) 8-30.1 Description 8-30.1(1) Responsibility for Surveys All surveys and survey reports shall be prepared under the direct supervision of a person registered to practice land surveying under the provisions of Chapter 18.43 RCW. All surveys and survey reports shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements established by the Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors under the provisions of Chapter 18.43 RCW. 8-30.1(2) Survey Datum and Precision The horizontal component of all surveys shall have as its coordinate base: The North American Datum of 1983/91. SP-140 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 All horizontal control for projects must be referenced to or in conjunction with a minimum of two of the City of Renton’s Survey Control Network monuments. The source of the coordinate values used will be shown on the survey drawing per RCW 58.09.070. The horizontal component of all surveys shall meet or exceed the closure requirements of WAC 332-130-060. The control base lines for all surveys shall meet or exceed the requirements for a Class A survey revealed in Table 2 of the Minimum Standard Detail Requirements for ALTA/ACSM Land Title Surveys jointly established and adopted by ALTA and ACSM in 1992 or comparable classification in future editions of said document. The angular and linear closure and precision ratio of traverses used for survey control shall be revealed on the face of the survey drawing, as shall the method of adjustment. The horizontal component of the control system for surveys using global positioning system methodology shall exhibit at least 1 part in 50,000 precision in line length dependent error analysis at a 95 percent confidence level and performed pursuant to Federal Geodetic Control Subcommittee Standards for GPS control surveys as defined in Geometric Geodetic Accuracy Standards & Specifications for Using GPS Relative Positioning Techniques dated August 1, 1989 or comparable classification in future editions of said document. The vertical component of all surveys shall be based on NAVD 1988, the North American Vertical Datum of 1988, and tied to at least one of the City of Renton Survey Control Network benchmarks. If there are two such benchmarks within 3,000 feet of the project site, a tie to both shall be made. The benchmark(s) used will be shown on the drawing. If a City of Renton benchmark does not exist within 3,000 feet of a project, one must be set on or near the project in a permanent manner that will remain intact throughout the duration of the project. Source of elevations (benchmark) will be shown on the drawing, as well as a description of any benchmarks established. 8-30.1(3) Subdivision Information Those surveys dependent on section subdivision shall reveal the controlling monuments used and the subdivision of the applicable quarter section. Those surveys dependent on retracement of a plat or short plat shall reveal the controlling monuments, measurements, and methodology used in that retracement. 8-30.1(4) Field Notes Field notes shall be kept in conventional format in a standard bound field book with waterproof pages. In cases where an electronic data collector is used, field notes must also be kept with a sketch and a record of control and base line traverses describing station occupations and what measurements were made at each point. Every point located or set shall be identified by a number and a description. Point numbers shall be unique within a complete job. The preferred method of point numbering is field notebook, page and point set on that page. Example: The first point set or found on page 16 of field book 348 would be identified as Point No. 348.16.01, the second point would be 348.16.02, etc. SP-141 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Upon completion of a City of Renton project, either the field notebook(s) provided by the City or the original field notebook(s) used by the surveyor will be given to the City. For all other work, surveyors will provide a copy of the notes to the City upon request. In those cases where an electronic data collector is used, a hard copy print out in ASCII text format will accompany the field notes. 8-30.1(5) Corners and Monuments Corner A point on a land boundary, at the juncture of two or more boundary lines. A monument is usually set at such points to physically reference a corner’s location on the ground. Monument Any physical object or structure of record which marks or accurately references: · A corner or other survey point established by or under the supervision of an individual per Section 8-30.1(1) and any corner or monument established by the General Land Office and its successor, the Bureau of Land Management, including section subdivision corners down to and including one-sixteenth corners; and · Any permanently monumented boundary, right-of-way alignment, or horizontal and vertical control points established by any governmental agency or private surveyor including street intersections but excluding dependent interior lot corners. 8-30.1(6) Control or Base Line Survey Control or Base Line Surveys shall be established for all construction projects that will create permanent structures such as roads, sidewalks, bridges, utility lines or appurtenances, signal or light poles, or any non-single family building. Control or Base Line Surveys shall consist of such number of permanent monuments as are required such that every structure may be observed for staking or “as-builting” while occupying one such monument and sighting another such monument. A minimum of two of these permanent monuments shall be existing monuments, recognized and on record with the City of Renton. The Control or Base Line Survey shall occupy each monument in turn, and shall satisfy all applicable requirements of Section 8-30.1 herein. The drawing depicting the survey shall be neat, legible, and drawn to an appropriate scale. North orientation should be clearly presented and the scale shown graphically as well as noted. The drawing must be of such quality that a reduction thereof to one-half original scale remains legible. If recording of the survey with the King County Recorder is required, it will be prepared on 18- inch by 24-inch mylar and will comply with all provisions of Chapter 58.09 RCW. A photographic mylar of the drawing will be submitted to the City of Renton and, upon their review and acceptance per the specific requirements of the project, the original will be recorded with the King County Recorder. If recording is not required, the survey drawing shall be prepared on 22-inch by 34-inch mylar, and the original or a photographic mylar thereof will be submitted to the City of Renton. SP-142 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 The survey drawings shall meet or exceed the requirements of WAC 332-130-050 and shall conform to the City of Renton’s Drafting Standards. American Public Works Association symbols shall be used whenever possible, and a legend shall identify all symbols used if each point marked by a symbol is not described at each use. An electronic listing of all principal points shown on the drawing shall be submitted with each drawing. The listing should include the point number designation (corresponding with that in the field notes), a brief description of the point, and northing, easting, and elevation (if applicable) values, all in ASCII format, on IBM PC compatible media. 8-30.1(7) Precision Levels Vertical Surveys for the establishment of benchmarks shall satisfy all applicable requirements of section 1-05 and 8-30.1. Vertical surveys for the establishment of benchmarks shall meet or exceed the standards, specifications, and procedures of third order elevation accuracy established by the Federal Geodetic Control Committee. Bench marks must possess both permanence and vertical stability. Descriptions of benchmarks must be complete to ensure both recoverability and positive identification on recovery. 8-30.1(8) Radial and Station – Offset Topography Topographic surveys shall satisfy all applicable requirements of Section 8-30.1 herein. All points occupied or back sighted in developing radial topography or establishing baselines for station –offset topography shall meet the requirements of Section 8-30.1 herein. The drawing and electronic listing requirements set forth in Section 8-30.1 herein shall be observed for all topographic surveys. 8-30.1(9) Radial Topography Elevations for the points occupied or back sighted in a radial topographic survey shall be determined either by 1) spirit leveling with misclosure not to exceed 0.1 feet or Federal Geodetic Control Committee third order elevation accuracy specifications, OR 2) trigonometric leveling with elevation differences determined in at least two directions for each point and with misclosure of the circuit not to exceed 0.1 feet. 8-30.1(10) Station – Offset Topography Elevations of the baseline and topographic points shall be determined by spirit leveling and shall satisfy Federal Geodetic Control Committee specifications as to the turn points and shall not exceed a 0.1 foot error as to side shots. 8-30.1(11) As-Built Survey All improvements required to be “as-built” (post construction survey) per City of Renton Codes, TITLE 4 Building Regulations and TITLE 9 Public Ways and Property, must be located both horizontally and vertically by a Radial survey or by a Station offset survey. The “as-built” survey must be based on the same base line or control survey used for the construction staking survey SP-143 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 for the improvements being “as-built.” The “as-built” survey for all subsurface improvements should occur prior to backfilling. Close cooperation between the installing Contractor and the “as-builting” surveyor is therefore required. All “as-built” surveys shall satisfy the requirements of Section 8-30.1(1) herein and shall be based upon control or base line surveys made in conformance with these Specifications. The field notes for “as-built” shall meet the requirements of Section 8-30.1(4) herein and submitted with stamped and signed “as-built” drawings which includes a statement certifying the accuracy of the “as built.” The drawing and electronic listing requirements set forth in Section 8-30.1(6) herein shall be observed for all “as-built” surveys. 8-30.1(12) Monument Setting and Referencing All property or lot corners, as defined in Section 8-30.1(5), established or reestablished on a plat or other recorded survey shall be referenced by a permanent marker at the corner point per Section 8-30.2(1). In situations where such markers are impractical or in danger of being destroyed, e.g., the front corners of lots, a witness marker shall be set. In most cases, this will be the extension of the lot line to a tack in lead in the curb. The relationship between the witness monuments and their respective corners shall be shown or described on the face of the plat or survey of record, e.g., “Tacks in lead on the extension of the lot side lines have been set in the curbs on the extension of said line with the curb.” In all other cases, the corner shall meet the requirements of Section 8-30.2(1) herein. All non-corner monuments, as defined in Section 8-30.1(5), shall meet the requirements of Section 8-30.2(2) herein. If the monument falls within a paved portion of a right-of-way or other area, the monument shall be set below the ground surface and contained within a lidded case kept separate from the monument and flush with the pavement surface, per Section 8-30.2(3). In the case of right-of-way centerline monuments all points of curvature (PC), points of tangency (PT), street intersections, center points of cul-de-sacs shall be set. If the point of intersection (PI) for the tangents of a curve fall within the paved portion of the right-of-way, a monument can be set at the PI instead of the PC and PT of the curve. For all non-corner monuments set while under contract to the City of Renton or as part of a City of Renton approved subdivision of property, a City of Renton Monument Card (furnished by the city) identifying the monument; point of intersection (PI), point of tangency (PT), point of curvature (PC), one-sixteenth corner, Plat monument, street intersection, etc., complete with a description of the monument, a minimum of two reference points, and NAD 83/91 coordinates and NAVD 88 elevation shall be filled out and filed with the City. SP-144 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 8-30.2 Materials 8-30.2(1) Property/Lot Corners Corners per Section 8-30.1(5) shall be marked in a permanent manner such as ½-inch-diameter rebar 24 inches in length, durable metal plugs or caps, tack in lead, etc. and permanently marked or tagged with the surveyor’s identification number. The specific nature of the marker used can be determined by the surveyor at the time of installation. 8-30.2(2) Monuments Monuments per Section 8-30.1(5) shall meet the requirements as set forth in City of Renton Standard Plans page H031 and permanently marked or tagged with the surveyor’s identification number. 8-30.2(3) Monument Case and Cover Materials shall meet the requirements of Section 9-22 and City of Renton Standard Detail H031. END OF DIVISION 8 SP-145 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 DIVISION 9 MATERIALS 9-14 EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING 9-14.1 Soil 9-14.1(1) Topsoil Type A Section 9-14.1(1) is supplemented as follows: Topsoil Type A shall meet the following requirements: 1. Cation exchange capacity (CEC) of Topsoil Type A shall be a minimum of 10 milliequivalents CEC/100 g dry soil (U.S. EPA Method 9081). 2. Organic content greater than 10-percent but less than 15-percent as measured on a dry weight basis using AASHTO T 267 Determination of Organic Content in Soils by Loss on Ignition. 3. pH shall be between 6.0 and 7.5. 4. Soluble salt contents shall be less than 3.0 hos/com. 5. Conductivity shall be less than 3 mmhs/cm. Topsoil Type A shall be 50-percent to 65-percent Sandy Loam and 50-percent to 35-percent Fine Compost by volume. Sandy Loam shall be as defined by the US Department of Agriculture Soil Classification System, meeting the requirements of Table 1; and be free of phyto-toxic materials, and viable seeds, rhizomes or roots of State-listed noxious weeds. Table 1. Particle Size Analysis for Loam Sieve Size Percent Passing ¾" 100% ½" 90-100% 3/8" 85-100% #4 75-90% #10 55-75% #20 45-60% #30 40-55% #60 20-40% #100 20-30% #200 <30% #270 <25% 2 μm <20% The Fine Compost shall conform to the requirements of Section 9-14.4(8) SP-146 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Topsoil Type A Submittal Requirements At least 10 Working Days prior to placement of any soils, the Contractor shall submit the following test results from an independent accredited soils testing laboratory, for samples gathered and tested less than 90 days prior. The laboratory analysis shall be with a sample size of no less than 2 pounds. 1. Grain size analysis results for Sandy Loam. Using method ASTM D422 2. STA / Washington State Department of Transportation Technical Data Sheet for Compost, from a STA accredited lab. 3. Test results from an accredited soil laboratory for all soil mixes, including the following parameters: a. Total and Soluble Nitrogen (NO3 + NH3) b. Phosphorus c. Potassium d. pH e. Organic Matter % (Loss on Ignition method) f. Conductivity g. Calcium h. Sulfur i. Boron 4. Recommendations. Fertilizer and amendment recommendations from an accredited Soil Scientist or Agronomist; for the specified plant type and soil application depth. 5. Mix Samples. Two one (1) gallon samples of each soil mix. Topsoil Type A Acceptance Contractor shall not place any soils until the Engineer has reviewed and confirmed the following: 1. Delivery tickets must show that the full delivered amount of soil matches the product type, volume and Manufacturer named in the submittals. The Engineer may inspect any loads of soil and/or delivery tickets on delivery and stop placement if the delivered soil does not appear to match the submittals; and require sampling and testing of the delivered soil before authorizing soil placement. 9-14.6(8) Sod Section 9-14.6(8) is supplemented with the following: Sod shall be composed of the following grass mixture in the proportions indicated: SP-147 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Sod Turf Grass: Stellar 3GL Perennial Rye Grass 34.59% Apple SGL Perennial Rye Grass 34.56% Navigator II Creeping Red Fescue 14.99% Radar Chewing Fescue 14.88% 9-14.2 Seed Section 9-14.2 is supplemented with the following: Drought tolerant turf type seed mix of the following species, rate, and analysis shall be applied at the rates shown below on all areas disturbed and not indicated for replanting within the project: Seed by Common Name, (Botanical Name), and Pounds Pure Live Seed “Source Identification” (PLS) Per Acre 3 Way Tall Fescue Blend, (Festuca rubra) 100 Source Identified seed shall be generation four or less. Non-Source Identified seed shall meet or exceed Washington State Department of Agriculture Certified Seed Standards and be from within the appropriate genetic zones of the Puget Lowland Ecoregion (2) as defined by the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). The seed certification class shall be Certified (blue tag) in accordance with WAC 16-302 and meet the following requirements: Prohibited Weed 0% max. Noxious Weed 0% max. Other Weed 0.20% max. Other Crop 0.40% max. The Contractor shall document all Source Identified seed by providing the Association of Official Seed Certifying Agents (AOSCA) yellow seed label for each species in the mix. Site Identification Logs can be supplied for collections where the AOSCA yellow label is not available. 9-28 EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING 9-28.7 Process Colors Section 9-29.1 is supplemented by adding the following: Back of mast arm mounted signs and associated banding shall match signal mast arm color. SP-148 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 9-29 ILLUMINATION, SIGNAL, ELECTRICAL 9-29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct Section 9-29.1 is supplemented with the following: Fiber optic cable conduit shall be supplied as a system from a single manufacturer providing all of the conduit, all required fittings, termination and other installation accessories; all in accordance with the Contract Documents. The conduit PVC - non-metallic shall be of the two types indicated below: 1. Schedule 80 extra heavy wall PVC conforming to ASTM Standards, to be used in all installations under roadways. 2. Schedule 40 heavy wall PVC conforming to ASTM Standards. Add the following new section: 9-29.1(10) Conduit Sealing Conduit Sealing Cabinet conduit sealing shall be one of the following: 1. Duo-fill 400 – self expanding waterproof foam 2. Jackmoon – Triplex Duct Plugs 3. O-Z Gedney – Conduit Sealing Bushings Mechanical plugs shall be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations. 9-29.2 Junction Boxes , Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes 9-29.2(1) Standard Duty and Heavey-Duty Junction Boxes 9-29.2(1)A Standard Duty Junction Boxes Section 9-29.2(1)A is supplemented with: Junction boxes shall be reinforced concrete with galvanized steel frame anchored in place and galvanized steel cover plate (Diamond pattern). Grounding lugs shall be stainless steel and shall be mechanically and electrically bonded. Junction boxes for copper wire shall incorporate a locking lid per City of Renton Standard Plan. Junction boxes placed in the sidewalks shall have non-skid lids. Junction boxes shall be marked for use in accordance with the following schedule: System Type Legend Illumination LT SP-149 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Traffic Signal TS Interconnect Only COMM Concrete Junction Boxes Both the slip-resistant lid and slip-resistant frame shall be treated with Mebac#1 as manufactured by IKG industries, or SlipNOT Grade 3-coarse as manufactured by W.S. Molnar Co. Where the exposed portion of the frame is ½ inch wide or less the slip-resistant treatment may be omitted on that portion of the frame. The slip-resistant lid shall be identified with permanent marking on the underside indicating the type of surface treatment (“M1” for Mebac#1; or “S3” for SlipNOT Grade 3-coarse) and the year manufactured. The permanent marking shall be 1/8 inch line thickness formed with a mild steel weld bead. 9-29.3 Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical Conductors and Cable 9-29.3(1) Fiber Optic Cable Section 9-29.3(1) is supplemented as follows: Fiber optic cable conduit shall be supplied as a system from a single manufacturer providing all the conduit, all required fittings, termination and other installation accessories, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. The fiber optic cable network shall be single mode, non-zero dispersion shifted, loose tube fiber capable of supporting both SONET transmission speeds and protocols up to 2.4 GE/s, and NTSC quality color video applications. Trace wire will need to be in cable or pulled in conduit with fiber cable. Install signal controller mounted patch panels for all fiber terminating applications. Patch panels shall accept SC style connectors. The Contractor shall provide all necessary tools, consumables, cleaner, mounting hardware and other materials required for the complete installation of each patch panel. A wiring diagram shall be supplied with each patch panel. The wiring diagram shall identify the destination of each fiber terminated in the patch panel. The destination information shall include at a minimum, an intersection name, cabinet number, patch panel number and patch panel port. The wiring diagram shall be placed in a plastic sheet protector next to the patch panel and a copy submitted to the Project Representative with As-Built drawings. Each row of ports in the patch panels shall be labeled with the associated port numbers with the assumption that the numbers increase from top to bottom or left to right. The Contractor is responsible for demonstrating the functionality of the installed system through testing. These tests shall be conducted in accordance with an approved test plan that shall cover the key functional requirements of the Work. The Contractor shall, at its cost, provide suitable test equipment, instruments and labor for the purpose of tests. SP-150 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 The Contractor shall provide sufficient notice of not less than three (3) working days prior to the commencement of the first test. The Contractor shall submit with this notice a schedule of all tests covered by this notice. 9-29.3(2) Electrical Conductors and Cable Section 9-29.3(2) is supplemented with the following: Each wire shall be numbered at each terminal end with a wrap-around type numbering strip bearing the circuit number shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall provide and install all the necessary wiring, fuses and fittings so as to complete the installation of the signal and lighting equipment as shown on the Plans. All materials and installation methods, except as noted otherwise herein, shall comply with applicable sections of the National Electrical Code. Communications cable shall meet REA specification PE-39 and shall have No. 19 AWG wires with 0.008 inch FPA/MPR coated aluminum shielding. The cable shall have a petroleum compound completely filling the inside of the cable. 9-29.3(2)H Three-Conductor Shielded Cable Section 9-29.3(2)H is deleted and replaced with the following: Three conductor shielded cable (3CS) for the detector circuit for optical fire preemption receivers shall be Model 138 Opticom cable. 9-29.3(2)J Cable for Vehicle Video Detection Cameras Section 9-29.3(2)J is added as follows: Video detection cable shall be Ethernet type and conform to the video detection manufacturer’s recommendations. 9-29.6 Light and Signal Standards 9-29.6(1) Steel Light and Signal Standards Add the following new section: 9-29.6(1)A Decorative Signal Poles Type I Section 9-29.6(1)A is added as follows: SP-151 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Decorative Pole Decorative signal poles shall be per WSDOT Standard Plan J-21.15 and the Plans. Decorative Base The decorative base shall be constructed of cast iron and shall comprise of two (2) parts which are made in two (2) halves, resembling in design the VISCO OCT6 split base assembly. The bottom of the base is designed to be assembled around the pole base plate and has a bottom dimension of 18" point-to-point. The base is octagonal in design, and the top decorative section of the base is designed to be assembled around the pole, and shall have a 6" round I.D. to match the pole, with minimal clearance between base and pole. The overall height of the base shall be 24" tall. This casting has a removable access door that is positioned to match the handhole opening in the pole. The access door is secured to the base with two (2) stainless steel tamper proof machine screws. Each part’s half must bolt together in such a manner that there remains a minimal vertical seam, and each part is free of voids, porosity, fins and generally have a smooth sand cast finish. Pole and its subassemblies color shall be per Section 6-07 of these Special Provisions. 9-29.6(1)C Decorative Pedestrian Luminaire Poles Section 9-29.6(1)D is a new section: Downtown decorative pedestrian luminaire poles and subassemblies shall be per City of Renton Standard Plans 117.4 and 117.5. Arterial street decorative roadway luminaire poles and subassemblies for all other areas shall be per City of Renton Standard Plans 117.1 and 117.3. Arterial street decorative pedestrian luminaire poles and subassemblies for all other areas shall be per City of Renton Standard Plan 117.2. Pole and its subassemblies color shall be per Section 6-07 of these Special Provisions. 9-29.10(2) Decorative Luminaires Section 9-29.10(2) is supplemented with the following: Luminaire performance specifications shall be as follows: Roadway and pedestrian luminaires shall be LED type, wattages similar to the wattages shown in the luminaire schedules on the Plans. The roadway and pedestrian luminaire housing shall be dome shaped and similar to dimensions as shown on the Plans, made of cast or spun aluminum with tempered flat glass lens attached to a round cast aluminum lens frame with one or more latches to provide tool less access to the internal components, upper section shall be round aluminum tubing with shallow dome shaped top cap. Luminaire shall be IP66 certified and conform to UL 1598 standards or CSA certified. SP-152 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Lens module shall be clear tempered flat glass assembled on a cast aluminum lens frame, fitted with a silicon gasket compression system to attain an IP 66 rating. Upper housing shall have a 1 ½" hole predrilled at 5 ¾" from top of 4" tubing (upper housing) to accept 1" conduit that is party of the arm assembly. LED module shall be mechanically secured on a die cast aluminum heat sink, minimum 70 CRI, correlated color temperature to be 4000 Kelvin, Type III Optics. Driver module shall be auto adjustable 120-277VAC Class 1, wired at 240V, ROHS compliant assembled on a tool less removable tray with quick disconnects resisting to 221 Degrees F (105 C), high power factor of 90%. Minimum starting temperature shall be -40 degrees, maximum operating temperature of 130 Degrees F. On board thermal protection device reduces output current to 150mA if internal driver temperature (Tcase) exceeds 185 Degrees F (85 C), provide 3-pole 10KV surge protector per IEEE/ANSI C62.41.2 C High. 3-Wire Terminal Block shall be affixed to the bottom of the driver module tray, which is attached to the removable pole top cap, terminal block is pre-wired to driver module, provide UL, pertinent luminaire codification labels affixed to inside of the luminaire housing. Roadway and pedestrian luminaires shall be LED type, wattages similar to the wattages shown in the luminaire schedules on the Plans. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying that the performance of the LED luminaires is adequate to comply with the City illumination standards (roadways: 1.3 ft-candles average and 4:1 uniformity; intersections: 1.5 ft-candles average and 4:1 uniformity, and a minimum of 0.8 ft-candles at any location within the crosswalks) without modifying illumination and signal pole locations shown on the Plans. AGI32 files shall be provided, by the Contractor upon the request, by the Engineer. The roadway and pedestrian luminaire housing shall be dome shaped and similar to dimensions as shown on the Plans, made of cast or spun aluminum with tempered flat glass lens attached to a round cast aluminum lens frame with one or more latches to provide tool less access to the internal components, upper section shall be round aluminum tubing with shallow dome shaped top cap. Luminaire shall be IP66 certified and conform to UL 1598 standards or CSA certified. Optical assembly/reflector shall be made of pre-anodized aluminum, segmented in multiple facets, ventilated perforations and heat sinks to maximize heat dissipation. Reflector shall produce full cut-off Type III optics to meet the design/performance criteria, 4000K CCT. LED driver module rated for 120V-277V operation, high power factor (90%), with a minimum starting temperature of -40 Degrees Fahrenheit, secured on a tool less access tray with quick disconnects. Individual LED chips or modules shall be removable by means of tool less access in the event they need to be replaced. LED driver not to exceed 750 MA. All decorative fixtures shall be of the same manufacturer and external appearance. All exposed hardware is stainless steel, textured finish on fixture and arm shall be per Section 6- 07 of these Special Provisions. SP-153 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 9-29.11(2) Photoelectric Controls Section 9-29.11(2) is replaced with: Photoelectric controls shall be a plug-in device, rated to operate on 120 volts, 60 Hz. The unit shall consist of a light sensitive element connected to necessary control relays. The unit shall be so designed that a failure of any electronic component will energize the lighting circuit. The photo cell shall be a solid state device with stable turn-on values in the temperature range of -55 degrees C to +70 degrees C. The photo cell shall be rated as a ten-year (or higher) life expectancy. 9-29.13 Control Cabinet Assemblies 9-29.13(1) Environmental, Performance and Test Standards for Solid-State Traffic Controller Section 9-29.13(1) is supplemented by adding the following: The traffic signal controller assemblies, including the traffic signal controller, auxiliary control equipment and cabinet shall be shop tested to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Testing and check-out of all timing circuits, phasing and signal operation shall be at the City of Renton Maintenance Signal Shop, Renton, Washington. The contractor shall give the City of Renton Maintenance Signal Shop at least one week lead time to delivery. The contractor shall deliver the controller and cabinet to the shop and shall pick up the units at the end of the test period, deliver to the job site, and install. Allow for three weeks for testing. The Signal Shop will make space available to the Contractor for the required test demonstrations. The Contractor shall assemble the cabinet and related signal control equipment ready for testing. A complete demonstration by the Contractor of all integrated components satisfactorily functioning shall start the test period. Any malfunction shall stop the test period until all parts are satisfactorily operating. The test shall be extended until a minimum of 72 hours continuous satisfactory performance of the entire integrated system has been demonstrated. The demonstration by the Contractor to the Engineer of all components functioning properly shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility relative to the proper functioning of all aforestated control gear when field installed. 9-29.13(2) Traffic Signal Controller Assembly Testing Section 9-29.13(2) is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall give fourteen (14) calendar days written notice to the Engineer prior to delivering the signal control equipment to the City of Renton Maintenance Signal Shop. The equipment shall be delivered far enough in advance of actual need to allow for testing by the City of Renton Maintenance Signal Shop. This may involve retesting because of failures or rejections. The City of Renton Maintenance Signal Shop may require thirty-five (35) calendar days for testing the signal control equipment. This time will increase if the equipment does not SP-154 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 meet the contract requirements or is incomplete. If more than thirty-five (35) calendar days are required for any individual testing or retesting by the City of Renton Maintenance Signal Shop. Tests in environment chamber will only be run as needed for type changes. Upon successful completion of testing by the City of Renton Maintenance Signal Shop, the signal controller equipment shall be available for pickup. A certificate verifying environmental testing, if required, shall be supplied in the cabinet to the City of Renton Maintenance Signal Shop for each respective control cabinet. The Contractor shall notify the City of Renton Maintenance Signal Shop in writing a minimum of fourteen (14) calendar days before the Contractor is ready to pick up the signal controller cabinet. The Contractor shall not pick up the controller cabinet from City of Renton Maintenance Signal Shop until the electrical service is energized and all site preparation required to install the controller cabinet is complete. The supplier has five (5) working days to repair or replace any components that fail during the testing process at no cost to the Contracting Agency. All failed or rejected equipment shall be removed from the City of Renton Maintenance Signal Shop within seven (7) calendar days following notification; otherwise, the failed or rejected equipment will be returned, freight collect, to the Contractor. 9-29.13(3) TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROLLER Section 9-29.13(3) is replaced with the following: The NEMA controller shall be a SIEMENS M62 series ATC model EPAC6138M62 with a 8Mb data key and a removable display unit. The controller shall be configurable to meet, at a minimum, all applicable sections of the NEMA Standards Publication for TS2 and ATC standards. Traffic signal controller shall operate within Temperature Range: -37°C to +74°C, Service Voltage: 89 to 135 VAC, 57 to 63 Hz, Power Consumption shall be typically 25 Watts and shall not exceed 120 Watts. Traffic signal controller supplier shall provide a letter from an independent testing laboratory certifying controller compliance to the environmental standards NEMA TS 2-2003 and ATC Standard version 5.2b upon request. It shall be possible to configure the controller for multiple configurations including: ATC Configuration: Standard version 5.2b specifications or TS-2 Type 2 NEMA Configuration: NEMA TS2-2003 without ATC compliance. An upgrade kit shall be available to convert TS2 to ATC with simple tools The controller shall be suitable for both a direct parallel connection to load switches and detectors and an SDLC port to communicate with NEMA BIUs. The CPU shall provide the following: SP-155 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Linux Operating System with runtime license and Kernel x.y.z MPC 8270 microprocessor operating at 266 MHz. 512 Megabytes minimum dynamic random-access memory (DRAM). 512 Megabytes minimum FLASH memory organized as a disk drive. 2 Megabytes minimum static random-access memory (SRAM). Time of Day (TOD) clock with hours, minutes, seconds, month, year, and automatic day- light savings time adjustment. TOD may be implemented in the CPU via electronic circuitry, operating system software, or a combination. During power failures, the SRAM and TOD shall be powered by STANDBY voltage from the power supply. The ATC Communication module shall be a plug-in type module, and shall provide the following communications options: Four built-in USB 2.0 ports Built-in 10 Base-T Ethernet with four RJ-45 connectors. Built-in 9pin EIA-574 SP8 Port for GPS connection Built-in 8MB Data-key Port Dedicated normally flashing red ‘CPU Active’ LED to indicate CPU failure. In addition to ATC 5.2b requirements, the Power Supply shall provide the following: Line Frequency Reference signal shall be generated by a crystal oscillator, which shall synchronize to the 60-Hz VAC incoming power line at 120 and 300 degrees. A continuous square wave signal shall be +5 VDC amplitude, 8.333ms half-cycle pulse duration, and 50 +/- 1% duty cycle. The Line Frequency Reference shall compensate for missing pulses and line noise during normal operation. The Line Frequency Reference shall continue through 450 mS power interruptions. STANDBY voltage via supercapacitor for backup power during loss of service voltage shall be provided. Supercapacitor shall have a minimum of 15-farad nominal size. No batteries of any type are allowed. In addition to ATC 5.2b requirements, Keyboard and Display shall provide the following: Removable by pulling off, installed by pushing on, with retaining screw. Emulation of terminal per Joint NEMA/AASHTO/ITE ATC Standard. Key quantity and function per Joint NEMA/AASHTO/ITE ATC Standard. Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) with 16 lines of 40 characters. LCD contrast adjustment accomplished via the keypad; no contrast knob allowed. Light-emitting diode backlight for the LCD. Audible electronic bell. Connector compatible with C60 of Joint NEMA/AASHTO/ITE ATC Standard, with the addition of +5VDC supplied by the controller on C60, Pin 1. Keyboard and display may be removed for cost savings by the Agency. It shall be possible to view the active status screens simultaneously with other programming menu screens. It shall be possible to assign a specific menu screen to one of the available function buttons on the keyboard. The operator shall be able to evoke a Help screen using a clearly identified HELP button. SP-156 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 For ease of operation for first responders and agency staff, the controller shall provide a clearly identified Auxiliary ON/OFF switch on the keypad. In addition to ATC 5.2b requirements, the controller shall provide the following: Built-in 10 Base-T Ethernet with five RJ-45 connectors on controller front panel. Built-in Internet Protocol (IP) address assigned by Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE), two unique IP addresses for each controller. Built-in 1200 bps Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) modem. Modem is optional per Agency specification. Choice of 2 or 4 wire operation per Agency specification. Built-in EIA-232 port for uploading and downloading applications software, as well as to update the operating system. Built-in C60 connector for use with removable Keyboard and Display, Personal Computer COM1 or Personal Digital Assistant (PDA). C60 protocol per Joint NEMA/AASHTO/ITE ATC standard. Four built-in USB 2.0 ports on controller front panel. In addition to the ATC 5.2b requirements, the controller housing shall provide the following: One slot with card guides for standard Joint NEMA/AASHTO/ITE ATC modems. Polycarbonate construction, except back panel, rear mounting tabs and power supply mounting plate shall be aluminum for electrical grounding. Built-in carrying handle. Two adjustable front mounting feet, to raise the front cables and vary the display viewing-angle. The controller identification label shall be located on the front of the controller and include the controller part or model number, serial number and product code to decipher controller month and year of manufacture. Two Input / Output configurations shall be provided: a. NEMA TS-2 Type 1 for serial connection to cabinet Bus Interface Unit b. NEMA TS-2 Type 2 for direct parallel connection to load switches and detectors. In addition to NEMA requirements, the controller shall provide the following: a. Built-in 10 Base-T Ethernet with RJ-45 connector on controller front panel b. Built-in Internet Protocol (IP) address assigned by Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE), one unique IP address for each controller. c. Built-in Infrared (IR) wireless port compatible with Microsoft Windows for Pocket PC Infrared RAW mode. d. Built-in 1200 bps Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) modem. Modem is optional per Agency specification. Choice of 2 or 4 wire operation per Agency specification. e. Built-in EIA-232 port for uploading and downloading applications software, as well as to update the operating system. f. Built-in C60 connector for use with removable Keyboard and Display, Personal Computer COM1 or Personal Digital Assistant (PDA). C60 protocol per Joint NEMA/AASHTO/ITE ATC standard. SP-157 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 9-29.13(4) Traffic Signal Controller Software The Section 9-29.13(4) is replaced with the following: The controller shall function with Siemens SE-PAC firmware 3.57b or approved by Transportation Maintenance Manager, Eric Cutshall, and shall also be completely operable with TACTICS 5.x central system or greater and SCOOT adaptive control system. 9-29.13(5) Flashing Operations The following items in Section 9-29.13(5) are revised as follows: 2. Police Panel Switch. When the flash-automatic switch located behind the police panel door is turned to the flash position, the signals shall immediately revert to flash as programmed for emergency flash and apply stop time to the controller. When the switch is placed on automatic, stop time shall be removed from the controller except when the MMU has commanded flash operation. 3. Controller Cabinet Switches. When the flash-automatic switch located inside the controller cabinet is placed in the flash position, the signals shall immediately revert to flash; however, the controller shall continue to function. When the flash-automatic switch is placed in the automatic position, the controller shall immediately resume normal cyclic operation. Adjacent to the flash-automatic switch shall be a controller on-off switch. If the flash-automatic switch is in the automatic position and the controller on-off switch is placed in the OFF position, the signals shall immediately revert to flash. 5. Conflict Monitor. Upon sensing conflicting signals or unsatisfactory operation voltages, the conflict monitor shall immediately cause the signal to revert to flash; however, the controller shall stop time at the point of conflict. After the conflict monitor has been reset, the controller shall immediately take command of the signal displays. The following is a supplement: 6. Flash unit shall be a two-circuit type, capable of switching loads up to 1000 watts per circuit alternately at a rate of 60 flashes per minute per circuit, plus or minus two flashes per minute. 9-29.13(6) Emergency Pre-emption Section 9-29.13(6) is replaced with the following: Immediately after a valid call has been received, the preemption controls shall cause the signals to display the required clearance intervals and subsequent preemption intervals. Preemption shall sequence as noted in the contract. Preemption equipment shall be installed so that internal wiring of the controller, as normally furnished by the manufacturer, is not altered. Termination of the pre-emption sequence shall NOT place a call on all vehicle and pedestrian phases. SP-158 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Pre-emption indicators, if required, shall turn on when the controller reaches the pre-empted phase. Emergency vehicle pre-emption shall be furnished as modules that plug directly into a rack wired to accept GTT Opticom discriminator type units. The pre-emption system operation shall be compatible with the 764 GTT company "Opticom" system which the City of Renton is currently using and shall be capable of being activated by the same transmitters and GPS Opticom antenna. The optical signal discriminator system shall enable an authorized vehicle to remotely control traffic control signals from a distance of up to 1800 feet (0.54 kilometers) along an unobstructed "line of sight" path or within range of the antenna if the vehicle is equipped with a GPS receiver. The system shall cause the traffic signals controller to move into an appropriate fire pre-emption program. this optical discriminator shall interface to the 562 software, for field programmability. It shall consist of the following components: 1. Optical energy detectors which shall be mounted on the traffic signal mast arms and shall receive the optical energy emitter's signal. There shall also be a GPS antenna on the signal pole located closest to the traffic signal controller cabinet and shall receive a GPS signal. 2. Discriminators which shall cause the signal controller to go into internal pre-emption which will give the authorized vehicle the right of way in the manner shown on the phase sequence diagram. 3. Pre-emption Indicator Lights. Optical Detector 1. Shall be of solid state construction. 2. Fittings shall meet the specifications of the system manufacturer to facilitate ease of installation. 3. Shall operate over an ambient temperature range of -40°F to +180°F (-40°C to +85°C). 4. Shall have internal circuitry encapsulated in a semi-flexible compound and shall be impervious to moisture. 5. Shall respond to the optical energy impulses generated by a pulsed Xenon source with a pulse energy density of 0.8 micro joule per square meter at the detector, a rise time less than one microsecond and half power point pulse width on not less than thirty microseconds. GPS Radio Unit Antenna The Opticom GPS System assists authorized vehicles through signalized intersections by providing temporary right-of-way through the use of common traffic controller functions. The GPS receiver with antenna and a 2.4 GHz spread spectrum transceiver with antenna shall be weather resistant RF energy-emitting Opticom 3100 GPS Radio Unit with installation cable per manufacturer’s recommendations. SP-159 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Discriminator When a pre-emption detector detects an emergency vehicle, the phase selector shall hold the controller in the required phase or advance directly to that phase after observing all vehicle clearances. The phase selector shall hold the controller in the phase selected until the detector no longer detects the emergency vehicle. When the phase selector is responding to one detector, it shall not respond to any other detector until calls from the first detector are satisfied. Indicator lights shall indicate power on, signal being received, channel called. Switches shall control system power and simulate detector calls for each phase. Phase selectors shall be able to validate both IR detectors and GPS enabled receivers. 9-29.13(7) Wiring Diagrams Section 9-29.13(7) is modified and supplemented by retaining the first three sentences and replacing the remainder with: The controller cabinet shall have a waterproof envelope with a side access attached to the inside of the cabinet door. The cabinet shall be furnished with (3) complete sets of cabinet prints. All cabinet wiring, and layout shall come on (1) E1 size sheet, multiple pages shall not be allowed. Upon request (1) USB memory stick with AutoCAD v2008 cabinet drawing for the cabinet wiring can be provided direct to the agency. 9-29.13(9) Radio Interference Suppressors Section 9-29.13(9) is supplemented by adding the following: A Cornell-Dubiler radio interference filter NF 10801-1 30 amps or equivalent shall be used to filter the A.C. power. Additionally, all power supplies shall have noise immunity from other devices within the cabinet. 9-29.13(10) NEMA, TYPE 170E, 2070 CONTROLLERS AND CABINETS 9-29.13(10)A Auxiliary Equipment for NEMA Controllers Section 9-29.13(10)A is revised as follows: The following auxiliary equipment shall be furnished and installed in each cabinet for NEMA traffic-actuated controllers: Auxiliary Panel The cabinet shall include an auxiliary switch panel mounted to the interior side of the police panel compartment on the cabinet door. The panel shall be secured to the police panel compartment by (2) screws and shall be hinged at the bottom to allow access to the soldered side of the switches with the use of only a Phillips screwdriver. Both sides of the panel shall be silkscreened. Silk-screening on the backside of the switch panel shall be upside down so that SP-160 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 when the panel is opened for maintenance the silk-screening will be right side up. All of the switches shall be protected by a hinged see-through Plexiglas cover. At a minimum the following switches shall be included: Controller ON/OFF Switch: There shall be a switch that renders the controller and load- switching devices electrically dead while maintaining flashing operations for purpose of changing the controller or load-switching devices. The switch shall be a general-purpose bat style toggle switch with .688-inch long bat. Signals ON/OFF Switch: There shall be a switch that renders the field signal displays electrically dead while maintaining controller operation for purpose of monitoring controller operations. The switch shall be a general-purpose bat style toggle switch with .688-inch long bat. Stop Time Switch: There shall be a 3-position switch labeled “Normal” (up), “Off” (center), and “On” (down). With the switch in the “Normal” position, a stop timing command shall be applied to the controller by the police flash switch or the MMU (Malfunction Management Unit). When the switch is in its “Off” position, stop timing commands shall be removed from the controller. The “On” position shall cause the controller to stop time. The switch shall be a general-purpose bat style toggle switch with .688-inch long bat. There shall be a red LED indicator light that illuminates when stop time is applied. Technician Flash Switch: There shall be a switch that places the field signal displays in flashing operation while the controller continues to operate. This flash shall have no effect on the operation of the controller or MMU. The switch shall be a general-purpose bat style toggle switch with .688-inch long bat. Vehicle Test Switches: All eight vehicle phase inputs shall have a 2 position (on, on) test switch. Switches shall be labeled “On” (up) and “Test” (down). With the switches in the “On” position normal operations of the vehicle detection. When in the “Test” position a constant input shall be applied to the controller. The switches shall directly input a call to the related controller vehicle phase without routing the call through the detector rack(s) when activated. These switches shall be labeled 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8. Pedestrian Test Switches: All eight pedestrian phase inputs shall have momentary pushbutton test switches with black caps. The switches shall directly input a call to the related controller pedestrian phase. These switches shall be labeled 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8. Police Panel Behind the police panel door there shall be switches for use by emergency personnel. The wiring for these switches shall be accessible when the auxiliary panel is open. The following switches shall be included; Flash Switch: There shall be a switch for the police that puts the cabinet into flashing operations. The switch shall have two positions, “Auto” (up) and “Flash” (down). The “Auto” position shall allow normal signal operation. The “Flash” position shall immediately cause all SP-161 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 signal displays to flash as programmed for emergency flash and apply stop time to the controller. When the police flash switch is returned to “Auto,” stop time shall be removed from the controller except when the MMU has commanded flash operation. The effect shall be to disable the police panel switch when the MMU has detected a malfunction and all controller and MMU indications shall be available to the technician regardless of the position of the police flash switch. The switch shall be a general-purpose bat style toggle switch with .688-inch long bat. Cables All wire cable bundles shall be encased in flex or expandable braided sleeving along their entire free length. All SDLC cables shall be terminated on both ends, securely terminated to the SDLC interface panel with screw type connection and professionally routed in the cabinet interior to easily reach the load bay, controller, malfunction management unit and detector racks. All SDLC connectors shall be fully populated with 15 pins each. Flashing Operation All cabinets shall be wired to flash for all vehicle channels. Flashing operation shall alternate between the used vehicle phases 1, 4, 5, 8, OLA, OLD, OLE & OLG and 2, 3, 6, 7, OLB, OLC, OLF & OLH. Flash programming shall be either red, yellow or no flash simply by changing wires on the front of the load-bay. Detector Racks At a minimum, the cabinet shall be wired to accommodate (32) channels of detection as follows: 1. One detector rack shall be standard size and support (16) channels of loop detection, (1) Buss Interface Unit (BIU) and (4) channel of Opticom™ preemption. This rack shall be capable of using both two channel or four channel detection devices or Opticom™ cards. 2. One detector rack shall be half width size and support (16) channels of loop detection and one (1) Buss Interface Unit (BIU). This rack shall be capable of using half width four channel detection devices. 3. The loop cabling shall be connected via a 37-pin DB connector using spring clips. The Opticom cable shall be connected via a 24-pin connector using locking latches. The power cable shall be a 6-pin connector. All power wires shall be 18AWG. The addressing of detector racks shall be accomplished via dipswitches mounted to the PCB. There shall be the capability to turn off the TS2 status to the BIU for the uses of TS1 detector equipment via dipswitches mounted to the PCB. There shall be a 34-pin connector using locking latches that breaks the output from the detector to the input of the BIU, there shall also be +24VDC and logic ground on this connector. All racks shall have space at the bottom front for labeling. All racks shall be designed for horizontal stacking. Separate racks for detection and preemption are not allowed. Detection Panel The detection panel shall support (32) channels of vehicle detection, (4) channels of emergency vehicle preemption detection, (8) channels of auxiliary emergency vehicle preemption detection, (8) channels of pedestrian detection and (8) pedestrian returns on a single panel. The SP-162 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 pedestrian call terminal block shall be (2) single row terminals. They shall be connected by removable buss bars. The loop wires shall be a 22AWG twisted pair, color coded as follows; channel one brown, channel two red, channel three orange and channel four yellow. One of the twisted pair wires of all colors shall have a white tracer and land on the second position terminal of each loop. The emergency preempt wires shall be color coded as follows; +24VDC orange, preempt inputs yellow and ground blue. This panel will be mounted on the left side of the cabinet below the bottom shelf. The panel shall also include a (19) position solid aluminum, tin plated neutral and ground buss bars with raised slotted & torque style screws heads. They shall be mounted vertically at the bottom of the panel. The Opticom and pedestrian terminal blocks shall be labeled as follows: Opticom + orange: 5A1, 5B1, 5C1, 5D1 Opticom call yellow: 5A2, 5B2, 5B3, 5B4 Opticom – blue: 5A3, 5B3, 5C3, 5D3 Pedestrian Calls: 714, 724, 734, 744, 754, 764, 774, 784 Pedestrian returns: 715, 725, 735, 745, 755, 765, 775, 785 Power Supply Interface Panel` The power supply interface panel shall include terminations for all the cabinet power supply inputs and outputs. It shall have a protective plastic cover. This panel shall be mounted on the left wall of the cabinet. SDLC Panel The SDLC panel shall have (12) 15 socket DB connectors mounted to a PCB. The PCB shall be mounted to an “L” bracket for attaching to cabinet “C” channel. All SDLC cables shall attach with screw type retainers. There shall be one position with latching blocks to mate with latching spring blocks. This panel shall be mounted on the left wall of the cabinet between the shelves. Video Detection Panel The video detection interface panel shall be the single point interface for video power and coax cabling. The panel shall have (6) individual coax surge arrestor EDCO CX06-M and 1 amp circuit breaker so that individual cameras can be replaced in the field without disrupting the entire video detection system. A 10 position terminal block with #8 screws, to provide termination for 120VAC and camera 120AC line. A solid aluminum tin plated neutral and ground buss bar with raised slotted & torque style screw heads shall also be mounted to this panel. Service Surge Suppression The cabinet shall be equipped with an CITEL surge protection device model DS72US-120S/G- F-ASSM mounted on the power panel. It shall be installed after the main breaker (CB1). The auxiliary breaker (CB2) shall be wired after the SPD. (1) spare modular cube for the MOV & GSG circuits shall be supplied with each cabinet. CITEL part numbers DSM70U-210 and DSM70UG-600. SP-163 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Power Panel The power panel shall handle all the power distribution and protection for the cabinet and shall be mounted in the bottom right side of the facility. All equipment shall be mounted on a 12" x 17" or smaller silkscreened aluminum panel and include at a minimum the following equipment: · A 40-amp main breaker shall be supplied. This breaker shall supply power via CITEL DS72US-120S/G-F-ASSM to the load bay, load switches, auxiliary panel, controller, MMU, power supply, detector racks, quad & quad ITS smart convenience outlet. · A 20-amp auxiliary breaker shall supply power to the fan, light and GFI · A 15-amp auxiliary breaker shall supply power to the ITS compartment power panel. This breaker shall have its own line in from the service cabinet & not pass through the UPS equipment or main cabinet SPD. · A 50-amp, 125 VAC radio interference line filter. · A normally open, 50-amp, solid-state relay. The relay shall have a green LED light that is on when energized. · One see-through Plexiglas cover on stand-offs to protect maintenance personnel from AC line voltages. It shall cover the top and front of the power panel. With cover on access to the neutral and ground busses is possible. It shall also cover the utility power in terminal block. The protective cover shall have a slot to access the field side of said power block with a standard screwdriver. This shall be removable by loosening screws but without removing screws. · Two (19) position solid aluminum, tin plated neutral buss bar with raised slotted & torque style screw heads. · One (19) position solid aluminum, tin plated ground buss bar with raised slotted & torque style screw heads. Fiberoptic Termination Panel The cabinet shall come with a 12-port wall mounted fiberoptic termination panel with loaded duplex single-mode SC coupler plates and splice tray. The panel shall be a Corning SPH-01P with (1) CCH-CP12-59 coupler plate. Ethernet Switch The RUGGEDCOM RS940G is a utility-grade, fully managed Ethernet switch, providing six or eight ports of Gigabit Ethernet. Six 10/100/1000BaseTX triple speed copper ports are standard. An additional two Gigabit fiber or copper ports can be added. The RS940G provides a cost- effective way of connecting a cluster of field devices to a Gigabit Ethernet backbone. The RS940G provides two fiber optical Gigabit Ethernet ports for creating a fiber optical backbone with high noise immunity and long-haul connectivity. The Ethernet switch shall be a SIEMENS/RuggedCom model RS940G-HI-D-2SFP-XX with (2) 99-25-0100 mini SFP transceivers SM LC 1310nm, 10km distance. The Ethernet switch warrantees shall be in the name of City of Renton. The following cables and cords shall be supplied with the Ethernet switch: · Two single mode patch cords (LC to SC) SP-164 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 · One 16-gauge 3 conductor power adapter · Four Cat6 patch cables Malfunction Management Unit (MMU) The cabinet shall come with a (MMU) that meets all the requirements of NEMA TS2-2003 while remaining downward compatible with NEMA TS1. It shall have (2) high contrast LCD displays and an internal diagnostic wizard. It shall come with a 10/100 Ethernet port. It shall come with software to run flashing yellow arrow operation. The MMU shall be an Eberle Design, Inc. (EDI) model MMU2-16LEip. Load Switch The cabinet shall come with (16) load switches. All load switches shall be discreet type and have LED indications for both the input and output side of the load. The load switches shall be PDC model SSS-87 I/O. Flasher The cabinet shall come with (1) flasher. The flasher shall be discrete type and have LED indications. The flasher shall be PDC model SSF-87. Flasher Transfer Relay The cabinet shall come with (8) heavy duty flash transfer relays. The relays shall be Detrol Controls model 295. Bus Interface Unit (BIU) The cabinet shall come with (4) bus interface units (BIU). These shall meet all the requirements of NEMA TS-2 1988 standards. In addition, all BIUs shall provide separate front panel indicator LED’s for DC power status and SDLC Port 1 transmit and receive status. The (BIU)’s shall be Eberle Design, Inc. (EDI) model BIU-700. Power Supply (PS) The cabinet shall come with a shelf mounted cabinet power supply meeting at minimum TS 2- 2003 standards. It shall be a heavy-duty device that provides +12VDC at 5 Amps / +24VDC at 2 Amps / 12VAC at .25 Amp, and line frequency reference at 50 mA. The power supply shall provide a separate front panel indicator LED for each of the four outputs. Front panel banana jack test points for 24VDC and logic ground shall also be provided. The power supply shall provide 5A of power and be able to cover the load of four (4) complete detector racks. The (PS) shall be Eberle Design, Inc. (EDI) model PS250. Detection Processor Detection processors shall be provided for each video/radar multi-sensor devices in the intersection. These shall be 2-channel processors that accept (NTSC) or (PAL) signals from an external video source via BNC type connectors located on the front of the processing unit. The sensor input shall also facilitate the data from the radar sensor. An LED indicator shall be provided to indicate the presence of the sensor signal. The LED shall illuminate upon valid sensor synchronization and turn off when the presence of a valid sensor signal is removed. SP-165 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 One video output shall be provided. The real time video output shall have the capability to show text and graphical overlays to aid in system setup. The overlays shall display real-time actuation of detection zones upon vehicle detection or presence. Four (4) open collector outputs shall be provided. Additionally, the detection processor shall allow the use of extension modules to provide up to 24 open collector contact closures per camera input. Each open collector output shall be capable of sinking 30 mA at 24 VDC. Open collector outputs will be used for vehicle detection indicators as well as discrete outputs for alarm conditions. The system shall be capable of automatically detecting a low-visibility condition such as fog and respond by placing all effected detection zones in a constant call mode. A user-selected alarm output shall be active during the low-visibility condition that can be used to modify the controller operation if connected to the appropriate controller input modifier. The system shall automatically revert to normal detection mode when the low-visibility condition no longer exists. Placement of detection zones shall be done by using only a pointing device, and a graphical interface built into the processor and displayed on a video monitor, to draw the detection zones on the video image from each video camera. No separate computer shall be required to program the detection zones. Up to six video detection zones per sensor input shall have the capability to count the number of vehicles detected. The zone shall also have the capability to calculate and store average speed and lane occupancy at bin intervals. One radar sensor zone shall also count vehicles, calculate, and store the average speed and lane occupancy across the approach. In addition to the count type zone, the processor shall be able to calculate and/or acquire average speed and lane occupancy using both video and radar sensors. The processor shall support bicycle type zones where the zone can differentiate between motorized vehicles and bicycles, producing a call for one but not the other. Bicycle zone types shall only output when a bicycle is detected. Larger motorized vehicles such as cars and trucks that traverse a bicycle zone shall not provide an output. Bicycle zones shall have the ability to have extensions assigned to individual bicycle zones for applications where the traffic controller does not have bicycle specific detection inputs. The DP shall provide the ability to assign a separate output channel for bicycle zones to allow traffic controllers to implement special bicycle timing for applications where the traffic controller has separate bicycle detection inputs. The detection processors shall be an Iteris model EDGE2-2N-PAK. Remote Communication Module A rack mount remote communications module shall be provided that allows for remote viewing and management of detection processor programming zone information via Ethernet communications. The module shall use MPEG4 or H.264 compression achieving frames rates up to 30 frames per second. The video input shall be via (4) BNC connectors with a DB15 spider cable. There shall be (4) RJ45 connectors for connection to extension modules, and (1) RJ45 connector with 10/100TX connection for IP communications. The remote communications module shall be an Iteris model EDGECONNECT-PAK. SP-166 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Opticom The cabinet shall come with (1) 4-channel rack mounted Opticom™ phase selector. This device shall be capable of receiving encoded signals from Opticom series 700 emitters and detectors. The Opticom™ phase selectors shall be Global Traffic Technologies model 764. UPS System The cabinet shall come with a complete uninterruptable power system (UPS) which shall include at a minimum a UPS invertor module with SNMP adapter, automatic transfer switch assembly, batteries, battery cables and a remote battery management system. All other auxiliary equipment for a complete functioning UPS system shall be included. UPS Module The cabinet shall come with (1) FXM 1100W uninterruptible power supply invertor that supplies clean reliable power control and management. It shall have Automatic Voltage Regulation (AVR), an Ethernet SNMP interface and a control and power connection panel that is rotatable for viewing in any vertical or horizontal orientation. It shall have nominal dimensions of 5.22" x 15.5" x 8.75" and come with mounting brackets. The UPS module shall be an Alpha model 017- 201-23. UATS/UGTS Assembly The cabinet shall come with (1) universal automatic transfer switch and universal generator transfer switch connected between the UPS module and the batteries. It shall have surge protection, have dimensions of 3.25" x 15.5" x 6.00" and come with mounting brackets. The ATS module shall be an Alpha model 020-168-25. UPS Batteries The cabinet shall come with (4) high performance silver alloy sealed valve regulated lead acid AlphaCell™ XTV Gel Cell batteries with 112Ah runtime. The UPS batteries shall be Alpha model 240XTV. UPS Battery Harnesses The cabinet shall come with (1) battery cable (10) foot long wired for (4) batteries. The battery harness shall be Alpha model 740-628-27. Battery Management System The cabinet shall come with a Remote Battery Monitoring System (RBMS)™ battery charge management system which extends battery operational life. It shall have (4) BS3B01204-EQ sensors for (4) battery systems and shall be an Alpha model 0370260-002. UPS Operation LED The cabinet shall have an externally mounted 24V blue LED lamp which will indicate to City of Renton personnel when the intersection is under UPS control. The LED needs to be supplied with the cabinet but will be installed by City of Renton personnel. The LED shall be a Noark model EX9IL2D6. SP-167 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 9-29.13(10)C NEMA CONTROLLER CABINETS Section 9-29.13(10)C is supplemented with the following: The standard traffic signal controller cabinet shall be a NEMA TS2 – Type 1, Western Systems ITSP+2515509990, with all auxiliary equipment installed. Cabinet Minimum Requirements The cabinet shall be completely wired and tested to the 2003 NEMA Traffic Controller Assemblies specification with NTCIP Requirements Version 02.06 (as amended here in). In addition, and at a minimum, the following requirements shall be met: City of Renton traffic signal cabinet specification shall supersede any applicable parts of the State of Washington, Department of Transportation Standard Specifications and Standard Plans. This specification shall apply to all controller cabinet types with noted exceptions. All items not covered by these specifications shall conform to State of Washington, Department of Transportation Standard Specifications and Standard Plans. Traffic signal cabinets shall also comply with NEMA specifications where applicable. The controller cabinet shall be furnished and installed by the contractor. The controller cabinet shall be equipped with all auxiliary equipment and plug-ins required to operate 8 vehicle phases, 4 pedestrian phases and 4 overlap phases (NEMA TS-2, Type 1). Solid state switching devices shall conform to the provisions in Section Solid State Switching Devices," of these Special Provisions and the following: The cabinet manufacturer shall have pre-approval by the City of Renton, prior to bid letting, on any cabinet that they propose to provide to the City. Said pre-approval shall have been obtained no less than 60 days prior to the closing date of the bid. The cabinet shall be designed for 16 channel operation where each load switch socket can be configured for a vehicle phase, pedestrian phase or overlap operation. These load switch sockets shall be configured in this manner without rewiring the back side of the load-bay. BIU load switch drivers 1-16 shall be wired to their appropriate load switch sockets via a terminal block located on the front side of the load bay, to allow voltage inputs to the load switch sockets to be checked without lowering the load bay. The cabinet shall be wired for a minimum of (32) channels of detection and (4) channels of Opticom™ preemption. The use of PC boards shall not be allowed except in detector racks, SDLC interface panels or BIU cages. The use of plug and play modules shall not be allowed, except in detector rack(s). The cabinet shall be wired to provide a 55-pin “A” connector. SP-168 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 All cabinet 120VAC wires shall be 18AWG or greater, including controller “A” and MMU “A & B” cables. The complete cabinet assembly with electronics shall undergo complete input/output function testing by the manufacturer before being released to the City of Renton. The wired cabinet facility shall use the latest technology applicable and shall be 100% compliant with Section 1605 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, requiring the use of American iron, steel and manufactured goods. The cabinet assembly shall be completely manufactured in the United States of America. Cabinet Enclosure At a minimum the cabinets shall meet the following criteria: 1. It shall have nominal dimensions of 70" height x 44" width x 25.5" depth and meet the footprint dimensions as specified in Section 7.3, table 7-1 of NEMA TS2 standards for a Type P cabinet. The cabinet base shall have continuously welded interior mounting reinforcement plates with the same anchor bolt hole pattern as the footprint dimensions. 2. Shall be fabricated from 5052-H32 0.125-inch thick aluminum. 3. The cabinet shall be double-flanged where it meets the cabinet door. 4. The top of the cabinet shall be sloped 1" towards the rear to facilitate water runoff. And shall bend at a 90° angle at the front of the cabinet. Lesser slope angles are not allowed. 5. The inside of the cabinet shall have (3) separate compartments: A. The main compartment shall be accessible from the front door and shall house the cabinet load facilities and electronics. B. The UPS compartment shall be accessible from the side door and shall contain the UPS system batteries. The UPS inverter and transfer switch assemblies shall be mounted in the UPS compartment but shall be accessible when the main compartment door is open. C. The ITS compartment shall be accessible from the upper front door and shall house ITS equipment, TSP equipment or third-party equipment that is part of the transportation network but not part of the traffic signal operations. 6. The inside of the cabinet shall utilize C channel rails. (2) channels welded on the back wall on 25" center and (4) channels welded on each side wall on 08" center with a 02" gap between sets. The C channel rails on the back wall shall be 48" in length and start 05" from the bottom of the cabinet interior. The C channel rails on the side walls shall be 48" in length and start 05” from the bottom of the cabinet interior. Adjustable rails are not allowed. 7. The Cabinet shall be supplied with the following finishes; the interior natural mill finish. The exterior natural mill finish. 8. All external fasteners shall be stainless steel. Pop rivets shall not be allowed on any external surface. 9. The front door handle shall be ¾” round stock stainless steel bar. The side door shall use a recessed hexagonal socket in lieu of a door handle. All door handle mechanisms shall be interchangeable and field replaceable. SP-169 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 10. The main (front) door shall contain a police door with a conventional police lock. The main door lock shall be a Best™ CX series green core lock with a deadbolt. The police door shall be recessed so that it is flush with the main door. Closed-cell neoprene gasket material shall be bonded to the enclosure door. The gasket shall cover all areas where the door contacts the double flanged cabinet housing exterior and be thick enough to provide a watertight seal. A stiffener plate shall be welded across the width of the inside of the main door to prevent flexing. A bar stop shall be provided that provides a two- position, three-point stop accommodating open-angles of 90º, 125º, and 150º. A louvered air entrance located at the bottom of the main door shall satisfy NEMA rod entry test requirements for 3R ventilated enclosures. Bearing rollers shall be applied to ends of door latches to discourage metal-on-metal surfaces from rubbing. The lock assembly shall be positioned so handle does not cause interference with key when opening the door. 11. The UPS (side) door shall be one-piece construction without any recessed compartments. The side door lock shall be a Best™ CX series green core lock with a deadbolt. Closed-cell neoprene gasket material shall be bonded to the enclosure door. The gasket shall cover all areas where the door contacts the double flanged cabinet housing exterior and be thick enough to provide a watertight seal. A bar stop shall be provided that provides a two-position, three-point stop accommodating open-angles of 80º, 100º, and 120º. A louvered air entrance located at the bottom of the side door shall satisfy NEMA rod entry test requirements for 3R ventilated enclosures. Bearing rollers shall be applied to ends of door latches to discourage metal-on-metal surfaces from rubbing. Lock assembly shall be positioned so handle does not cause interference with key when opening the door. 12. The ITS (upper front) door shall be one-piece construction without any recessed compartments. The ITS lock shall be a Best™ CX series green core lock with a tapered bolt and shall accept the same key as the main door. Closed-cell neoprene gasket material shall be bonded to the enclosure door. The gasket shall cover all areas where the door contacts the double flanged cabinet housing exterior and be thick enough to provide a watertight seal. A bar stop shall be provided that provides a two-position, three-point stop accommodating open-angles of 90º, 125º, and 150º Closed-cell, neoprene gaskets shall be bonded to the inside of the cabinet doors. The gaskets shall cover all areas where the doors contact the double flanged cabinet housing exterior and be thick enough to provide a watertight seal. 13. A key shall be provided for each cabinet lock. 14. The cabinet shall be equipped with a universal lock brackets capable of accepting Best™ CX style lock or Corbin #2 tumbler series locks. 15. The cabinet shall be supplied with one (1) door switch which controls the cabinet interior lighting circuits. 16. All exterior seams shall be manufactured with a neatly formed continuously weld construction. The weld for the police door shall be done on the inside of the cabinet door. All welds shall be free from burrs, cracks, blowholes or other irregularities. 17. The fan baffle panel seams shall be sealed with RTV sealant or equivalent material on the interior of the cabinet. SP-170 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 18. The cabinet shall be UL listed. 19. The cabinet shall come with lifting ears affixed to the upper exterior of the cabinet. These ears shall utilize only one bolt for easy reorientation. (The cabinet lifting ears shall not be used when UPS batteries are installed). 20. The cabinet shall come with two (2) dual-ply Dustlock™ Media polyester, disposable air filters; and the filter performance shall conform to listed UL 900 Class 2 and conform to MERV-8 & ASHRAE Standard 52.2-1999. The filter element shall be secured to louvered entrance on the main and UPS doors with a metal filter cover. The filter and metal cover shall be secured to entrance on main and UPS doors by two (2) horizontally-mounted restraints. 21. All cabinet doors shall be mounted with a single continuous stainless steel piano hinge that runs the length of the door. The hinge shall be attached via stainless steel tamper resistant bolts. 22. All steel incorporated in the cabinet shell shall be manufactured in the United States of America. 23. The cabinet enclosure shall be an ITSP+ style Western Systems Part # 3017500080. 24. The cabinet top level wiring/assembly shall be Western Systems Part # 2515509990. Labels A permanent printed thermo vinyl, engraved or silk screened label shall be provided for all terminals and sockets. Labels shall be legible and shall not be obstructed by cabinet wiring, panels or cables. All labels shall conform to the designations on the cabinet wiring prints. Shelves Cabinet shall come with two (2) 33.25" double beveled shelves 10" deep that are reinforced welded with V channel, fabricated from 5052-H32 0.125-inch thick aluminum with double flanged edges rolled front to back. Slotted hole shall be inserted every 7" for the purpose of tying off wire bundles. The UPS compartment shall come with (4) shelves designed to hold batteries and capable of supporting 75lbs each. Cabinet Layout The shelves shall be populated as follows: The controller and power supply shall be placed on the bottom shelf. The two (2) detector racks and malfunction management unit shall be placed on the top shelf. The roll out drawer shall be mounted under the bottom shelf just left of center. Load bay shall be mounted on the back wall with 5" of clearance to the bottom of the cabinet. The detector panel for all field inputs shall be located on the lower left wall. The 120VAC video power panel shall be mounted on the left wall above the detector panel. SP-171 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 The load resistor panel shall be mounted on the lower left wall under the bottom shelf. The quad 120VAC convenience outlet shall be mounted on the left wall, near the top shelf. The quad 120VAC ITS smart convenience outlet shall be mounted on the right wall, near the top shelf. The SDLC and power supply interface panels shall be located on the left wall between the shelves. The power panel shall be located on the lower right wall. The Ethernet switch din-rail bracket shall be mounted on the right wall, between the shelves on the back “C” channel rail set. Ventilating Fans The cabinet shall be provided with two (2) finger safe fan mounted on the right and left sides of the cabinet plenum. The fans shall be thermostatically controlled separately (adjustable between 4-176° Fahrenheit). Each fan shall have its own circuit consisting of the following components. The safe touch thermostat, fuse holder and power terminal block(s). These items shall be din rail mounted on right and left side of cabinet plenum. Each fan shall be on separate independent circuit and capable of continued independent operation. Computer Shelf A slide-out computer shelf 16" length by 12" width by 2" depth shall be installed below the middle shelf underneath the controller. The shelf shall be mounted just right of center so that controller cables will not interfere with the operation of the shelf when equipment is installed. The shelf shall have a hinged cover that opens from the front and shall be powder-coated black. It shall be a General Devices Part # VC4080-99-1168. The door when fully extended shall hold up to 50lbs. Main Panel Configuration (Load-Bay) The design of the panel shall conform to NEMA TS2 Section 5, Terminals and Facilities, unless modified herein. This panel shall be the termination point for the controller unit (CU) MSA, (MMU) MSA & B cables, bus interface units 1 & 2 (BIU) and field terminal facilities. The terminal and facilities layout shall be arranged in a manner that allows all equipment in the cabinet and all screw terminals to be readily accessible by maintenance personnel. The load-bay shall be fully wired and meet the following requirements: · The load-bay shall have the following dimensions; constructed from aluminum with a nominal thickness of 0.125", a maximum height of 24" and maximum width of 28.5". The field terminals width shall be 31.5" including attached wiring bundles. · The entire assembly shall roll down and provide access to all of the back of panel wiring. All solder terminals shall be accessible when the load-bay is rolled down. The assembly shall be able to roll down without requiring other components, cables or switches to be removed. SP-172 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 · The load-bay shall be designed so that all other cabinet screw terminals are accessible without removing cabinet electronics. · All the controller (CU) and malfunction management (MMU) cables shall be routed through the back of the load-bay so that they will not be subject to damage during load-bay roll down. · The top of the load-bay panel shall attach directly to “C” channel rails and detach without the use of tools or loose hardware for roll down purposes. · The load-bay shall be balanced such that it will not roll down when the top of the load bay is detached from the “C” channel, even when fully loaded with BIUs, load switches, flasher and flash transfer relays. · The load-bay facility shall be wired for 16 channels. Load switches 1-8 shall be vehicle phases 1-8; load switches 9-12 shall be pedestrian phases/overlap P/E, P/F, P/G & P/H; load switches 13-16 shall be overlaps A, B, C & D. Load switches 1-16 shall be routed through a flash transfer relay. · (16) Load switch sockets in two rows of (8) spaced on 2" center per NEMA TS2 section 5.3.1.2, figure 5-2. · (8) Flash transfer relay sockets. · (1) Flasher socket. · All load switches and flasher shall be supported by a bracket extending at least ½ the length of the load switch. · (2) Bus interface unit rack slots for BIU’s 1 and 2. The main panel BIU racks shall be left of the load switches, placed vertically with BIU 1 above BIU 2. Both BIU racks shall have the BIU stop brackets. · BIU socket wire connections to the PCB shall be via (2) 34 pin connectors with locking latches. · All BIU wiring shall be soldered to backside of a screw terminal. All BIU functions shall be accessible from a screw terminal. · Wiring for one Type-16 MMU. All MMU wiring shall be soldered to backside of a screw terminal. All MMU functions shall be accessible from a screw terminal. · All 24 VDC relays shall have the same base socket, but it shall be different from the 120VAC relays. · All 120VAC relays shall have the same base socket, but it shall be different from the 24VDC relays. (not applicable to flash transfer relays) · The cabinet shall have a relay that drops +24VDC to the load switches when the cabinet is in flash. · load bay shall have terminals to access the flash circuits 1 and 2. · The load-bay shall be silkscreened on both sides. Silkscreen shall be numbers and functions on the front side, and numbers only on the back side. The back side shall have labels upside down, so when load bay is rolled down labels will be oriented correctly for maintenance or service personnel. SP-173 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 · The field terminals shall be labeled with 300 series numbers for load-bay wiring purposes, and 600 & 700 series numbers for termination of field wiring. · Channel Wiring chart: · Red: 611, 621, 631, 641, 651, 661, 671, 681, 7E1, 7F1, 7G1, 7H1, 6A1, 6B1, 6C1, 6D1 · Yellow: 612, 622, 632, 642, 652, 662, 672, 682, 7E2, 7F2, 7G2, 7H2, 6A2. 6B2, 6C2, 6D2 · Green: 613, 623, 633, 643, 653, 663, 673, 683, 7E3, 7F3, 7G3, 7H3, 6A3, 6B3, 6C3, 6D3 · The Don’t Walk, Ped Clearance and Walk indications shall utilize OLE thru OVG field numbers. · Field wiring terminations shall be per channel across the bottom of the load-bay. Each channel shall have 3 terminations corresponding to the appropriate vehicle phase Red, Yellow and Green. Default wiring shall be left to right vehicle phases 1-8, pedestrian phases/overlap channels P/E, P/F, P/G, P/H, and overlap channels A, B, C & D following the order of the load switches. Field terminals shall be #10 screw terminal and be rated for 600V. · All cable wires shall be terminated. No tie-off of unused terminals will be allowed. · Shall be 100% manufactured in the United States of America All wiring shall conform to NEMA TS2 Section 5.2.5 and table 5-1. Conductors shall conform to military specification MIL-W-16878D, Electrical insulated high heat wire, type B. Conductors #14 or larger shall be permitted to be UL type THHN. Main panel wiring shall conform to the following colors and minimum wire sizes: Vehicle green load switch output 14 gauge brown Vehicle yellow load switch output 14 gauge yellow Vehicle red load switch output 14 gauge red Pedestrian Don’t Walk switch 14 gauge orange Pedestrian Walk switch 14 gauge blue Pedestrian Clearance load switch 14 gauge yellow Vehicle green load switch input 22 gauge brown Vehicle yellow load switch input 22 gauge yellow Vehicle red load switch input 22 gauge red Pedestrian Don’t Walk input 22 gauge orange Pedestrian Walk input 22 gauge blue Pedestrian Clearance input 22 gauge yellow Logic Ground 18 gauge white with red tracer +24V DC 18 gauge red with white tracer +12V DC 18 gauge pink AC+ Line 14 gauge black SP-174 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 AC- Line 14 gauge white Earth Ground 16 gauge green AC line (load bay) 12/14 gauge black AC neutral (load bay) 12/14 gauge white Controller A cables 22 gauge blue with the exception of power wires (AC+ Black, AC- White & Earth Ground Green) These wires shall be 18AWG MMU A & B cables 22 gauge orange with the exception of power wires (AC+ Black, AC- White & Earth Ground Green Start Delay Relay Common Black, Normally open Black & Normally Closed Black) These wires shall be 18AWG Four conductors will supply alternating current (AC) power to the load switch sockets. The load switch sockets shall be supplied 1-4, 5-8, 9-12 & 13-16 by each conductor. The field terminal blocks shall have a screw Type No. 10 post capable of accepting no less than 3 No. 12 AWG wires fitted with spade connectors. Four (4) 12-position terminal blocks shall be provided in a single row across the bottom of the main panel. Spade lugs from internal cabinet wiring are not allowed on field terminal screws. There shall be a second row of four (4) 12- position terminal blocks with screw type #10 above the field terminal blocks. These blocks shall operate the flash program. It shall be changeable from the front of the load-bay. The power terminal blocks shall have a screw Type No. 10 post capable of accepting no less than 3 No. 12 AWG wires fitted with spade connectors. One (1) 12-position terminal block and one (1) 6-position terminal block shall be provided vertically on the right side of the load bay. The placement of the power terminal block on any other panel shall not be allowed. All load switches, flasher, and flash transfer relay sockets shall be marked and mounted with screws. Rivets and clip-mounting is unacceptable. Wire size 16 AWG or smaller at solder joints shall be hooked or looped around the eyelet or terminal block post prior to soldering to ensure circuit integrity. All wires shall have lugs or terminal fittings when not soldered. Lap joint/tack on soldering is not acceptable. All soldered connections shall be made with 60/40 solder and non-corrosive, non-conductive flux. All wiring shall be run neatly and shall use mechanical clamps and conductors shall not be spliced between terminations. Cables shall be sleeved in braided nylon mesh and wires shall not be exposed. Load-Bay and Panel Wire Termination All wires terminated behind the main panel or on the back side of other panels shall be SOLDERED. No pressure or solder-less connectors shall be used. Printed circuit boards shall only be used on the load bay where connecting to the bus interface units (BIU). Cabinet Light Assembly The cabinet shall have three (3) LED lighting fixtures with 15 high power LEDs. LEDs shall use a cool white color emitting 300Im min @ 12VDC/750mA. The LED shall be a Rodeo Electronics TS-LED-05M02. The LED fixture shall be powered by a Mean Well class 2 power supply LPV- SP-175 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 35-12 that shall be mounted on the inside top of the cabinet’s main compartment, near the front edge. The cabinet light circuit shall be designed so all three LED fixture can be installed in the cabinet without the need a of a second power supply. The LEDs shall be attached in the cabinets upper compartment, main compartment, near the front edge & under the cabinet drawer so that it remains stationary when drawer is extended. An on/off switch that is turned on when the cabinet door is opened and off when it is closed shall activate the lighting fixture(s) power supply. Convenience Outlet The cabinet shall be wired with one (1) convenience outlet with a ground fault interrupter (GFI), one (1) quad convenience outlet without ground fault interrupters and one (1) quad ITS smart convenience outlet without ground fault interrupters. The ground fault outlet (GFI) shall be mounted on the right side of the cabinet on or near the power panel. The quad convenience outlet shall be mounted on the left side near the top shelf. The quad ITS smart convenience outlet shall be mounted on the right side near the top shelf. No outlets shall be mounted on the door. The GFI power shall be fed through the auxiliary breaker (CB2). The quad & quad ITS smart convenience outlets shall be fed through the main breaker (CB1). 9-29.16 Vehicular Signal Heads, Displays, and Housing 9-29.16(2) Conventional Traffic Signal Heads Vehicular signal heads shall have McCain, 12 inch lens sizes unless shown otherwise on the signal Plans. Each signal head shall have a 1/4 inch drain hole in its base. Signal heads shall be mounted on the mast arm such that the red indicators lie in the same plane and such that the bottom of the housing including a back plate of a signal head shall not be less than 16 feet 6 inches nor more than 18 feet 6 inches above the grade at the center of the roadway. 9-29.16(2)A Optical Units Section 9-29.16(2)A has been revised as follows: GE Light Emitting Diode (LED) light sources are required for all displays. 9-29.16(2)B Signal Housing The fifth paragraph of Section 9-29.16(2)B has been revised as follows: Each lens shall be protected with a removable visor. The visor shall be tunnel type unless noted otherwise in the contract. Tunnel, cap, and cut away type visors shall be made of aluminum throughout. Visors shall be flat black in color inside and shall be yellow baked enamel on the outside. Visors shall have attaching ears for installation to the housing door. The signal display shall have square doors. End caps shall be made from aluminum and shall be installed with SP-176 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 fittings to provide a watertight seal. A bead of silicone sealant shall be applied around the perimeter of all top end cap openings prior to installation of the end cap assembly. Plastic end caps shall utilize a threaded stud with seal and wing nut. End caps shall have the same color as the signal housing. Modular Signal Sections: · Each Section shall be 13.5" wide by 13.5" tall and 7.0" deep with 2.0" hole top and bottom that fits 1.5" NPT fittings. Top and bottom of modular signal sections shall not be curved in shape. · Shall include 72-tooth serrated boss and reinforcing ribs, top and bottom · Shall include Brass threaded inserts for visor attachment (4) · Housings shall have a cast boss for mounting a 5 or 6-position terminal block; one side of terminal block with fast-on terminals, the other side with screw terminals · The words red, amber, and green shall be cast next to each boss to identify light source lead wires · 5 or 6-position terminal block shall be installed in center section (1) (alternate mounting is available) · Shall include stainless steel door roll pins and eye bolt/wing nut assemblies · Shall include integral lugs on the housing and doors with stainless steel roll pins provide effective door hinges · Shall include weathertight E.P.D.M. rubber door gasket · Shall be capable of supporting visors, back plates, and various mounting hardware 9-29.16(2)C Louvered Visors Section 9-29.16(2)C has been revised as follows: Where noted in the Contract, louvered tunnel visors shall be furnished and installed. Directional louvers shall be constructed to have a snug fit in the signal visor. The outside cylinder shall be constructed of aluminum, and the louvers shall be constructed of anodized aluminum painted flat black. Dimensions and arrangement of louvers shall be as shown in the contract. 9-29.16(2)D Back Plates Section 9-29.16(2)d has been deleted and replaced with: Back plates shall be furnished and attached to the signal heads. Back plates shall be 3-S half-hard aluminum sheet, 0.058-inch minimum thickness, with 5-inch square cut border and painted black in front and yellow in back. Back plates shall have 1" reflective yellow tape boarder. SP-177 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 9-29.16(2)E Painting Signal Heads Section 9-29.16(2)E has been revised as follows: Traffic signal heads (vehicle and pedestrian) shall be finished with two coats of factory applied traffic signal federal yellow baked enamel or shall be finished with a traffic signal federal yellow back of back plates shall be painted to match the color of the signal housing. The inside of visors, front of back plates, and louvers shall be finished with two coats of factory applied flat black enamel. 9-29.17 Signal Head Mounting Brackets and Fittings Section 9-29.17 is replaced as follows: Mounting hardware will provide for a rigid connection between the signal head and mast arm. All mounting hardware will be of the top-mount plumbizer type as shown on the standard Plans, unless specified otherwise on the Plans. Vehicle and pedestrian signal head mountings shall be as detailed in the Standard Plans. Material requirements for signal head mounts are as follows: Aluminum 1. Arms and slotted tube fittings for Type N mount (temporary signals only). 2. Tube clamp and female clamp assembly for Type N mount. Bronze 1. Terminal compartments for Type A, B, C, F, H, and K mounts. 2. Collars for Type C, D, and F mounts. 3. Ell fittings for Type L and LE mounts. 4. Messenger hanger and wire entrance fittings for Type P, Q, R, and S mounts. 5. Balance adjuster for Type Q, R, and S mounts. Galvanized Steel 1. Washers for Type A, B, C, D, F, H, and K mounts. 2. Fasteners for Type A, B, E, H, and K mounts. Stainless Steel 1. All set screws and cotter Keys. 2. Bands for Type N mount. 3. Bolt, nut and washers for Type L mount. 4. Bolts, nuts, washers, and screw buckle swivels. SP-178 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Steel 1. Center pipes, nipples, elbow and tee fittings for Type A, B, C, F, H, and K mounts. 2. Nipples for Type L, LE, and P mounts. All other miscellaneous hardware shall be stainless steel. All hardware for mounts shall be painted with two coats of factory applied traffic signal federal yellow baked enamel. Pins for messenger hanger fittings shall be a minimum of 1 /2 inch in diameter. Terminal compartments for Type A, B, C, F, H, and K mounts shall contain a 12 section terminal block. All hardware for mounts shall be painted with two coats of factory applied traffic signal Federal yellow baked enamel. 9-29.18 Vehicle Detector 9-29.18(3) Video Detection System Section 9-29.18(3) is a new section: The multi-sensor system shall utilize two different sensors of different technologies, video imaging and radar, to detect and track licensed and unlicensed vehicles at distances over 500 feet (152 meters). The sensor system shall fuse vehicle information from the two sensors to provide highly accurate and precise detection for simultaneous stop bar presence detection, advanced detection, and special or advanced applications. The multi-sensor system shall use a primary detector rack mounted processor to interface with the traffic control cabinet. The module shall process information from both video imaging and radar sensors simultaneously in real-time. The multi-sensor detection system shall consist of a hybrid video camera/radar sensor, detection processors (DP) capable of processing from one to two sensors, output extension modules, surge suppressors, a setup tool, a monitor, and a pointing device. The system shall include software that detects vehicles in multiple lanes. Video imaging detection zones shall be defined using only an on-board video menu, a monitor, and a pointing device to place the zones on a video image. Up to 24 video detection zones per camera view shall be available. Five additional trigger zones for the radar sensor shall be available and be configurable by using the same system setup menu on the DP. A separate computer shall not be required to program the detection zones, but a PC-based setup tool shall be provided free-of- charge if a user chooses this option for setup. A portable tablet-based setup tool shall be available for sensor alignment and adjustment of camera’s field of view and focus. SP-179 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 The field hardware shall consist of the following four elements: a. Video imaging camera sensor b. Radar sensor c. Multi-sensor assembly d. Sensor data combiner Video Imaging Camera Sensor The camera enclosure shall include a proportionally controlled Indium Tin Oxide heater design that maximizes heat transfer to the lens. The output power of the heater shall vary with temperature, to assure proper operation of the lens functions at low temperatures and prevent moisture condensation on the optical faceplate of the enclosure. The transparent coating shall not impact the visual acuity and shall be optically clear. The camera sensor shall allow the user to set the focus and field of view via Wi-Fi connectivity. The camera shall produce a useable video image of the bodies of vehicles under all roadway lighting conditions, regardless of time of day. The minimum range of scene luminance over which the camera shall produce a useable video image shall be the minimum range from nighttime to daytime, but not less than the range 1.0 lux to 10,000 lux. The camera electronics shall include automatic gain control to produce a satisfactory image at night. The imager luminance signal-to-noise ratio (S/N) shall be more than 50 dB with the automatic gain control disabled. The imager shall employ three-dimensional dynamic noise reduction (3D-DNR) to remove unwanted image noise. The camera imager shall employ wide dynamic range (WDR) technology to compensate for wide dynamic outdoor lighting conditions. The dynamic range shall be greater than 100 dB. The camera shall be digital signal processor (DSP) based and shall use a CCD sensing element and shall output color video with resolution of not less than 550 TV lines. The color CCD imager shall have a minimum pixel count of 380K (NTSC) / 440K (PAL). The camera sensor shall include an electronic shutter control based upon average scene luminance and shall be equipped with an auto-iris lens that operates in tandem with the electronic shutter. The electronic shutter shall operate between the ranges of 1/4 to 1/10,000th second. The camera sensor shall utilize automatic white balance. The camera sensor shall include a variable focal length lens with variable focus that can be adjusted, without opening up the camera housing, to suit the site geometry by means of a SP-180 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 portable interface device designed for that purpose and manufactured by the detection system supplier. The horizontal field of view shall be adjustable from 4.6 to 53.6 degrees. This camera configuration may be used for most detection approaches in order to minimize the setup time. The lens shall be a 12x zoom lens with a focal length of 3.7mm to 44.0mm. The lens shall also have an auto-focus feature with a manual override to facilitate ease of setup. The camera shall incorporate the use of preset positioning that store zoom and focus positioning information. The camera shall have the capability to recall the previously stored preset upon application of power. The camera shall be housed in a weather-tight sealed enclosure conforming to IP-67 specifications. The housing shall allow the camera to be rotated to allow proper alignment between the camera and the traveled road surface. The camera enclosure shall be equipped with a sunshield. The sunshield shall include a provision for water diversion to prevent water from flowing in the camera's field of view. The camera enclosure shall be designed so that the pan, tilt and rotation of the camera assembly can be accomplished independently without affecting the other settings. The glass face on the front of the enclosure shall have an anti-reflective coating to minimize light and image reflections. When mounted outdoors in the enclosure, the camera shall operate in a temperature range from -30 oF to +165 oF (-34 °C to +74 °C) and a humidity range from 0% to 100% RH. The camera sensor shall acquire its power from the sensor data combiner. Recommended camera placement height shall be 18-33 feet (or 6-10 meters) above the roadway, and over the traveled way on which vehicles are to be detected. For optimum detection the camera should be centered above the traveled roadway. The camera shall view approaching vehicles at a distance not to exceed 350 feet (107 meters) for reliable detection (height to distance ratio of 10:100). Camera placement and field of view (FOV) shall be unobstructed and as noted in the installation documentation provided by the supplier. The video signal shall be fully isolated from the camera enclosure and power cabling A weather-proof protective cover shall be provided to protect all terminations at the camera. Radar Sensor The radar sensor shall operate in the 24 GHz frequency band and shall operate on 1 of 7 available enumerated channels that is user selectable. The radar detection range shall be over 500 feet (152 meters) minimum, +/- 5%. The radar sensor shall be able to track up to 20 independent objects simultaneously. SP-181 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Object speed detection shall be within a range of 0 to 150 miles per hour +/- 1.0 miles per hour (240 km per hour ± 1.5 km per hour). The radar sensor shall be able to detect vehicles in 1 to 4 traffic lanes. The radar sensor shall be housed in a weather-tight sealed enclosure conforming to IP-67 specifications. The housing shall allow the radar to be adjusted to allow proper alignment between the sensor and the traveled road surface. When mounted outdoors in the enclosure, the radar shall operate in a temperature range from - 30 oF to +165 oF (-34 °C to +74 °C) and a humidity range from 0% to 100% RH. The radar sensor shall communicate with the sensor data combiner. The radar sensor shall acquire its power from the sensor data combiner. Multi-Sensor Assembly Both camera and radar sensors shall be housed in an overall, single enclosure assembly. The overall size of the multi-sensor enclosure shall not exceed 14 inches x 15 inches x 17 inches (355mm x 380mm x 430mm). The overall weight of the multi-sensor unit shall not exceed 11 pounds (5kg).The maximum power consumption for the multi-sensor assembly shall be less than 10 watts typical, 20 watts peak. Sensor Data Combiner A sensor data combiner that combines sensor information from both video and radar sensors shall be employed. The sensor data combiner shall supply primary power to each sensor unit and shall facilitate digital communications between the sensor data combiner and each of the sensor units. The sensor data combiner shall communicate with the detection processor using a single coax cable. Both video imaging and radar data shall use the single coax cable. The sensor data combiner shall also employ industry standard Wi-Fi connectivity for remote sensor system setup using a mobile programming device such as a netbook or tablet computer. Video camera and radar sensor shall be able to be configured independently. The sensor data combiner shall be housed in a weather-tight sealed enclosure conforming to IP-67 specifications. Detection Processor (DP) Detection processors shall be provided for each video/radar multi-sensor devices in the intersection. These shall be 2-channel processors that accept (NTSC) or (PAL) signals from an external video source via BNC type connectors located on the front of the processing unit. The sensor input shall also facilitate the data from the radar sensor. An LED indicator shall be provided to indicate the presence of the sensor signal. The LED shall illuminate upon valid sensor synchronization and turn off when the presence of a valid sensor signal is removed. SP-182 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 One video output shall be provided. The real time video output shall have the capability to show text and graphical overlays to aid in system setup. The overlays shall display real-time actuation of detection zones upon vehicle detection or presence. Four (4) open collector outputs shall be provided. Additionally, the detection processor shall allow the use of extension modules to provide up to 24 open collector contact closures per camera input. Each open collector output shall be capable of sinking 30 mA at 24 VDC. Open collector outputs will be used for vehicle detection indicators as well as discrete outputs for alarm conditions. The system shall be capable of automatically detecting a low-visibility condition such as fog and respond by placing all effected detection zones in a constant call mode. A user-selected alarm output shall be active during the low-visibility condition that can be used to modify the controller operation if connected to the appropriate controller input modifier. The system shall automatically revert to normal detection mode when the low-visibility condition no longer exists. Placement of detection zones shall be done by using only a pointing device, and a graphical interface built into the DP and displayed on a video monitor, to draw the detection zones on the video image from each video camera. No separate computer shall be required to program the detection zones. Up to six video detection zones per sensor input shall have the capability to count the number of vehicles detected. The zone shall also have the capability to calculate and store average speed and lane occupancy at bin intervals. One radar sensor zone shall also count vehicles, calculate, and store the average speed and lane occupancy across the approach. In addition to the count type zone, the processor shall be able to calculate and/or acquire average speed and lane occupancy using both video and radar sensors. The fully functional video detection systems shall be provided and installed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit complete equipment list to the City Engineer for approval prior to the systems purchase. The video detection system shall be capable of providing presence vehicle detection and shall be expandable without removing or replacing existing units. All materials furnished during construction for temporary and permanent detection shall be new, unused, current production models and shall be items currently in distribution. The video detection system shall have a minimum 18-month warranty (from the time of permanent installation) against manufacturing defects in materials and workmanship from the date of shipment. The Contractor shall supply the warranty and all documentation necessary to maintain and operate the system to the COR Transportation Operations Maintenance Representative prior to approval of the video detection system by the Transportation Operations Maintenance Manager. The Video Detection System shall consist of video detection equipment, auxiliary equipment, cameras, housings, and mounts, and all required mounting hardware, cables, connectors, and wiring. The video detection camera mounting hardware shall be painted per Section 6-07 of these Special Provisions. The video detection equipment shall be of the quantities shown in the Plans, and shall meet the following specifications (The contractor shall submit to the COR Transportation Operations Maintenance Shop Representative a detailed summary of video detection equipment prior to placing an order). SP-183 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Video Detection Board: Iteris Dual Camera Processor that operable with above Camera model(s) Monitor Equipment: Include (1) shelf mounted 9" LCD color monitor and (1) computer optical USB mouse per one signal cabinet. Modem: Edge Connect Network Modem Surge Suppression: Each camera assembly shall have a surge suppressor which shall be installed inside the traffic signal controller cabinet. Peak Surge Current 5Ka Technology Hybrid, Solid State Attenuation 0.1dB @ 10 Mhz Response Time <1 nanosecond Protection Line to Ground Clamp Voltage 6 V Connectors BNC Impedance 75 ohms Environmental -40°F to 185°F Mechanical 4½" x 1½" x 1¼" Bicycle Detection Systems: When called for in the plans, bicycle detection systems shall be supplied that utilize thermal imaging or video detection systems to detect bicycles. System type shall be defined in the project plans. Bicycle detection may be provided through separate processors than the vehicle detection systems. Bicycle detection zones shall differentiate between motorized vehicles and bicycles, producing a call for one but not the other. Bicycle zone types shall only output when a bicycle is detected. Larger motorized vehicles such as cars and trucks that traverse a bicycle zone shall not provide an output. Bicycle zones shall have the ability to have extensions assigned to individual bicycle zones for applications where the traffic controller does not have bicycle specific detection inputs. The bicycle detection processor shall provide the ability to assign a separate output channel for bicycle zones to allow traffic controllers to implement special bicycle timing for applications where the traffic controller has separate bicycle detection inputs. Camera Resolution: VGA (640x480) Frame Rate: 30 FPS Type: Long wave Infrared (7-14 µm) Compression: H.264, MPEG-4, MJPEG Housing Material: Aluminum SP-184 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Dimensions: Vertically mounted 45 cm x 16 cm x 12 cm (9.8 in x 6.3 in x 4.7 in) / Horizontally mounted 41 cm x 18 cm x 12 cm (16.2 in x 7.1 in x 4.7 in) Sunshield: Integrated Power, Outputs, Communications Contact Closures: 2 direct, 4 via TI BPL2 EDGE interface (PN 10-7013), extra via 4I/O USB expansion board(s) (PN 10-4675 SDLC: Up to 16 output channels via TI BPL2 EDGE interface (PN 10-7013) and Port-1 Interface Module (PIM) Broadband over Power Line or Power over Ethernet: For communication of output state events, configuration & monitoring (streaming video) Input Power: 12-42VAC, 12 -60VDC Current Consumption: < 230 mA @ 24VDC (< 320mA @ 24VDC peak at startup) < Power Consumption: 10W (15W peak at startup) Set-up: Web interface Traffic monitoring, event and data reporting: TMS FLUX Public API for 3rd party integration Regulatory EU Directives: EMC 2014/30/EU, RoHS 2011/65/EU Environmental Shock & Vibration: NEMA TS2 Materials: All weatherproof (UV-resistant) Protection Grades: Housing = IP68, Connectors = IP67 Temperature Range: NEMA TS2. From -34°C to +74°C (-29°F to 165°F) FCC: FCC part 15 Class A 9-29.19 Pedestrian Push Buttons Section 9-29.19 is replaced by the following: (*****) The Contractor shall furnish and install a fully functioning accessible pedestrian push button system at locations specified in the Contract Plans. The pedestrian push button system shall include the following items: Pedestrian push button assemblies shall be ADA Accessible Pedestrian Signals (APS), Model iNS23TNO-B, by Polara Engineering, Inc. The push button assemblies shall include the following features: · Operates over a single pair of wires with the option of operating with a pedestrian head control unit · All PBS wired in parallel, individually assignable to any phase · 16 buttons can operate on a single iCCU (dependent on power requirements and wire runs) · All sounds are synchronized · 4 Locate Tone selectable options SP-185 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 · 13 Walk Sound selectable options, 3 of them custom options · 7 Clearance Sound selectable options · Walk, Clearance, and Don’t Walk sounds automatically adjust to ambient · Separate ambient response settings for Locate Tone (for quiet ambient conditions) · Most sounds have independent Min/Max settable limits · Button vibrates during Walk · Button push confirmed by latching LED, tactile bounce, and audible “wait” sound · Extended button push can boost volume for next Walk and Clearance · Direction of travel message with extended button push, capable · Extended Push Priority: mutes all but selected crosswalk, capable · Extended Push activation settings: 0-6 second range, 0.5 second increments · Beaconing and Ping Pong features available · Select audio messages, change settings, and perform firmware updates wirelessly using iOS (9.0+) or Android (5.0+) devices, or a Windows PC with Polara’s Bluetooth Dongle · Built in health/event logging feature, up to 1000 events · False walk detection: four independent checks · External speaker option at time of order · External button input for bike lanes, horses, etc. · 9”x15” Hi-Intensity Retroreflective MUTCD R10-3e 800H-84 countdown sign (per WSDOT Standard Plan J-20.26) One Shelf Mount Central Control Unit shall be provided and installed in the traffic controller cabinet per intersection as an interface between the signal controller and the pedestrian push button stations. The Shelf Mount iNTELLIGENT CENTRAL CONTOL UNIT, Model iCCU-S2, by Polara Engineering, Inc., shall: · Designed to site on a shelf, and interfaces to traffic cabinet either through the Polara cable assembly, or a SDLC cable · Support full bidirectional Bus Interface Unit (BIU) capability allow the control unit to get interval timing information and place calls to the traffic controller directly through the SDLC interface the power supply and signaling interface between the existing intersection Traffic Control Unit and the Push Button Stations installed on the intersection include one (1) Custom Cable Harness cable assembly with all cables 12-feet long for double wide cabinets · Accommodate up to 16 push button stations · Support SDLC communication in TS1 and TS2 cabinets · Include a front panel with a backlit LCD for displaying system status information · Perform setup functions via Ethernet or Wi-Fi/Bluetooth using a PC, iPhone or iPad · Provide free apps for both Windows PCs (Windows 7 or higher) and iOS (8.0 or higher) devices. SP-186 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 · Supports multiple configurations, with ability to change operational features based on time of day · Include a built in conflict monitoring system that monitors pedestrian push button stations and pedestrian signal head lights and powers off in the event of a conflict · Include health log data capture that is downloadable and contains extensive status/fault reporting · Support remote monitoring over Ethernet · Include an Ethernet port for communication · Include a USB port · Include the Interconnect Board, Model iN2-ICB, for termination of field wiring intersection/field button · Include two (2) SDLC Cables, Model iN2-SDLC-CABLE, a standard 6-feet long SDLC cable · Include a three (3) year manufacturer limited warranty · Include one (1) power cable for 120VAC, 60Hz, 5A 9-29.24 Service Cabinets Section 9-29.24 is replaced by the following: The electrical service cabinet shall be per the City Standard Plans 122.1 and 122.2. The breaker configuration shall be per the panel schedule as shown on the Plans. All electrical conductors, buss bars and conductor terminals shall be copper or brass. The cabinet shall be fabricated from galvanized cold rolled sheet steel, with 12 gauge used for exterior surfaces and 14 gauge for interior panels. Door hinges shall be the continuous concealed piano type and no screws, rivets or bolts shall be visible outside the enclosure. The cabinet door shall be fitted for a Best internal type lock. The cabinet shall have ventilation louvers on the lower and upper sides complete with screens, filters and have rain tight gaskets. The cabinet door shall have a one piece weather proof neoprene gasket. The finish coat shall be a factory baked on enamel light grey in color. The galvanized surface shall be etched before the baked on enamel is applied. The interior shall be given a finish coat of exterior grade of white metal enamel. Painting shall be done in conformance with these Special Provisions of Section 6-07. 9-29.24(2) Electrical Circuit Breakers and Contactors Section 9-29.24(2) is deleted and replaced with the following: The electrical circuit breakers and contactors shall be as indicated on the contract Plans and detail sheets. The following equipment shall be featured within the cabinet. 1. Main circuit breaker SP-187 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 2. Branch circuit breakers 3. Utility plug (120 volt-20 Amp rated) G.F.I. Type 4. Light control test switch (120 volt-15 Amp) 5. Contactor relay for each circuit 6. Double pole branch breaker(s) for lighting circuits (240 volt) 7. One 120 volt, 20 Amp single pole branch breaker (for utility plugs) 8. Type 3-single phase 120/240 volt grounded neutral service 9. One 120 volt 40 Amp single pole branch breaker (signal service) 10. Complete provisions for 16 breaker poles 11. Name plates phenolic black with white engraving except the main breaker which shall be red with white lettering. All name plates shall be attached by S.S. screws. 12. Meter base sections are unnecessary 9-29.25 Amplifier, Transformer, and Terminal Cabinets Section 9-29.25 is supplemented as follows: The terminal box shall be weather tight, have a single door with continuous hinge on one side and screw hold-downs on the door locking side. All hardware will be stainless steel. All mounting hardware shall be stainless steel and shall be incidental to the unit price of terminal box. Terminal blocks shall be 600V heavy duty, barrier type. Each terminal shall be separated by a marker strip. The marker strip shall be permanently marked with the circuit number indicated in the Plans. Each connector shall be a screw type with No. 10 post capable of accepting no less than 3 #12 AWG wires fitted with spade tips. Interconnect splice tower cabinets shall be Type F, with nominal dimensions of 22" high x 13" wide x 11" deep and constructed of cast aluminum and fitted with a Best internal lock. 9-29.26 PTZ Cameras Section 9-29.26 is a new section: GENERAL A. This product shall be manufactured by a firm whose quality system is in compliance with the ISO-9001 B. All equipment and materials used shall be standard components that are regularly manufactured and used in the manufacturer’s system. C. All systems and components shall have been thoroughly tested and proven in actual use. D. All materials furnished under this item shall be compliant with 802.3 Ethernet standards SP-188 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 E. All systems and components shall be provided with comprehensive repair and spare parts replacement. The manufacturer on warranty and non-warranty items shall guarantee the spare parts and the repair. Camera Image sensor 1/2.8" Progressive scan CMOS Effective pixels 2065x1553 Min. illumination 0.04 lux Color, 0.002 lux B/W (F/1.6) Shutter speed 1 to 1/10,000 sec Day/Night IR-cut filter Lens 40x zoom IR Illumination 850 nm IR illumination distance 200m Iris P-iris and auto-iris Focal length 4.3mm to 170 mm (F/1.6) Horizontal field of view 62° (W) to 2.0° (T) Lens material High-grade optical glass PTZ Pan range 360° Continuous rotation Tilt range -20° to +100° Number of presets 256 Preset speed 280°/s Manual speed 0.1°/s to 90°/s Pan; 0.1°/s to 55°/s Tilt Preset accuracy 0.16° Features Speed by zoom Sequence Scan 8 Cruise Scan 8 Autopan 4 Body material Aluminum alloy, ABS Internal demister/heater Standard Image control Dynamic range (WDR) 120 dB, dual exposure HDR White balance Auto, ATW, Manual, One push SP-189 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Image settings Contrast Brightness Saturation Hue Sharpness SNR Better than 54dB Noise reduction 3DNR, 2DNR, Color Low, mid, high (w/ Motion Compensation) Image Stabilization Yes (Digital) Digital zoom 10x Text and picture overlay Compass, date & time, 4x line (40 characters each), preset title, image, image transparency Privacy masks 16 Image rotation 90°, 180°, 270° rotation Video Video compression H.265, H.264 (main or high profile); MJPEG Number of compression instances Any combination of H.265 or H.264 streams with possibly one MJPEG stream. Supported resolutions 2065x1553 (3MP); 1080p30,1280x1024; 720p30; 1024x768; 800x600; 20x567(D1); 640x480 (VGA); 352x288 (CIF) Max streaming (H264/H265/MJPEG) ≤ 60fps 2048x1536 1280x720 ≤ 60fps 2048x1536 800x600 720x480 352x240 ≤ 30fps 2048x1536 1920x1080 1280x1024 1280x1024 ≤ 30fps (dual shutter WDR) 2048x1536 1920x1080 1280x1024 720x480 Compression bit rate control Constant bit rate (CBR), variable bit rate (VBR), Low bit rate (LBR) Number of video output streams Up to 20 (RTSP) Total output data rate (max) 60 Mb/s Video frame rate 1 to 60 fps, 1 to 50 fps Analog video output PAL/NTSC (BNC) Audio Audio compression G.711, G.726, AAC, LPCM Audio Input Line in Audio Output Line out SP-190 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 Analytics Event detection Motion Detection; Audio detection Event Triggers External Input, Analytics, Network Failure Detection, Periodical Event, Manual Trigger Network Local storage Micro SD/SDHC/SDXC up to 128 GB; Network storage NAS (Support NFS, SMB/CIFS) Protocols IPv4/IPv6, HTTP, HTTPS, 802.1x, Qos, FTP, SMTP, UPnP, SNMP, DNS, DDNS, NTP, RTSP, RTCP, RTP, TCP/IP, DHCP, PPPoE, Diamond*, NTCIP*. Security User authentication, IP filtering, Digest authentication (RTSP, HTTP) HTTPS encryption (TLS1.2); IEEE 802.1x port-based network access control Standard ONVIF (Profile S, Profile G, Profile Q), Siqura API Web browser IE 9, 10 and 11; limited support for Edge, Chrome, Firefox Network interface 10/100 Mb (RJ45) Environmental Ingress protection level IP66 Ambient temperature (NEMA TS-2) -40 °C to +74 °C (-40 °F to +165 °F) Relative humidity 5 to 100% MTBF (@40°C) >200,000 h Vibration (NEMA TS-2) 5 to 30 Hz, 0.5 g during 1 h. (x, y, and z) Shock (NEMA TS-2) 10 g (x, y, and z) Max wind velocity 225 km/h (150 mph) Power supply 12Vdc, 24 Vac, 802.3bt Type 3 (Hi-PoE, 50 W) Power consumption Max. 39 W Mechanical Interfaces - Ethernet RJ45 - Alarm in / out 4x / 2x Terminal Block - 12Vdc Terminal Block - 24Vac Terminal Block SP-191 Lake Washington Loop Trail Special Provisions Federal Aid No. TAP-1070 (008) December 2020 - Audio in / out terminal Block - Video out BNC Connector - RS485 Terminal Block Dimensions Ø 207.4 x 300.4 mm with Sunshield Weight 3.8 kg Color RAL 9003 (signal white) Camera mounting shall be per manufacturer’s recommendations. Camera housing and all mounting equipment shall be painted as specified in 6-07 of these Special Provisions. Cameras shall be mounted to the poles, at the locations shown on the specifications and detail sheets, and per manufacturer’s recommendations. PTZ System Cabling POE Cable connections between the camera system and the controller cabinet shall be per Section 9-29.3(2)J of these Special Provisions and as shown in the Plans. The POE cable ends shall be factory terminated. Cable installation shall only require installing the connector shell at the camera end, and modifying the power cable at the cabinet end. The POE cable used between the PTZ camera and the controller cabinet shall be compatible with the video detection cameras and shall not exceed 200 feet in length. If POE cable exceeds 200' 120V power cable will need to be ran from camera to controller cabinet. PTZ System Software System shall include one (1) license of the compatible software and shall meet the following requirements: · Highly customizable user interface · HD camera support · Failover server support · Scalable and Modular architecture · Support of graphical maps for easy localization · Centralized User Management · Automated switching to failover Server(s) · HD Quality Video in multiple compression standards · Automated Event – Reaction macro · Multiple time schedule based · Supports multiple security subsystems END OF DIVISION 9 City of Renton Contract Provisions for Lake Washington Loop Trail Project ______________________________________________________________________________ VII. APPENDICES City of Renton Contract Provisions for Lake Washington Loop Trail Project ______________________________________________________________________________ APPENDIX A – Wage Rates State of Washington Department of Labor & Industries Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone 360-902-5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504-4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects, worker's wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements are provided on the Benefit Code Key. Journey Level Prevailing Wage Rates for the Effective Date: 12/22/2020 County Trade Job Classification Wage HolidayOvertime Note *Risk Class King Asbestos Abatement Workers Journey Level $52.39 5D 1H View King Boilermakers Journey Level $69.29 5N 1C View King Brick Mason Journey Level $60.57 7E 1N View King Brick Mason Pointer-Caulker-Cleaner $60.57 7E 1N View King Building Service Employees Janitor $26.28 5S 2F View King Building Service Employees Traveling Waxer/Shampooer $26.63 5S 2F View King Building Service Employees Window Cleaner (Non- Scaffold) $29.33 5S 2F View King Building Service Employees Window Cleaner (Scaffold) $30.33 5S 2F View King Cabinet Makers (In Shop)Journey Level $22.74 1 View King Carpenters Acoustical Worker $64.94 7A 4C View King Carpenters Carpenter $64.94 7A 4C View King Carpenters Carpenters on Stationary Tools $65.07 7A 4C View King Carpenters Creosoted Material $65.07 7A 4C View King Carpenters Floor Finisher $64.94 7A 4C View King Carpenters Floor Layer $64.94 7A 4C View King Carpenters Scaffold Erector $64.94 7A 4C View King Cement Masons Application of all Composition Mastic $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Application of all Epoxy Material $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Application of all Plastic Material $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Application of Sealing Compound $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Application of Underlayment $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Building General $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Composition or Kalman Floors $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Concrete Paving $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Curb & Gutter Machine $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Curb & Gutter, Sidewalks $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Curing Concrete $64.34 7A 4U View https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/ 1 of 18 12/10/2020, 9:52 AM 12/21/2020 King Cement Masons Finish Colored Concrete $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Floor Grinding $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Floor Grinding/Polisher $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Green Concrete Saw, self- powered $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Grouting of all Plates $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Grouting of all Tilt-up Panels $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Gunite Nozzleman $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Hand Powered Grinder $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Journey Level $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Patching Concrete $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Pneumatic Power Tools $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Power Chipping & Brushing $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Sand Blasting Architectural Finish $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Screed & Rodding Machine $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Spackling or Skim Coat Concrete $64.34 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Troweling Machine Operator $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Troweling Machine Operator on Colored Slabs $64.84 7A 4U View King Cement Masons Tunnel Workers $64.84 7A 4U View King Divers & Tenders Bell/Vehicle or Submersible Operator (Not Under Pressure) $118.80 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Dive Supervisor/Master $81.98 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Diver $118.80 7A 4C 8V View King Divers & Tenders Diver On Standby $76.98 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Diver Tender $69.91 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Manifold Operator $69.91 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Manifold Operator Mixed Gas $74.91 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle Operator/Technician $69.91 7A 4C View King Divers & Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle Tender $65.19 7A 4C View King Dredge Workers Assistant Engineer $70.62 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Assistant Mate (Deckhand) $70.07 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Boatmen $70.62 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Engineer Welder $71.97 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Leverman, Hydraulic $73.41 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Mates $70.62 5D 3F View King Dredge Workers Oiler $70.07 5D 3F View King Drywall Applicator Journey Level $64.94 5D 1H View King Drywall Tapers Journey Level $65.31 5P 1E View King Electrical Fixture Maintenance Workers Journey Level $31.99 5L 1E View King Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer $89.11 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer (tunnel) $95.77 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Certified Welder $86.08 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Certified Welder (tunnel) $92.44 7C 4E View https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/ 2 of 18 12/10/2020, 9:52 AM King Electricians - Inside Construction Stock Person $43.18 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Journey Level $83.05 7C 4E View King Electricians - Inside Journey Level (tunnel) $89.11 7C 4E View King Electricians - Motor Shop Journey Level $47.53 5A 1B View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Cable Splicer $82.39 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Certified Line Welder $75.64 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Groundperson $49.17 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Heavy Line Equipment Operator $75.64 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Journey Level Lineperson $75.64 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Line Equipment Operator $64.54 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Meter Installer $49.17 5A 4D 8W View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Pole Sprayer $75.64 5A 4D View King Electricians - Powerline Construction Powderperson $56.49 5A 4D View King Electronic Technicians Journey Level $53.57 7E 1E View King Elevator Constructors Mechanic $97.31 7D 4A View King Elevator Constructors Mechanic In Charge $105.06 7D 4A View King Fabricated Precast Concrete Products All Classifications - In-Factory Work Only $18.25 5B 1R View King Fence Erectors Fence Erector $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Fence Erectors Fence Laborer $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Flaggers Journey Level $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Glaziers Journey Level $69.26 7L 1Y View King Heat & Frost Insulators And Asbestos Workers Journeyman $79.43 5J 4H View King Heating Equipment Mechanics Journey Level $89.61 7F 1E View King Hod Carriers & Mason Tenders Journey Level $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Industrial Power Vacuum Cleaner Journey Level $13.50 1 View King Inland Boatmen Boat Operator $61.41 5B 1K View King Inland Boatmen Cook $56.48 5B 1K View King Inland Boatmen Deckhand $57.48 5B 1K View King Inland Boatmen Deckhand Engineer $58.81 5B 1K View King Inland Boatmen Launch Operator $58.89 5B 1K View King Inland Boatmen Mate $57.31 5B 1K View King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Cleaner Operator, Foamer Operator $31.49 1 View King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Grout Truck Operator $13.50 1 View King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Head Operator $24.91 1 View https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/ 3 of 18 12/10/2020, 9:52 AM King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Technician $19.33 1 View King Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Tv Truck Operator $20.45 1 View King Insulation Applicators Journey Level $64.94 7A 4C View King Ironworkers Journeyman $75.23 7N 1O View King Laborers Air, Gas Or Electric Vibrating Screed $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Airtrac Drill Operator $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Ballast Regular Machine $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Batch Weighman $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Brick Pavers $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Brush Cutter $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Brush Hog Feeder $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Burner $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Caisson Worker $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Carpenter Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Cement Dumper-paving $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Cement Finisher Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Change House Or Dry Shack $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Chipping Gun (30 Lbs. And Over) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Chipping Gun (Under 30 Lbs.) $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Choker Setter $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Chuck Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Clary Power Spreader $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Clean-up Laborer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Concrete Dumper/Chute Operator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Concrete Form Stripper $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Concrete Placement Crew $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Concrete Saw Operator/Core Driller $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Crusher Feeder $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Curing Laborer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Demolition: Wrecking & Moving (Incl. Charred Material) $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Ditch Digger $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Diver $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Drill Operator (Hydraulic, Diamond) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Dry Stack Walls $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Dump Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Epoxy Technician $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Erosion Control Worker $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Faller & Bucker Chain Saw $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Fine Graders $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Firewatch $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/ 4 of 18 12/10/2020, 9:52 AM King Laborers Form Setter $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Gabian Basket Builders $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers General Laborer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Grade Checker & Transit Person $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Grinders $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Grout Machine Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Groutmen (Pressure) Including Post Tension Beams $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Guardrail Erector $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (Level A) $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (Level B) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (Level C) $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers High Scaler $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Jackhammer $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Laserbeam Operator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Maintenance Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Manhole Builder-Mudman $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Material Yard Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Motorman-Dinky Locomotive $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Nozzleman (Concrete Pump, Green Cutter When Using Combination Of High Pressure Air & Water On Concrete & Rock, Sandblast, Gunite, Shotcrete, Water Blaster, Vacuum Blaster) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pavement Breaker $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pilot Car $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pipe Layer Lead $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pipe Layer/Tailor $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pipe Pot Tender $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pipe Reliner $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pipe Wrapper $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Pot Tender $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Powderman $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Powderman's Helper $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Power Jacks $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Railroad Spike Puller - Power $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Raker - Asphalt $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Re-timberman $54.01 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Remote Equipment Operator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Rigger/Signal Person $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Rip Rap Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Rivet Buster $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Rodder $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Scaffold Erector $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/ 5 of 18 12/10/2020, 9:52 AM King Laborers Scale Person $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Sloper (Over 20") $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Sloper Sprayer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Spreader (Concrete) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Stake Hopper $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Stock Piler $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Swinging Stage/Boatswain Chair $44.40 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Tamper & Similar Electric, Air & Gas Operated Tools $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Tamper (Multiple & Self- propelled) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Timber Person - Sewer (Lagger, Shorer & Cribber) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Toolroom Person (at Jobsite) $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Topper $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Track Laborer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Track Liner (Power) $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Traffic Control Laborer $47.48 7A 4V 9C View King Laborers Traffic Control Supervisor $50.31 7A 4V 9C View King Laborers Truck Spotter $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Tugger Operator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 0-30 psi $129.67 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 30.01-44.00 psi $134.70 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 44.01-54.00 psi $138.38 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 54.01-60.00 psi $144.08 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 60.01-64.00 psi $146.20 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 64.01-68.00 psi $151.30 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 68.01-70.00 psi $153.20 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 70.01-72.00 psi $155.20 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Compressed Air Worker 72.01-74.00 psi $157.20 7A 4V 9B View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Guage and Lock Tender $54.11 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Tunnel Work-Miner $54.11 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Vibrator $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Vinyl Seamer $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Watchman $40.36 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Welder $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Well Point Laborer $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers Window Washer/Cleaner $40.36 7A 4V 8Y View King Laborers - Underground Sewer & Water General Laborer & Topman $52.39 7A 4V 8Y View https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/ 6 of 18 12/10/2020, 9:52 AM King Laborers - Underground Sewer & Water Pipe Layer $53.35 7A 4V 8Y View King Landscape Construction Landscape Construction/Landscaping Or Planting Laborers $40.36 7A 4V 8Y View King Landscape Construction Landscape Operator $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Landscape Maintenance Groundskeeper $17.87 1 View King Lathers Journey Level $64.94 5D 1H View King Marble Setters Journey Level $60.57 7E 1N View King Metal Fabrication (In Shop)Journey Level $40.08 1 View King Millwright Journey Level $66.44 7A 4C View King Modular Buildings Cabinet Assembly $13.50 1 View King Modular Buildings Electrician $13.50 1 View King Modular Buildings Equipment Maintenance $13.50 1 View King Modular Buildings Plumber $13.50 1 View King Modular Buildings Production Worker $13.50 1 View King Modular Buildings Tool Maintenance $13.50 1 View King Modular Buildings Utility Person $13.50 1 View King Modular Buildings Welder $13.50 1 View King Painters Journey Level $45.40 6Z 2B View King Pile Driver Crew Tender $69.91 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Crew Tender/Technician $69.91 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 0-30.00 PSI $80.76 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 30.01 - 44.00 PSI $85.76 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 44.01 - 54.00 PSI $89.76 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 54.01 - 60.00 PSI $94.76 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 60.01 - 64.00 PSI $97.26 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 64.01 - 68.00 PSI $102.26 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 68.01 - 70.00 PSI $104.26 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 70.01 - 72.00 PSI $106.26 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Hyperbaric Worker - Compressed Air Worker 72.01 - 74.00 PSI $108.26 7A 4C View King Pile Driver Journey Level $65.19 7A 4C View King Plasterers Journey Level $61.67 7Q 1R View King Playground & Park Equipment Installers Journey Level $13.50 1 View https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/ 7 of 18 12/10/2020, 9:52 AM King Plumbers & Pipefitters Journey Level $90.69 6Z 1G View King Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Plant Operators $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Assistant Engineer $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Barrier Machine (zipper) $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Batch Plant Operator: concrete $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Bobcat $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Brokk - Remote Demolition Equipment $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Brooms $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Bump Cutter $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cableways $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Chipper $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Compressor $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Finish Machine - Laser Screed $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump - Mounted Or Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Over 42 M $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Up To 42m $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Conveyors $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes friction: 200 tons and over $75.72 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 100 tons through 199 tons, or 150' of boom (including jib with attachments) $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons With Attachments $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or 250' of boom including jib with attachments $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 300 tons and over or 300' of boom including jib with attachments $75.72 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: A-frame - 10 Tons And Under $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: Friction cranes through 199 tons $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Cranes: through 19 tons with attachments, A-frame over 10 tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Crusher $72.84 7A 3K 8X View https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/ 8 of 18 12/10/2020, 9:52 AM King Power Equipment Operators Deck Engineer/Deck Winches (power) $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Derricks, On Building Work $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Dozers D-9 & Under $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or Crane Mount $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Drilling Machine $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Elevator And Man-lift: Permanent And Shaft Type $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Finishing Machine, Bidwell And Gamaco & Similar Equipment $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With Attachments $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With Attachments $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Gradechecker/Stakeman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Guardrail Punch $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. & Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off-road Equipment Under 45 Yards $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/Directional Drill Locator $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Horizontal/Directional Drill Operator $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts/Boom Trucks Over 10 Tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Hydralifts/Boom Trucks, 10 Tons And Under $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. & Over $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But Not Including 8 Yards $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Plant Feed $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Locomotives, All $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Material Transfer Device $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Mechanics, All (leadmen - $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Motor Patrol Graders $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, Boring, Road Header And/or Shield $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution & Mulch Seeding Operator $69.12 7A 3K 8X View https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/ 9 of 18 12/10/2020, 9:52 AM King Power Equipment Operators Outside Hoists (Elevators And Manlifts), Air Tuggers, Strato $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons And Over $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Pavement Breaker $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Pile Driver (other Than Crane Mount) $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Posthole Digger, Mechanical $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Power Plant $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Pumps - Water $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Quick Tower - No Cab, Under 100 Feet In Height Based To Boom $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Remote Control Operator On Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Rigger and Bellman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman (Certified) $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Rollagon $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift Materials $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Saws - Concrete $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 Yards $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Scrapers - Concrete & Carry All $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45 Yards And Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Service Engineers - Equipment $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Shotcrete/Gunite Equipment $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe, Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 90 Metric Tons $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Slipform Pavers $73.49 7A 3K 8X View https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/ 10 of 18 12/10/2020, 9:52 AM King Power Equipment Operators Spreader, Topsider & Screedman $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Subgrader Trimmer $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Tower Bucket Elevators $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height Base To Boom $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Tower Crane: over 175’ through 250’ in height, base to boom $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Tower Cranes: over 250' in height from base to boom $75.72 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Transporters, All Track Or Truck Type $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Trenching Machines $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler/driver - 100 Tons And Over $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Truck Crane Oiler/Driver Under 100 Tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Welder $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators Yo Yo Pay Dozer $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Asphalt Plant Operators $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Assistant Engineer $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Barrier Machine (zipper) $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Batch Plant Operator, Concrete $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Bobcat $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Brokk - Remote Demolition Equipment $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Brooms $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Bump Cutter $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cableways $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Chipper $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Compressor $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Finish Machine - Laser Screed $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Pump - Mounted Or Trailer High Pressure Line Pump, Pump High Pressure $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Over 42 M $73.49 7A 3K 8X View https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/ 11 of 18 12/10/2020, 9:52 AM King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Pump: Truck Mount With Boom Attachment Up To 42m $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Conveyors $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes friction: 200 tons and over $75.72 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 100 tons through 199 tons, or 150' of boom (including jib with attachments) $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons With Attachments $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or 250' of boom including jib with attachments $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 300 tons and over or 300' of boom including jib with attachments $75.72 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: A-frame - 10 Tons And Under $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: Friction cranes through 199 tons $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes: through 19 tons with attachments, A-frame over 10 tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Crusher $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Deck Engineer/Deck Winches (power) $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Derricks, On Building Work $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Dozers D-9 & Under $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or Crane Mount $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Drilling Machine $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Elevator And Man-lift: Permanent And Shaft Type $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Finishing Machine, Bidwell And Gamaco & Similar Equipment $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over With Attachments $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With Attachments $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Grade Engineer: Using Blue Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Gradechecker/Stakeman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/ 12 of 18 12/10/2020, 9:52 AM King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Guardrail Punch $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. & Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hard Tail End Dump Articulating Off-road Equipment Under 45 Yards $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Horizontal/Directional Drill Locator $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Horizontal/Directional Drill Operator $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hydralifts/Boom Trucks Over 10 Tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hydralifts/Boom Trucks, 10 Tons And Under $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. & Over $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But Not Including 8 Yards $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loaders, Plant Feed $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Locomotives, All $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Material Transfer Device $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Mechanics, All (leadmen - $0.50 Per Hour Over Mechanic) $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Motor Patrol Graders $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel Drill, Boring, Road Header And/or Shield $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Oil Distributors, Blower Distribution & Mulch Seeding Operator $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Outside Hoists (Elevators And Manlifts), Air Tuggers, Strato $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: 20 Tons Through 44 Tons $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 Tons And Over $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Pavement Breaker $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Pile Driver (other Than Crane Mount) $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $72.28 7A 3K 8X View https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/ 13 of 18 12/10/2020, 9:52 AM King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Posthole Digger, Mechanical $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Power Plant $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Pumps - Water $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Quick Tower - No Cab, Under 100 Feet In Height Based To Boom $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Remote Control Operator On Rubber Tired Earth Moving Equipment $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Rigger and Bellman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Rigger/Signal Person, Bellman (Certified) $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Rollagon $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift Materials $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Saws - Concrete $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 Yards $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Scrapers - Concrete & Carry All $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45 Yards And Over $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Service Engineers - Equipment $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shotcrete/Gunite Equipment $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe, Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric Tons $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 Metric Tons $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: Over 90 Metric Tons $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Slipform Pavers $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Spreader, Topsider & Screedman $73.49 7A 3K 8X View https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/ 14 of 18 12/10/2020, 9:52 AM King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Subgrader Trimmer $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Tower Bucket Elevators $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Tower Crane Up To 175' In Height Base To Boom $74.22 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Tower Crane: over 175’ through 250’ in height, base to boom $74.99 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Tower Cranes: over 250' in height from base to boom $75.72 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Transporters, All Track Or Truck Type $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Trenching Machines $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Truck Crane Oiler/driver - 100 Tons And Over $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Truck Crane Oiler/Driver Under 100 Tons $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Welder $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Yo Yo Pay Dozer $72.84 7A 3K 8X View King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Journey Level In Charge $53.10 5A 4A View King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Spray Person $50.40 5A 4A View King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Equipment Operator $53.10 5A 4A View King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Trimmer $47.48 5A 4A View King Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Trimmer Groundperson $36.10 5A 4A View King Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Mechanics Journey Level $85.51 6Z 1G View King Residential Brick Mason Journey Level $60.57 7E 1N View King Residential Carpenters Journey Level $36.44 1 View King Residential Cement Masons Journey Level $46.64 1 View King Residential Drywall Applicators Journey Level $64.94 7A 4C View King Residential Drywall Tapers Journey Level $35.95 1 View King Residential Electricians Journey Level $83.05 7C 4E View King Residential Glaziers Journey Level $27.62 1 View King Residential Insulation Applicators Journey Level $24.43 1 View King Residential Laborers Journey Level $29.73 1 View King Residential Marble Setters Journey Level $15.12 1 View King Residential Painters Journey Level $23.37 1 View https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/ 15 of 18 12/10/2020, 9:52 AM King Residential Plumbers & Pipefitters Journey Level $90.69 6Z 1G View King Residential Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Mechanics Journey Level $85.51 6Z 1G View King Residential Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level $89.61 7F 1E View King Residential Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $15.12 1 View King Residential Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Protection) Journey Level $40.70 1 View King Residential Stone Masons Journey Level $15.12 1 View King Residential Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $55.71 7E 1N View King Residential Terrazzo/Tile Finishers Journey Level $24.39 1 View King Residential Tile Setters Journey Level $21.04 1 View King Roofers Journey Level $55.55 5A 3H View King Roofers Using Irritable Bituminous Materials $58.55 5A 3H View King Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop) $89.61 7F 1E View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Boilermaker $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Carpenter $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Crane Operator $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Electrician $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Heat & Frost Insulator $79.43 5J 4H View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Laborer $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Machinist $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Operating Engineer $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Painter $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Pipefitter $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Rigger $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Sheet Metal $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Shipfitter $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Warehouse/Teamster $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Welder / Burner $36.36 7V 1 View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Boilermaker $46.15 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Carpenter $44.95 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Crane Operator $45.06 7Y 4K View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Electrician $47.42 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Heat & Frost Insulator $79.43 5J 4H View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Laborer $46.15 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Machinist $46.15 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Operating Engineer $45.06 7Y 4K View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Painter $46.15 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Pipefitter $46.15 7X 4J View https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/ 16 of 18 12/10/2020, 9:52 AM King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Rigger $46.15 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Sheet Metal $46.15 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Shipwright $44.95 7X 4J View King Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Warehouse / Teamster $45.06 7Y 4K View King Sign Makers & Installers (Electrical) Journey Level $49.44 0 1 View King Sign Makers & Installers (Non- Electrical) Journey Level $31.96 0 1 View King Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $51.07 5A 3J View King Solar Controls For Windows Journey Level $13.50 1 View King Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Protection) Journey Level $84.39 5C 1X View King Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non Structural) Journey Level $13.50 1 View King Stone Masons Journey Level $60.57 7E 1N View King Street And Parking Lot Sweeper Workers Journey Level $19.09 1 View King Surveyors Assistant Construction Site Surveyor $72.28 7A 3K 8X View King Surveyors Chainman $69.12 7A 3K 8X View King Surveyors Construction Site Surveyor $73.49 7A 3K 8X View King Telecommunication Technicians Journey Level $53.57 7E 1E View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Cable Splicer $41.81 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Hole Digger/Ground Person $23.53 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Installer (Repairer) $40.09 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Special Aparatus Installer I $41.81 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Special Apparatus Installer II $40.99 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Telephone Equipment Operator (Heavy) $41.81 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Telephone Equipment Operator (Light) $38.92 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Telephone Lineperson $38.92 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Television Groundperson $22.32 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Television Lineperson/Installer $29.60 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Television System Technician $35.20 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Television Technician $31.67 5A 2B View King Telephone Line Construction - Outside Tree Trimmer $38.92 5A 2B View King Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $55.71 7E 1N View King Tile Setters Journey Level $55.71 7E 1N View https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/ 17 of 18 12/10/2020, 9:52 AM King Tile, Marble & Terrazzo Finishers Finisher $46.54 7E 1N View King Traffic Control Stripers Journey Level $49.13 7A 1K View King Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix Over 16 Yards $64.55 5D 4Y 8L View King Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix To 16 Yards $63.71 5D 4Y 8L View King Truck Drivers Dump Truck $63.71 5D 4Y 8L View King Truck Drivers Dump Truck & Trailer $64.55 5D 4Y 8L View King Truck Drivers Other Trucks $64.55 5D 4Y 8L View King Truck Drivers - Ready Mix Transit Mix $64.55 5D 4Y 8L View King Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump Installers Irrigation Pump Installer $17.71 1 View King Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump Installers Oiler $13.50 1 View King Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump Installers Well Driller $18.00 1 View https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/ 18 of 18 12/10/2020, 9:52 AM Page | 1 "General Decision Number: WA20200001 11/06/2020 Superseded General Decision Number: WA20190001 State: Washington Construction Type: Highway Counties: Washington Statewide. HIGHWAY (Excludes D.O.E. Hanford Site in Benton and Franklin Counties) Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of $10.80 for calendar year 2020 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.80 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2020. If this contract is covered by the EO and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must pay workers in that classification at least the wage rate determined through the conformance process set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii) (or the EO minimum wage rate,if it is higher than the conformed wage rate). The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Please note that this EO applies to the above-mentioned types of contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but it does not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(2)-(60). Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/03/2020 1 02/14/2020 2 02/28/2020 3 03/06/2020 4 03/13/2020 5 05/01/2020 6 07/03/2020 7 07/10/2020 8 07/24/2020 9 08/07/2020 10 08/14/2020 11 09/11/2020 12 09/25/2020 13 10/02/2020 14 10/16/2020 15 11/06/2020 1 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 2 CARP0003-006 06/01/2018 SOUTHWEST WASHINGTON: CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, LEWIS(Piledriver only), PACIFIC (South of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of Wahkiakum County west to Willapa Bay to the Pacific Ocean), SKAMANIA, and WAHKIAKUM Counties. Rates Fringes Carpenters: CARPENTERS..................$ 37.64 16.83 DIVERS TENDERS..............$ 43.73 16.83 DIVERS......................$ 87.73 16.83 DRYWALL.....................$ 37.64 16.83 MILLWRIGHTS.................$ 38.17 16.83 PILEDRIVERS.................$ 38.71 16.83 DEPTH PAY: 50 TO 100 FEET $1.00 PER FOOT OVER 50 FEET 101 TO 150 FEET $1.50 PER FOOT OVER 101 FEET 151 TO 200 FEET $2.00 PER FOOT OVER 151 FEET Zone Differential (Add up Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 - $0.85 Zone 3 - 1.25 Zone 4 - 1.70 Zone 5 - 2.00 Zone 6 - 3.00 BASEPOINTS: ASTORIA, LONGVIEW, PORTLAND, THE DALLES, AND VANCOUVER, (NOTE: All dispatches for Washington State Counties: Cowlitz, Wahkiakum and Pacific shall be from Longview Local #1707 and mileage shall be computed from that point.) ZONE 1: Projects located within 30 miles of the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities ZONE 2: Projects located more than 30 miles and less than 40 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities ZONE 3: Projects located more than 40 miles and less than 50 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities ZONE 4: Projects located more than 50 miles and less than 60 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities. ZONE 5: Projects located more than 60 miles and less than 70 miles of the respective city of the above mentioned cities ZONE 6: Projects located more than 70 miles of the respected city of the above mentioned cities 2 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 3 CARP0030-004 06/01/2020 CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC (North of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of Wahkiakum County west to the Pacific Ocean), PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON AND WHATCOM Counties Rates Fringes CARPENTER BRIDGE CARPENTERS...........$ 46.92 18.02 CARPENTERS ON CREOSOTE MATERIAL....................$ 47.02 18.02 CARPENTERS..................$ 46.92 18.02 DIVERS TENDER...............$ 51.89 18.02 DIVERS......................$ 100.78 18.02 MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS....................$ 48.42 18.02 PILEDRIVER, DRIVING, PULLING, CUTTING, PLACING COLLARS, SETTING, WELDING OR CRESOTE TREATED MATERIAL, ALL PILING........$ 47.17 18.02 (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - ALL CLASSIFICATIONS EXCEPT MILLWRIGHTS AND PILEDRIVERS Hourly Zone Pay shall be paid on jobs located outside of the free zone computed from the city center of the following listed cities: Seattle Auburn Olympia Bremerton Bellingham Anacortes Renton Shelton Yakima Aberdeen-Hoquiam Ellensburg Centralia Chelan Tacoma Everett Mount Vernon Pt. Townsend Wenatchee Port Angeles Sunnyside Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-35 radius miles $1.00/hour 36-45 radius miles $1.15/hour 46-55 radius miles $1.35/hour Over 55 radius miles $1.55/hour (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - MILLWRIGHT AND PILEDRIVER ONLY) Hourly Zone Pay shall be computed from Seattle Union Hall, Tacoma City center, and Everett City center Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-45 radius miles $ .70/hour Over 45 radius miles $1.50/hour 3 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 4 CARP0059-002 06/01/2019 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN (East of 120th meridian), COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT (East of 120th meridian), KITTITAS (East of 120th meridian), LINCOLN, OKANOGAN (East of 120th meridian), PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN, and YAKIMA (East of 120th meridian) Counties Rates Fringes CARPENTER GROUP 1.....................$ 35.47 16.88 GROUP 2.....................$ 47.42 18.96 GROUP 3.....................$ 36.66 16.88 GROUP 4.....................$ 36.66 16.88 GROUP 5.....................$ 83.96 16.88 GROUP 6.....................$ 40.23 16.88 GROUP 7.....................$ 41.23 16.88 GROUP 8.....................$ 37.66 16.88 GROUP 9.....................$ 44.23 16.88 CARPENTER & DIVER CLASSIFICATIONS: GROUP 1: Carpenter GROUP 2: Millwright, Machine Erector GROUP 3: Piledriver - includes driving, pulling, cutting, placing collars, setting, welding, or creosote treated material, on all piling GROUP 4: Bridge, Dock, and Wharf carpenters GROUP 5: Diver Wet GROUP 6: Diver Tender, Manifold Operator, ROV Operator GROUP 7: Diver Standby GROUP 8: Assistant Diver Tender, ROV Tender/Technician GROUP 9: Manifold Operator-Mixed Gas ZONE PAY: ZONE 1 0-45 MILES FREE ZONE 2 45-100 $4.00/PER HOUR ZONE 3 OVER 100 MILES $6.00/PER HOUR 4 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 5 DISPATCH POINTS: CARPENTERS/MILLWRIGHTS: PASCO (515 N Neel Street) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). CARPENTERS/PILEDRIVER: SPOKANE (127 E. AUGUSTA AVE.) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). CARPENTERS: WENATCHEE (27 N. CHELAN) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). CARPENTERS: COEUR D' ALENE (1839 N. GOVERNMENT WAY) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). CARPENTERS: MOSCOW (306 N. JACKSON) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). DEPTH PAY FOR DIVERS BELOW WATER SURFACE: 50-100 feet $2.00 per foot 101-150 feet $3.00 per foot 151-220 feet $4.00 per foot 221 feet and deeper $5.00 per foot PREMIUM PAY FOR DIVING IN ENCLOSURES WITH NO VERTICAL ASCENT: 0-25 feet Free 26-300 feet $1.00 per Foot SATURATION DIVING: The standby rate applies until saturation starts. The saturation diving rate applies when divers are under pressure continuously until work task and decompression are complete. the diver rate shall be paid for all saturation hours. WORK IN COMBINATION OF CLASSIFICATIONS: Employees working in any combination of classifications within the diving crew (except dive supervisor) in a shift are paid in the classification with the highest rate for that shift. HAZMAT PROJECTS: Anyone working on a HAZMAT job (task), where HAZMAT certification is required, shall be compensated at a premium, in addition to the classification working in as follows: LEVEL D + $.25 per hour - This is the lowest level of protection. No respirator is used and skin protection is minimal. 5 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 6 LEVEL C + $.50 per hour - This level uses an air purifying respirator or additional protective clothing. LEVEL B + $.75 per hour - Uses same respirator protection as Level A. Supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical ""splash suit"". LEVEL A +$1.00 per hour - This level utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line. CARP0770-003 06/01/2019 WEST OF 120TH MERIDIAN FOR THE FOLLOWING COUNTIES: CHELAN, DOUGLAS, GRANT, KITTITAS, OKANOGAN, and YAKIMA Rates Fringes CARPENTER CARPENTERS ON CREOSOTE MATERIAL....................$ 46.02 16.52 CARPENTERS..................$ 45.92 16.52 DIVERS TENDER...............$ 50.79 16.52 DIVERS......................$ 99.68 16.52 MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS....................$ 47.42 16.52 PILEDRIVER, DRIVING, PULLING, CUTTING, PLACING COLLARS, SETTING, WELDING OR CRESOTE TREATED MATERIAL, ALL PILING........$ 46.17 16.52 (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - ALL CLASSIFICATIONS EXCEPT MILLWRIGHTS AND PILEDRIVERS Hourly Zone Pay shall be paid on jobs located outside of the free zone computed from the city center of the following listed cities: Seattle Olympia Bellingham Auburn Bremerton Anacortes Renton Shelton Yakima Aberdeen-Hoquiam Tacoma Wenatchee Ellensburg Everett Port Angeles Centralia Mount Vernon Sunnyside Chelan Pt. Townsend Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-35 radius miles $1.00/hour 36-45 radius miles $1.15/hour 46-55 radius miles $1.35/hour Over 55 radius miles $1.55/hour 6 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 7 (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - MILLWRIGHT AND PILEDRIVER ONLY) Hourly Zone Pay shall be computed from Seattle Union Hall, Tacoma City center, and Everett City center Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-45 radius miles $ .70/hour Over 45 radius miles $1.50/hour ELEC0046-001 08/03/2020 CALLAM, JEFFERSON, KING AND KITSAP COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER....................$ 59.91 3%+21.46 ELECTRICIAN......................$ 58.78 3%+22.51 * ELEC0048-003 01/01/2020 CLARK, KLICKITAT AND SKAMANIA COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER....................$ 44.22 21.50 ELECTRICIAN......................$ 47.85 24.41 HOURLY ZONE PAY: Hourly Zone Pay shall be paid on jobs located outside of the free zone computed from the city center of the following listed cities: Portland, The Dalles, Hood River, Tillamook, Seaside and Astoria Zone Pay: Zone 1: 31-50 miles $1.50/hour Zone 2: 51-70 miles $3.50/hour Zone 3: 71-90 miles $5.50/hour Zone 4: Beyond 90 miles $9.00/hour *These are not miles driven. Zones are based on Delorrne Street Atlas USA 2006 plus. ELEC0048-029 01/01/2020 COWLITZ AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTY Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER....................$ 44.22 21.50 ELECTRICIAN......................$ 47.85 24.41 7 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 8 ELEC0073-001 01/01/2020 ADAMS, FERRY, LINCOLN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WHITMAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER....................$ 34.10 16.68 ELECTRICIAN......................$ 36.05 19.23 ELEC0076-002 08/31/2020 GRAYS HARBOR, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC, PIERCE, AND THURSTON COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER....................$ 53.15 23.81 ELECTRICIAN......................$ 48.32 23.67 ELEC0112-005 06/01/2020 ASOTIN, BENTON, COLUMBIA, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, KITTITAS, WALLA WALLA, YAKIMA COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER....................$ 50.45 22.27 ELECTRICIAN......................$ 48.05 22.12 ELEC0191-003 06/01/2020 ISLAND, SAN JUAN, SNOHOMISH, SKAGIT AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER....................$ 44.23 17.73 ELECTRICIAN......................$ 47.95 26.16 ELEC0191-004 06/01/2018 CHELAN, DOUGLAS, GRANT AND OKANOGAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER....................$ 40.82 17.63 ELECTRICIAN......................$ 42.45 21.34 8 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 9 ENGI0302-003 06/01/2020 CHELAN (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), CLALLAM, DOUGLAS (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, KITTITAS, MASON, OKANOGAN (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), SAN JUNA, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, WHATCOM AND YAKIMA (WEST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN) COUNTIES Zone 1 (0-25 radius miles): Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR Group 1A...................$ 48.41 Group 1AA..................$ 49.13 Group 1AAA.................$ 49.83 Group 1.....................$ 47.70 Group 2.....................$ 47.08 Group 3.....................$ 46.55 Group 4.....................$ 43.54 22.47 22.47 22.47 22.47 22.47 22.47 22.47 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 (26-45 radius miles) - $1.00 Zone 3 (Over 45 radius miles) - $1.30 BASEPOINTS: Aberdeen, Bellingham, Bremerton, Everett, Kent, Mount Vernon, Port Angeles, Port Townsend, Seattle, Shelton, Wenatchee, Yakima POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1AAA - Cranes-over 300 tons, or 300 ft of boom (including jib with attachments) GROUP 1AA - Cranes 200 to 300 tons, or 250 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Tower crane over 175 ft in height, base to boom GROUP 1A - Cranes, 100 tons thru 199 tons, or 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane-overhead, bridge type, 100 tons and over; Tower crane up to 175 ft in height base to boom; Loaders-overhead, 8 yards and over; Shovels, excavator, backhoes-6 yards and over with attachments 9 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 10 GROUP 1 - Cableway; Cranes 45 tons thru 99 tons, under 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane-overhead, bridge type, 45 tons thru 99 tons; Derricks on building work; Excavator, shovel, backhoes over 3 yards and under 6 yards; Hard tail end dump articulating off-road equipment 45 yards and over; Loader- overhead 6 yards to, but not including 8 yards; Mucking machine, mole, tunnel, drill and/or shield; Quad 9, HD 41, D-10; Remote control operator on rubber tired earth moving equipment; Rollagon; Scrapers-self propelled 45 yards and over; Slipform pavers; Transporters, all truck or track type GROUP 2 - Barrier machine (zipper); Batch Plant Operaor- Concrete; Bump Cutter; Cranes, 20 tons thru 44 tons with attachments; Crane-overhead, bridge type-20 tons through 44 tons; Chipper; Concrete Pump-truck mount with boom attachment; Crusher; Deck Engineer/Deck Winches (power); Drilling machine; Excavator, shovel, backhoe-3yards and under; Finishing Machine, Bidwell, Gamaco and similar equipment; Guardrail punch; Horizontal/directional drill operator; Loaders-overhead under 6 yards; Loaders-plant feed; Locomotives-all; Mechanics-all; Mixers-asphalt plant; Motor patrol graders-finishing; Piledriver (other than crane mount); Roto-mill,roto-grinder; Screedman, spreader, topside operator-Blaw Knox, Cedar Rapids, Jaeger, Caterpillar, Barbar Green; Scraper-self propelled, hard tail end dump, articulating off-road equipment-under 45 yards; Subgrade trimmer; Tractors, backhoes-over 75 hp; Transfer material service machine-shuttle buggy, blaw knox-roadtec; Truck crane oiler/driver-100 tons and over; Truck Mount portable conveyor; Yo Yo Pay dozer GROUP 3 - Conveyors; Cranes-thru 19 tons with attachments; A-frame crane over 10 tons; Drill oilers-auger type, truck or crane mount; Dozers-D-9 and under; Forklift-3000 lbs. and over with attachments; Horizontal/directional drill locator; Outside hoists-(elevators and manlifts), air tuggers, strato tower bucket elevators; Hydralifts/boom trucks over 10 tons; Loader-elevating type, belt; Motor patrol grader-nonfinishing; Plant oiler- asphalt, crusher; Pumps-concrete; Roller, plant mix or multi-lift materials; Saws-concrete; Scrpers-concrete and carry-all; Service engineer-equipment; Trenching machines; Truck Crane Oiler/Driver under 100 tons; Tractors, backhoe 75 hp and under GROUP 4 - Assistant Engineer; Bobcat; Brooms; Compressor; Concrete finish mahine-laser screed; Cranes-A frame-10 tons and under; Elevator and Manlift-permanent or shaft type; Gradechecker, Stakehop; Forklifts under 3000 lbs. with attachments; Hydralifts/boom trucks, 10 tons and under; Oil distributors, blower distribution and mulch seeding operator; Pavement breaker; Posthole digger, mechanical; Power plant; Pumps, water; Rigger and Bellman; Roller-other than plant mix; Wheel Tractors, farmall type; Shotcrete/gunite equipment operator 10 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 11 HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MATERIALS: Personnel in all craft classifications subject to working inside a federally designated hazardous perimeter shall be elgible for compensation in accordance with the following group schedule relative to the level of hazardous waste as outlined in the specific hazardous waste project site safety plan. H-1 Base wage rate when on a hazardous waste site when not outfitted with protective clothing H-2 Class ""C"" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .25 per hour. H-3 Class ""B"" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .50 per hour. H-4 Class ""A"" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .75 per hour. ENGI0370-002 07/01/2019 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN), PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN AND YAKIMA (EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN) COUNTIES ZONE 1: Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR GROUP 1.....................$ 28.46 17.25 GROUP 2.....................$ 28.78 17.25 GROUP 3.....................$ 29.39 17.25 GROUP 4.....................$ 29.55 17.25 GROUP 5.....................$ 29.71 17.25 GROUP 6.....................$ 29.99 17.25 GROUP 7.....................$ 30.26 17.25 GROUP 8.....................$ 31.36 17.25 ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (Add to Zone 1 rate): Zone 2 - $2.00 Zone 1: Within 45 mile radius of Spokane, Pasco, Washington; Lewiston, Idaho Zone 2: Outside 45 mile radius of Spokane, Pasco, Washington; Lewiston, Idaho 11 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 12 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Bit Grinders; Bolt Threading Machine; Compressors (under 2000 CFM, gas, diesel, or electric power); Deck Hand; Fireman & Heater Tender; Hydro-seeder, Mulcher, Nozzleman; Oiler Driver, & Cable Tender, Mucking Machine; Pumpman; Rollers, all types on subgrade, including seal and chip coatings (farm type, Case, John Deere & similar, or Compacting Vibrator), except when pulled by Dozer with operable blade; Welding Machine; Crane Oiler-Driver (CLD required) & Cable Tender, Mucking Machine GROUP 2: A-frame Truck (single drum); Assistant Refrigeration Plant (under 1000 ton); Assistant Plant Operator, Fireman or Pugmixer (asphalt); Bagley or Stationary Scraper; Belt Finishing Machine; Blower Operator (cement); Cement Hog; Compressor (2000 CFM or over, 2 or more, gas diesel or electric power); Concrete Saw (multiple cut); Distributor Leverman; Ditch Witch or similar; Elevator Hoisting Materials; Dope Pots (power agitated); Fork Lift or Lumber Stacker, hydra-lift & similar; Gin Trucks (pipeline); Hoist, single drum; Loaders (bucket elevators and conveyors); Longitudinal Float; Mixer (portable-concrete); Pavement Breaker, Hydra-Hammer & similar; Power Broom; Railroad Ballast Regulation Operator (self-propelled); Railroad Power Tamper Operator (self-propelled); Railroad Tamper Jack Operator (self-propelled; Spray Curing Machine (concrete); Spreader Box (self-propelled); Straddle Buggy (Ross & similar on construction job only); Tractor (Farm type R/T with attachment, except Backhoe); Tugger Operator GROUP 3: A-frame Truck (2 or more drums); Assistant Refrigeration Plant & Chiller Operator (over 1000 ton); Backfillers (Cleveland & similar); Batch Plant & Wet Mix Operator, single unit (concrete); Belt-Crete Conveyors with power pack or similar; Belt Loader (Kocal or similar); Bending Machine; Bob Cat (Skid Steer); Boring Machine (earth); Boring Machine (rock under 8 inch bit) (Quarry Master, Joy or similar); Bump Cutter (Wayne, Saginau or similar); Canal Lining Machine (concrete); Chipper (without crane); Cleaning & Doping Machine (pipeline); Deck Engineer; Elevating Belt-type Loader (Euclid, Barber Green & similar); Elevating Grader-type Loader (Dumor, Adams or similar); Generator Plant Engineers (diesel or electric); Gunnite Combination Mixer & Compressor; Locomotive Engineer; Mixermobile; Mucking Machine; Posthole Auger or Punch; Pump (grout or jet); Soil Stabilizer (P & H or similar); Spreader Machine; Dozer/Tractor (up to D-6 or equivalent) and Traxcavator; Traverse Finish Machine; Turnhead Operator 12 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 13 GROUP 4: Concrete Pumps (squeeze-crete, flow-crete, pump- crete, Whitman & similar); Curb Extruder (asphalt or concrete); Drills (churn, core, calyx or diamond); Equipment Serviceman; Greaser & Oiler; Hoist (2 or more drums or Tower Hoist); Loaders (overhead & front-end, under 4 yds. R/T); Refrigeration Plant Engineer (under 1000 ton); Rubber-tired Skidders (R/T with or without attachments); Surface Heater & Plant Machine; Trenching Machines (under 7 ft. depth capacity); Turnhead (with re-screening); Vacuum Drill (reverse circulation drill under 8 inch bit) GROUP 5: Backhoe (under 45,000 gw); Backhoe & Hoe Ram (under 3/4 yd.); Carrydeck & Boom Truck (under 25 tons); Cranes (25 tons & under), all attachments including clamshell, dragline; Derricks & Stifflegs (under 65 tons); Drilling Equipment(8 inch bit & over) (Robbins, reverse circulation & similar); Hoe Ram; Piledriving Engineers; Paving (dual drum); Railroad Track Liner Operaotr (self-propelled); Refrigeration Plant Engineer (1000 tons & over); Signalman (Whirleys, Highline Hammerheads or similar); Grade Checker GROUP 6: Asphalt Plant Operator; Automatic Subgrader (Ditches & Trimmers)(Autograde, ABC, R.A. Hansen & similar on grade wire); Backhoe (45,000 gw and over to 110,000 gw); Backhoes & Hoe Ram (3/4 yd. to 3 yd.); Batch Plant (over 4 units); Batch & Wet Mix Operator (multiple units, 2 & incl. 4); Blade Operator (motor patrol & attachments); Cable Controller (dispatcher); Compactor (self-propelled with blade); Concrete Pump Boom Truck; Concrete Slip Form Paver; Cranes (over 25 tons, to and including 45 tons), all attachments including clamshell, dragline; Crusher, Grizzle & Screening Plant Operator; Dozer, 834 R/T & similar; Drill Doctor; Loader Operator (front-end & overhead, 4 yds. incl. 8 yds.); Multiple Dozer Units with single blade; Paving Machine (asphalt and concrete); Quad-Track or similar equipment; Rollerman (finishing asphalt pavement); Roto Mill (pavement grinder); Scrapers, all, rubber-tired; Screed Operator; Shovel(under 3 yds.); Trenching Machines (7 ft. depth & over); Tug Boat Operator Vactor guzzler, super sucker; Lime Batch Tank Operator (REcycle Train); Lime Brain Operator (Recycle Train); Mobile Crusher Operator (Recycle Train) 13 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 14 GROUP 7: Backhoe (over 110,000 gw); Backhoes & Hoe Ram (3 yds & over); Blade (finish & bluetop) Automatic, CMI, ABC, Finish Athey & Huber & similar when used as automatic; Cableway Operators; Concrete Cleaning/Decontamination machine operator; Cranes (over 45 tons to but not including 85 tons), all attachments including clamshell and dragine; Derricks & Stiffleys (65 tons & over); Elevating Belt (Holland type); Heavy equipment robotics operator; Loader (360 degrees revolving Koehring Scooper or similar); Loaders (overhead & front-end, over 8 yds. to 10 yds.); Rubber-tired Scrapers (multiple engine with three or more scrapers); Shovels (3 yds. & over); Whirleys & Hammerheads, ALL; H.D. Mechanic; H.D. Welder; Hydraulic Platform Trailers (Goldhofer, Shaurerly andSimilar); Ultra High Pressure Wateriet Cutting Tool System Operator (30,000 psi); Vacuum Blasting Machine Operator GROUP 8: Cranes (85 tons and over, and all climbing, overhead,rail and tower), all attachments including clamshell, dragline; Loaders (overhead and front-end, 10 yards and over); Helicopter Pilot BOOM PAY: (All Cranes, Including Tower) 180 ft to 250 ft $ .50 over scale Over 250 ft $ .80 over scale NOTE: In computing the length of the boom on Tower Cranes, they shall be measured from the base of the Tower to the point of the boom. HAZMAT: Anyone working on HAZMAT jobs, working with supplied air shall receive $1.00 an hour above classification. ENGI0612-001 06/01/2020 PIERCE County ON PROJECTS DESCRIBED IN FOOTNOTE A BELOW, THE RATE FOR EACH GROUP SHALL BE 90% OF THE BASE RATE PLUS FULL FRINGE BENEFITS. ON ALL OTHER WORK, THE FOLLOWING RATES APPLY. Zone 1 (0-25 radius miles): Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR GROUP 1A...................$ 49.50 22.47 GROUP 1AA..................$ 50.22 22.47 GROUP 1AAA.................$ 50.94 22.47 GROUP 1.....................$ 48.77 22.47 GROUP 2.....................$ 48.15 22.47 GROUP 3.....................$ 47.60 22.47 GROUP 4.....................$ 44.55 22.47 14 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 15 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 (26-45 radius miles) = $1.00 Zone 3 (Over 45 radius miles) - $1.30 BASEPOINTS: CENTRALIA, OLYMPIA, TACOMA POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1 AAA - Cranes-over 300 tons or 300 ft of boom (including jib with attachments) GROUP 1AA - Cranes- 200 tonsto 300 tons, or 250 ft of boom (including jib with attachments; Tower crane over 175 ft in height, bas to boom GROUP 1A - Cranes, 100 tons thru 199 tons, or 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane-overhead, bridge type, 100 tons and over; Tower crane up to 175 ft in height base to boom; Loaders-overhead, 8 yards and over; Shovels, excavator, backhoes-6 yards and over with attachments GROUP 1 - Cableway; Cranes 45 tons thru 99 tons under 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane-overhead, bridge type, 45 tons thru 99 tons; Derricks on building work; Excavator, shovel, backhoes over 3 yards and under 6 yards; Hard tail end dump articulating off-road equipment 45 yards and over; Loader- overhead, 6 yards to, but not including, 8 yards; Mucking machine, mole, tunnel, drill and/or shield; Quad 9 HD 41, D-10; Remote control operator on rubber tired earth moving equipment; Rollagon; Scrapers- self-propelled 45 yards and over; Slipform pavers; Transporters, all track or truck type GROUP 2 - Barrier machine (zipper); Batch Plant Operator- concrete; Bump Cutter; Cranes, 20 tons thru 44 tons with attachments; Crane-Overhead, bridge type, 20 tons through 44 tons; Chipper; Concrete pump-truck mount with boom attachment; Crusher; Deck engineer/deck winches (power); Drilling machine; Excavator, shovel, backhoe-3 yards and under; Finishing machine, Bidwell, Gamaco and similar equipment; Guardrail punch; Loaders, overhead under 6 yards; Loaders-plant feed; Locomotives-all; Mechanics- all; Mixers, asphalt plant; Motor patrol graders, finishing; Piledriver (other than crane mount); Roto-mill, roto- grinder; Screedman, spreader, topside operator-Blaw Knox, Cedar Rapids, Jaeger, Caterpillar, Barbar Green; Scraper-self- propelled, hard tail end dump, articulating off-road equipment- under 45 yards; Subgrader trimmer; Tractors, backhoe over 75 hp; Transfer material service machine-shuttle buggy, Blaw Knox- Roadtec; Truck Crane oiler/driver-100 tons and over; Truck Mount Portable Conveyor; Yo Yo pay 15 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 16 GROUP 3 - Conveyors; Cranes through 19 tons with attachments; Crane-A-frame over 10 tons; Drill oilers-auger type, truck or crane mount; Dozer-D-9 and under; Forklift-3000 lbs. and over with attachments; Horizontal/directional drill locator; Outside Hoists-(elevators and manlifts), air tuggers, strato tower bucket elevators; Hydralifts/boom trucks over 10 tons; Loaders-elevating type, belt; Motor patrol grader-nonfinishing; Plant oiler- asphalt, crusher; Pump-Concrete; Roller, plant mix or multi-lfit materials; Saws-concrete; Scrapers, concrete and carry all; Service engineers-equipment; Trenching machines; Truck crane oiler/driver under 100 tons; Tractors, backhoe under 75 hp GROUP 4 - Assistant Engineer; Bobcat; Brooms; Compressor; Concrete Finish Machine-laser screed; Cranes A-frame 10 tons and under; Elevator and manlift (permanent and shaft type); Forklifts-under 3000 lbs. with attachments; Gradechecker, stakehop; Hydralifts/boom trucks, 10 tons and under; Oil distributors, blower distribution and mulch seeding operator; Pavement breaker; Posthole digger-mechanical; Power plant; Pumps-water; Rigger and Bellman; Roller-other than plant mix; Wheel Tractors, farmall type; Shotcrete/gunite equipment operator FOOTNOTE A- Reduced rates may be paid on the following: 1. Projects involving work on structures such as buildings and bridges whose total value is less than $1.5 million excluding mechanical, electrical, and utility portions of the contract. 2. Projects of less than $1 million where no building is involved. Surfacing and paving included, but utilities excluded. 3. Marine projects (docks, wharfs, etc.) less than $150,000. HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MATERIALS: Personnel in all craft classifications subject to working inside a federally designated hazardous perimeter shall be elgible for compensation in accordance with the following group schedule relative to the level of hazardous waste as outlined in the specific hazardous waste project site safety plan. H-1 Base wage rate when on a hazardous waste site when not outfitted with protective clothing, Class ""D"" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .50 per hour. H-2 Class ""C"" Suit - Base wage rate plus $1.00 per hour. H-3 Class ""B"" Suit - Base wage rate plus $1.50 per hour. H-4 Class ""A"" Suit - Base wage rate plus $2.00 per hour. 16 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 17 ENGI0612-012 06/01/2020 LEWIS, PACIFIC (portion lying north of a parallel line extending west from the northern boundary of Wahkaikum County to the sea) AND THURSTON COUNTIES ON PROJECTS DESCRIBED IN FOOTNOTE A BELOW, THE RATE FOR EACH GROUP SHALL BE 90% OF THE BASE RATE PLUS FULL FRINGE BENEFITS. ON ALL OTHER WORK, THE FOLLOWING RATES APPLY. Zone 1 (0-25 radius miles): Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR GROUP 1A...................$ 48.41 22.47 GROUP 1AA..................$ 49.13 22.47 GROUP 1AAA.................$ 49.83 22.47 GROUP 1.....................$ 47.70 22.47 GROUP 2.....................$ 47.08 22.47 GROUP 3.....................$ 46.55 22.47 GROUP 4.....................$ 43.54 22.47 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 (26-45 radius miles) = $1.00 Zone 3 (Over 45 radius miles) - $1.30 BASEPOINTS: CENTRALIA, OLYMPIA, TACOMA POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1 AAA - Cranes-over 300 tons or 300 ft of boom (including jib with attachments) GROUP 1AA - Cranes- 200 tonsto 300 tons, or 250 ft of boom (including jib with attachments; Tower crane over 175 ft in height, bas to boom GROUP 1A - Cranes, 100 tons thru 199 tons, or 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane-overhead, bridge type, 100 tons and over; Tower crane up to 175 ft in height base to boom; Loaders-overhead, 8 yards and over; Shovels, excavator, backhoes-6 yards and over with attachments GROUP 1 - Cableway; Cranes 45 tons thru 99 tons under 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Crane-overhead, bridge type, 45 tons thru 99 tons; Derricks on building work; Excavator, shovel, backhoes over 3 yards and under 6 yards; Hard tail end dump articulating off-road equipment 45 yards and over; Loader- overhead, 6 yards to, but not including, 8 yards; Mucking machine, mole, tunnel, drill and/or shield; Quad 9 HD 41, D-10; Remote control operator on rubber tired earth moving equipment; Rollagon; Scrapers- self-propelled 45 yards and over; Slipform pavers; Transporters, all track or truck type 17 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 18 GROUP 2 - Barrier machine (zipper); Batch Plant Operator- concrete; Bump Cutter; Cranes, 20 tons thru 44 tons with attachments; Crane-Overhead, bridge type, 20 tons through 44 tons; Chipper; Concrete pump-truck mount with boom attachment; Crusher; Deck engineer/deck winches (power); Drilling machine; Excavator, shovel, backhoe-3 yards and under; Finishing machine, Bidwell, Gamaco and similar equipment; Guardrail punch; Loaders, overhead under 6 yards; Loaders-plant feed; Locomotives-all; Mechanics- all; Mixers, asphalt plant; Motor patrol graders, finishing; Piledriver (other than crane mount); Roto-mill, roto- grinder; Screedman, spreader, topside operator-Blaw Knox, Cedar Rapids, Jaeger, Caterpillar, Barbar Green; Scraper-self- propelled, hard tail end dump, articulating off-road equipment- under 45 yards; Subgrader trimmer; Tractors, backhoe over 75 hp; Transfer material service machine-shuttle buggy, Blaw Knox- Roadtec; Truck Crane oiler/driver-100 tons and over; Truck Mount Portable Conveyor; Yo Yo pay GROUP 3 - Conveyors; Cranes through 19 tons with attachments; Crane-A-frame over 10 tons; Drill oilers-auger type, truck or crane mount; Dozer-D-9 and under; Forklift-3000 lbs. and over with attachments; Horizontal/directional drill locator; Outside Hoists-(elevators and manlifts), air tuggers, strato tower bucket elevators; Hydralifts/boom trucks over 10 tons; Loaders-elevating type, belt; Motor patrol grader-nonfinishing; Plant oiler- asphalt, crusher; Pump-Concrete; Roller, plant mix or multi-lfit materials; Saws-concrete; Scrapers, concrete and carry all; Service engineers-equipment; Trenching machines; Truck crane oiler/driver under 100 tons; Tractors, backhoe under 75 hp GROUP 4 - Assistant Engineer; Bobcat; Brooms; Compressor; Concrete Finish Machine-laser screed; Cranes A-frame 10 tons and under; Elevator and manlift (permanent and shaft type); Forklifts-under 3000 lbs. with attachments; Gradechecker, stakehop; Hydralifts/boom trucks, 10 tons and under; Oil distributors, blower distribution and mulch seeding operator; Pavement breaker; Posthole digger-mechanical; Power plant; Pumps-water; Rigger and Bellman; Roller-other than plant mix; Wheel Tractors, farmall type; Shotcrete/gunite equipment operator FOOTNOTE A- Reduced rates may be paid on the following: 1. Projects involving work on structures such as buildings and bridges whose total value is less than $1.5 million excluding mechanical, electrical, and utility portions of the contract. 2. Projects of less than $1 million where no building is involved. Surfacing and paving included, but utilities excluded. 3. Marine projects (docks, wharfs, etc.) less than $150,000. 18 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 19 HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MATERIALS: Personnel in all craft classifications subject to working inside a federally designated hazardous perimeter shall be elgible for compensation in accordance with the following group schedule relative to the level of hazardous waste as outlined in the specific hazardous waste project site safety plan. H-1 Base wage rate when on a hazardous waste site when not outfitted with protective clothing, Class ""D"" Suit - Base wage rate plus $ .50 per hour. H-2 Class ""C"" Suit - Base wage rate plus $1.00 per hour. H-3 Class ""B"" Suit - Base wage rate plus $1.50 per hour. H-4 Class ""A"" Suit - Base wage rate plus $2.00 per hour. ENGI0701-002 01/01/2018 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKKITAT, PACIFIC (SOUTH), SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES POWER RQUIPMENT OPERATORS: ZONE 1 Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR GROUP 1.....................$ 41.65 14.35 GROUP 1A....................$ 43.73 14.35 GROUP 1B....................$ 45.82 14.35 GROUP 2.....................$ 39.74 14.35 GROUP 3.....................$ 38.59 14.35 GROUP 4.....................$ 37.51 14.35 GROUP 5.....................$ 36.27 14.35 GROUP 6.....................$ 33.05 14.35 Zone Differential (add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 - $3.00 Zone 3 - $6.00 For the following metropolitan counties: MULTNOMAH; CLACKAMAS; MARION; WASHINGTON; YAMHILL; AND COLUMBIA; CLARK; AND COWLITZ COUNTY, WASHINGTON WITH MODIFICATIONS AS INDICATED: All jobs or projects located in Multnomah, Clackamas and Marion Counties, West of the western boundary of Mt. Hood National Forest and West of Mile Post 30 on Interstate 84 and West of Mile Post 30 on State Highway 26 and West of Mile Post 30 on Highway 22 and all jobs or projects located in Yamhill County, Washington County and Columbia County and all jobs or porjects located in Clark & Cowlitz County, Washington except that portion of Cowlitz County in the Mt. St. Helens ""Blast Zone"" shall receive Zone I pay for all classifications. 19 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 20 All jobs or projects located in the area outside the identified boundary above, but less than 50 miles from the Portland City Hall shall receive Zone II pay for all classifications. All jobs or projects located more than 50 miles from the Portland City Hall, but outside the identified border above, shall receive Zone III pay for all classifications. For the following cities: ALBANY; BEND; COOS BAY; EUGENE; GRANTS PASS; KLAMATH FALLS; MEDFORD; ROSEBURG All jobs or projects located within 30 miles of the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities shall receive Zone I pay for all classifications. All jobs or projects located more than 30 miles and less than 50 miles from the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities shall receive Zone II pay for all classifications. All jobs or projects located more than 50 miles from the respective city hall of the above mentioned cities shall receive Zone III pay for all classifications. POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS Group 1 Concrete Batch Plan and or Wet mix three (3) units or more; Crane, Floating one hundred and fifty (150) ton but less than two hundred and fifty (250) ton; Crane, two hundred (200) ton through two hundred ninety nine (299) ton with two hundred foot (200') boom or less (including jib, inserts and/or attachments); Crane, ninety (90) ton through one hundred ninety nine (199) ton with over two hundred (200') boom Including jib, inserts and/or attachments); Crane, Tower Crane with one hundred seventy five foot (175') tower or less and with less than two hundred foot (200') jib; Crane, Whirley ninety (90) ton and over; Helicopter when used in erecting work Group 1A Crane, floating two hundred fifty (250) ton and over; Crane, two hundred (200) ton through two hundred ninety nine (299) ton, with over two hundred foot (200') boom (including jib, inserts and/or attachments); Crane, three hundred (300) ton through three hundred ninety nine (399) ton; Crane, Tower Crane with over one hundred seventy five foot (175') tower or over two hundred foot (200') jib; Crane, tower Crane on rail system or 2nd tower or more in work radius 20 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 21 Group 1B Crane, three hundred (300) ton through three hundred ninety nine (399) ton, with over two hundred foot (200') boom (including jib, inserts and/or attachments); Floating crane, three hundred fifty (350) ton and over; Crane, four hundred (400) ton and over Group 2 Asphalt Plant (any type); Asphalt Roto-Mill, pavement profiler eight foot (8') lateral cut and over; Auto Grader or ""Trimmer""; Blade, Robotic; Bulldozer, Robotic Equipment (any type); Bulldozer, over one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) lbs. and above; Concrete Batch Plant and/or Wet Mix one (1) and two (2) drum; Concrete Diamond Head Profiler; Canal Trimmer; Concrete, Automatic Slip Form Paver (Assistant to the Operator required); Crane, Boom Truck fifty (50) ton and with over one hundred fifty foot (150') boom and over; Crane, Floating (derrick barge) thirty (30) ton but less than one hundred fifty (150) ton; Crane, Cableway twenty-five (25) ton and over; Crane, Floating Clamshell three (3) cu. Yds. And over; Crane, ninety (90) ton through one hundred ninety nine (199) ton up to and including two hundred foot (200') of boom (including jib inserts and/or attachments); Crane, fifty (50) ton through eighty nine (89) ton with over one hundred fifty foot (150') boom (including jib inserts and/or attachments); Crane, Whirley under ninety (90) ton; Crusher Plant; Excavator over one hundred thirty thousand (130,000) lbs.; Loader one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) lbs. and above; Remote Controlled Earth Moving Equipment; Shovel, Dragline, Clamshell, five (5) cu. Yds. And over; Underwater Equipment remote or otherwise, when used in construction work; Wheel Excavator any size Group 3 Bulldozer, over seventy thousand (70,000) lbs. up to and including one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) lbs.; Crane, Boom Truck fifty (50) ton and over with less than one hundred fifty foot (150') boom; Crane, fifty (50) ton through eighty nine (89) ton with one hundred fifty foot (150') boom or less (including jib inserts and/or attachments); Crane, Shovel, Dragline or Clamshell three (3) cu. yds. but less than five (5) cu. Yds.; Excavator over eighty thousand (80,000) lbs. through one hundred thirty thousand (130,000) lbs.; Loader sixty thousand (60,000) lbs. and less than one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) lbs. 21 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 22 Group 4 Asphalt, Screed; Asphalt Paver; Asphalt Roto-Mill, pavement profiler, under eight foot (8') lateral cut; Asphalt, Material Transfer Vehicle Operator; Back Filling Machine; Backhoe, Robotic, track and wheel type up to and including twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. with any attachments; Blade (any type); Boatman; Boring Machine; Bulldozer over twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. and more than one hundred (100) horse up to seventy thousand (70,000) lbs.; Cable-Plow (any type); Cableway up to twenty five (25) ton; Cat Drill (John Henry); Chippers; Compactor, multi-engine; Compactor, Robotic; Compactor with blade self-propelled; Concrete, Breaker; Concrete, Grout Plant; Concrete, Mixer Mobile; Concrete, Paving Road Mixer; Concrete, Reinforced Tank Banding Machine; Crane, Boom Truck twenty (20) ton and under fifty (50) ton; Crane, Bridge Locomotive, Gantry and Overhead; Crane, Carry Deck; Crane, Chicago Boom and similar types; Crane, Derrick Operator, under one hundred (100) ton; Crane, Floating Clamshell, Dragline, etc. Operator, under three (3) cu. yds. Or less than thirty (30) ton; Crane, under fifty (50) ton; Crane, Quick Tower under one hundred foot (100') in height and less than one hundred fifty foot (150') jib (on rail included); Diesel-Electric Engineer (Plant or Floating); Directional Drill over twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. pullback; Drill Cat Operator; Drill Doctor and/or Bit Grinder; Driller, Percussion, Diamond, Core, Cable, Rotary and similar type; Excavator Operator over twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. through eighty thousand (80,000) lbs.; Generator Operator; Grade-all; Guardrail Machines, i.e. punch, auger, etc.; Hammer Operator (Piledriver); Hoist, stiff leg, guy derrick or similar type, fifty (50) ton and over; Hoist, two (2) drums or more; Hydro Axe (loader mounted or similar type); Jack Operator, Elevating Barges, Barge Operator, self-unloading; Loader Operator, front end and overhead, twenty five thousand (25,000) lbs. and less than sixty thousand (60,000) lbs.; Log Skidders; Piledriver Operator (not crane type); Pipe, Bending, Cleaning, Doping and Wrapping Machines; Rail, Ballast Tamper Multi-Purpose; Rubber-tired Dozers and Pushers; Scraper, all types; Side-Boom; Skip Loader, Drag Box; Strump Grinder (loader mounted or similar type); Surface Heater and Planer; Tractor, rubber-tired, over fifty (50) HP Flywheel; Trenching Machine three foot (3') depth and deeper; Tub Grinder (used for wood debris); Tunnel Boring Machine Mechanic; Tunnel, Mucking Machine; Ultra High Pressure Water Jet Cutting Tool System Operator; Vacuum Blasting Machine Operator; Water pulls, Water wagons 22 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 23 Group 5 Asphalt, Extrusion Machine; Asphalt, Roller (any asphalt mix); Asphalt, Roto-Mill pavement profiler ground man; Bulldozer, twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. or less, or one hundred (100) horse or less; Cement Pump; Chip Spreading Machine; Churn Drill and Earth Boring Machine; Compactor, self-propelled without blade; Compressor, (any power) one thousand two hundred fifty (1,250) cu. ft. and over, total capacity; Concrete, Batch Plant Quality control; Concrete, Combination Mixer and compressor operator, gunite work; Concrete, Curb Machine, Mechanical Berm, Curb and/or Curb and Gutter; Concrete, Finishing Machine; Concrete, Grouting Machine; Concrete, Internal Full Slab Vibrator Operator; Concrete, Joint Machine; Concrete, Mixer single drum, any capacity; Concrete, Paving Machine eight foot (8') or less; Concrete, Planer; Concrete, Pump; Concrete, Pump Truck; Concrete, Pumpcrete Operator (any type); Concrete, Slip Form Pumps, power driven hydraulic lifting device for concrete forms; Conveyored Material Hauler; Crane, Boom Truck under twenty (20) tons; Crane, Boom Type lifting device, five (5) ton capacity or less; Drill, Directional type less than twenty thousand (20,000) lbs. pullback; Fork Lift, over ten (10) ton or Robotic; Helicopter Hoist; Hoist Operator, single drum; Hydraulic Backhoe track type up to and including twenty thousand (20,000) lbs.; Hydraulic Backhoe wheel type (any make); Laser Screed; Loaders, rubber-tired type, less than twenty five thousand (25,000) lbs.; Pavement Grinder and/or Grooving Machine (riding type); Pipe, cast in place Pipe Laying Machine; Pulva-Mixer or similar types; Pump Operator, more than five (5) pumps (any size); Rail, Ballast Compactor, Regulator, or Tamper machines; Service Oiler (Greaser); Sweeper Self-Propelled; Tractor, Rubber-Tired, fifty (50) HP flywheel and under; Trenching Machine Operator, maximum digging capacity three foot (3') depth; Tunnel, Locomotive, Dinkey; Tunnel, Power Jumbo setting slip forms, etc. Group 6 Asphalt, Pugmill (any type); Asphalt, Raker; Asphalt, Truck Mounted Asphalt Spreader, with Screed; Auger Oiler; Boatman; Bobcat, skid steed (less than one (1) yard); Broom, self-propelled; Compressor Operator (any power) under 1,250 cu. ft. total capacity; Concrete Curing Machine (riding type); Concrete Saw; Conveyor Operator or Assistant; Crane, Tugger; Crusher Feederman; Crusher Oiler; Deckhand; Drill, Directional Locator; Fork Lift; Grade Checker; Guardrail Punch Oiler; Hydrographic Seeder Machine, straw, pulp or seed; Hydrostatic Pump Operator; Mixer Box (CTB, dry batch, etc.); Oiler; Plant Oiler; Pump (any power); Rail, Brakeman, Switchman, Motorman; Rail, Tamping Machine, mechanical, self-propelled; Rigger; Roller grading (not asphalt); Truck, Crane Oiler-Driver 23 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 24 * IRON0014-005 07/01/2020 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND ORIELLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA AND WHITMAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes IRONWORKER.......................$ 34.59 30.10 * IRON0029-002 07/01/2020 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC, SKAMANIA, AND WAHKAIKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes IRONWORKER.......................$ 39.10 29.75 * IRON0086-002 07/01/2020 YAKIMA, KITTITAS AND CHELAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes IRONWORKER.......................$ 34.59 30.10 * IRON0086-004 07/01/2020 CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PIERCE, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON, AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes IRONWORKER.......................$ 43.95 31.00 24 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 25 LABO0238-004 06/01/2020 PASCO AREA: ADAMS, BENTON, COLUMBIA,DOUGLAS (East of 120th Meridian), FERRY, FRANKLIN, GRANT, OKANOGAN, WALLA WALLA SPOKANE AREA: ASOTIN, GARFIELD, LINCOLN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS & WHITMAN COUNTIES Rates Fringes LABORER (PASCO) GROUP 1.....................$ 26.69 13.65 GROUP 2.....................$ 28.79 13.65 GROUP 3.....................$ 29.06 13.65 GROUP 4.....................$ 29.33 13.65 GROUP 5.....................$ 29.61 13.65 LABORER (SPOKANE) GROUP 1.....................$ 26.69 13.65 GROUP 2.....................$ 28.79 13.65 GROUP 3.....................$ 29.06 13.65 GROUP 4.....................$ 29.33 13.65 GROUP 5.....................$ 29.61 13.65 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rate): $2.00 BASE POINTS: Spokane, Pasco, Lewiston Zone 1: 0-45 radius miles from the main post office. Zone 2: 45 radius miles and over from the main post office. LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Flagman; Landscape Laborer; Scaleman; Traffic Control Maintenance Laborer (to include erection and maintenance of barricades, signs and relief of flagperson); Window Washer/Cleaner (detail cleanup, such as, but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc. prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2: Asbestos Abatement Worker; Brush Hog Feeder; Carpenter Tender; Cement Handler; Clean-up Laborer; Concrete Crewman (to include stripping of forms, hand operating jacks on slip form construction, application of concrete curing compounds, pumpcrete machine, signaling, handling the nozzle of squeezcrete or similar machine,6 inches and smaller); Confined Space Attendant; Concrete Signalman; Crusher Feeder; Demolition (to include clean-up, burning, loading, wrecking and salvage of all material); Dumpman; Fence Erector; Firewatch; Form Cleaning Machine Feeder, Stacker; General Laborer; Grout Machine Header Tender; Guard Rail (to include guard rails, guide and reference posts, sign posts, and right-of-way markers); Hazardous Waste Worker, Level D (no respirator is used and skin protection is minimal); Miner, Class ""A"" (to include 25 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 26 all bull gang, concrete crewman, dumpman and pumpcrete crewman, including distributing pipe, assembly & dismantle, and nipper); Nipper; Riprap Man; Sandblast Tailhoseman; Scaffold Erector (wood or steel); Stake Jumper; Structural Mover (to include separating foundation, preparation, cribbing, shoring, jacking and unloading of structures); Tailhoseman (water nozzle); Timber Bucker and Faller (by hand); Track Laborer (RR); Truck Loader; Well-Point Man; All Other Work Classifications Not Specially Listed Shall Be Classified As General Laborer GROUP 3: Asphalt Roller, walking; Cement Finisher Tender; Concrete Saw, walking; Demolition Torch; Dope Pot Firemen, non-mechanical; Driller Tender (when required to move and position machine); Form Setter, Paving; Grade Checker using level; Hazardous Waste Worker, Level C (uses a chemical ""splash suit"" and air purifying respirator); Jackhammer Operator; Miner, Class ""B"" (to include brakeman, finisher, vibrator, form setter); Nozzleman (to include squeeze and flo-crete nozzle); Nozzleman, water, air or steam; Pavement Breaker (under 90 lbs.); Pipelayer, corrugated metal culvert; Pipelayer, multi- plate; Pot Tender; Power Buggy Operator; Power Tool Operator, gas, electric, pneumatic; Railroad Equipment, power driven, except dual mobile power spiker or puller; Railroad Power Spiker or Puller, dual mobile; Rodder and Spreader; Tamper (to include operation of Barco, Essex and similar tampers); Trencher, Shawnee; Tugger Operator; Wagon Drills; Water Pipe Liner; Wheelbarrow (power driven) GROUP 4: Air and Hydraulic Track Drill; Aspahlt Raker;Brush Machine (to include horizontal construction joint cleanup brush machine, power propelled); Caisson Worker, free air; Chain Saw Operator and Faller; Concrete Stack (to include laborers when laborers working on free standing concrete stacks for smoke or fume control above 40 feet high); Gunite (to include operation of machine and nozzle); Hazardous Waste Worker, Level B (uses same respirator protection as Level A. A supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical ""splash suit""); High Scaler; Laser Beam Operator (to include grade checker and elevation control); Miner, Class C (to include miner, nozzleman for concrete, laser beam operator and rigger on tunnels); Monitor Operator (air track or similar mounting); Mortar Mixer; Nozzleman (to include jet blasting nozzleman, over 1,200 lbs., jet blast machine power propelled, sandblast nozzle); Pavement Breaker (90 lbs. and over); Pipelayer (to include working topman, caulker, collarman, jointer, mortarman, rigger, jacker, shorer, valve or meter installer); Pipewrapper; Plasterer Tender; Vibrators (all) GROUP 5 - Drills with Dual Masts; Hazardous Waste Worker, Level A (utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line); Miner Class ""D"", (to include raise and shaft miner, laser beam operator on riases and shafts) 26 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 27 LABO0238-006 06/01/2019 COUNTIES EAST OF THE 120TH MERIDIAN: ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, STEVENS, SPOKANE, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN Rates Fringes Hod Carrier......................$ 27.95 12.90 LABO0242-003 06/01/2020 KING COUNTY Rates Fringes LABORER GROUP 1.....................$ 27.78 12.35 GROUP 2A....................$ 31.82 12.35 GROUP 3.....................$ 39.81 12.35 GROUP 4.....................$ 40.77 12.35 GROUP 5.....................$ 41.43 12.35 Group 6.....................$ 41.43 12.35 BASE POINTS: BELLINGHAM, MT. VERNON, EVERETT, SEATTLE, KENT, TACOMA, OLYMPIA, CENTRALIA, ABERDEEN, SHELTON, PT. TOWNSEND, PT. ANGELES, AND BREMERTON ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 but less than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE 3 - More than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $1.00 ZONE 3 - $1.30 BASE POINTS: CHELAN, SUNNYSIDE, WENATCHEE, AND YAKIMA ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $2.25 27 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 28 LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Landscaping and Planting; Watchman; Window Washer/Cleaner (detail clean-up, such as but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc., prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2A: Batch Weighman; Crusher Feeder; Fence Laborer; Flagman; Pilot Car GROUP 3: General Laborer; Air, Gas, or Electric Vibrating Screed; Asbestos Abatement Laborer; Ballast Regulator Machine; Brush Cutter; Brush Hog Feeder; Burner; Carpenter Tender; Cement Finisher Tender; Change House or Dry Shack; Chipping Gun (under 30 lbs.); Choker Setter; Chuck Tender; Clean-up Laborer; Concrete Form Stripper; Curing Laborer; Demolition (wrecking and moving including charred material); Ditch Digger; Dump Person; Fine Graders; Firewatch; Form Setter; Gabian Basket Builders; Grout Machine Tender; Grinders; Guardrail Erector; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level C: uses a chemical ""splash suit"" and air purifying respirator); Maintenance Person; Material Yard Person; Pot Tender; Rip Rap Person; Riggers; Scale Person; Sloper Sprayer; Signal Person; Stock Piler; Stake Hopper; Toolroom Man (at job site); Topper-Tailer; Track Laborer; Truck Spotter; Vinyl Seamer GROUP 4: Cement Dumper-Paving; Chipping Gun (over 30 lbs.); Clary Power Spreader; Concrete Dumper/Chute Operator; Concrete Saw Operator; Drill Operator (hydraulic, diamond, aiartrac); Faller and Bucker Chain Saw; Grade Checker and Transit Person; Groutmen (pressure) including post tension beams; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level B: uses same respirator protection as Level A. A supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical ""splash suit""); High Scaler; Jackhammer; Laserbeam Operator; Manhole Builder-Mudman; Nozzleman (concrete pump, green cutter when using combination of high pressure air and water on concrete and rock, sandblast, gunite, shotcrete, water blaster, vacuum blaster); Pavement Breaker; Pipe Layer and Caulker; Pipe Pot Tender; Pipe Reliner (not insert type); Pipe Wrapper; Power Jacks; Railroad Spike Puller-Power; Raker-Asphalt; Rivet Buster; Rodder; Sloper (over 20 ft); Spreader (concrete); Tamper and Similar electric, air and glas operated tool; Timber Person-sewer (lagger shorer and cribber); Track Liner Power; Tugger Operator; Vibrator; Well Point Laborer GROUP 5: Caisson Worker; Mortarman and Hodcarrier; Powderman; Re-Timberman; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level A: utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line). Group 6: Miner 28 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 29 LABO0252-010 06/01/2020 CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, JEFFERSON, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC (EXCLUDING SOUTHWEST), PIERCE, AND THURSTON COUNTIES Rates Fringes LABORER GROUP 1.....................$ 27.78 12.44 GROUP 2.....................$ 31.82 12.44 GROUP 3.....................$ 39.81 12.44 GROUP 4.....................$ 40.77 12.44 GROUP 5.....................$ 41.43 12.44 BASE POINTS: BELLINGHAM, MT. VERNON, EVERETT, SEATTLE, KENT, TACOMA, OLYMPIA, CENTRALIA, ABERDEEN, SHELTON, PT. TOWNSEND, PT. ANGELES, AND BREMERTON ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 but less than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE 3 - More than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $1.00 ZONE 3 - $1.30 BASE POINTS: CHELAN, SUNNYSIDE, WENATCHEE, AND YAKIMA ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $2.25 LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Landscaping and Planting; Watchman; Window Washer/Cleaner (detail clean-up, such as but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc., prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2: Batch Weighman; Crusher Feeder; Fence Laborer; Flagman; Pilot Car 29 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 30 GROUP 3: General Laborer; Air, Gas, or Electric Vibrating Screed; Asbestos Abatement Laborer; Ballast Regulator Machine; Brush Cutter; Brush Hog Feeder; Burner; Carpenter Tender; Cement Finisher Tender; Change House or Dry Shack; Chipping Gun (under 30 lbs.); Choker Setter; Chuck Tender; Clean-up Laborer; Concrete Form Stripper; Curing Laborer; Demolition (wrecking and moving including charred material); Ditch Digger; Dump Person; Fine Graders; Firewatch; Form Setter; Gabian Basket Builders; Grout Machine Tender; Grinders; Guardrail Erector; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level C: uses a chemical ""splash suit"" and air purifying respirator); Maintenance Person; Material Yard Person; Pot Tender; Rip Rap Person; Riggers; Scale Person; Sloper Sprayer; Signal Person; Stock Piler; Stake Hopper; Toolroom Man (at job site); Topper-Tailer; Track Laborer; Truck Spotter; Vinyl Seamer GROUP 4: Cement Dumper-Paving; Chipping Gun (over 30 lbs.); Clary Power Spreader; Concrete Dumper/Chute Operator; Concrete Saw Operator; Drill Operator (hydraulic, diamond, aiartrac); Faller and Bucker Chain Saw; Groutmen (pressure) including post tension beams; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level B: uses same respirator protection as Level A. A supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical ""splash suit""); Jackhammer; Laserbeam Operator; Manhole Builder-Mudman; Nozzleman (concrete pump, green cutter when using combination of high pressure air and water on concrete and rock, sandblast, gunite, shotcrete, water blaster, vacuum blaster); Pavement Breaker; Pipe Layer and Caulker; Pipe Pot Tender; Pipe Reliner (not insert type); Pipe Wrapper; Power Jacks; Railroad Spike Puller-Power; Raker-Asphalt; Rivet Buster; Rodder; Sloper (over 20 ft); Spreader (concrete); Tamper and Similar electric, air and glas operated tool; Timber Person-sewer (lagger shorer and cribber); Track Liner Power; Tugger Operator; Vibrator; Well Point Laborer GROUP 5: Caisson Worker; Miner; Mortarman and Hodcarrier; Grade Checker and Transit Person; High Scaler; Powderman; Re-Timberman; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level A: utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line). 30 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 31 LABO0292-008 06/01/2020 ISLAND, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes LABORER GROUP 1.....................$ 27.78 12.44 GROUP 2.....................$ 31.82 12.44 GROUP 3.....................$ 39.81 12.44 GROUP 4.....................$ 40.77 12.44 GROUP 5.....................$ 41.43 12.44 BASE POINTS: BELLINGHAM, MT. VERNON, EVERETT, SEATTLE, KENT, TACOMA, OLYMPIA, CENTRALIA, ABERDEEN, SHELTON, PT. TOWNSEND, PT. ANGELES, AND BREMERTON ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 but less than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE 3 - More than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $1.00 ZONE 3 - $1.30 BASE POINTS: CHELAN, SUNNYSIDE, WENATCHEE, AND YAKIMA ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $2.25 LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Landscaping and Planting; Watchman; Window Washer/Cleaner (detail clean-up, such as but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc., prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2: Batch Weighman; Crusher Feeder; Fence Laborer; Flagman; Pilot Car 31 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 32 GROUP 3: General Laborer; Air, Gas, or Electric Vibrating Screed; Asbestos Abatement Laborer; Ballast Regulator Machine; Brush Cutter; Brush Hog Feeder; Burner; Carpenter Tender; Cement Finisher Tender; Change House or Dry Shack; Chipping Gun (under 30 lbs.); Choker Setter; Chuck Tender; Clean-up Laborer; Concrete Form Stripper; Curing Laborer; Demolition (wrecking and moving including charred material); Ditch Digger; Dump Person; Fine Graders; Firewatch; Form Setter; Gabian Basket Builders; Grout Machine Tender; Grinders; Guardrail Erector; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level C: uses a chemical ""splash suit"" and air purifying respirator); Maintenance Person; Material Yard Person; Pot Tender; Rip Rap Person; Riggers; Scale Person; Sloper Sprayer; Signal Person; Stock Piler; Stake Hopper; Toolroom Man (at job site); Topper-Tailer; Track Laborer; Truck Spotter; Vinyl Seamer GROUP 4: Cement Dumper-Paving; Chipping Gun (over 30 lbs.); Clary Power Spreader; Concrete Dumper/Chute Operator; Concrete Saw Operator; Drill Operator (hydraulic, diamond, aiartrac); Faller and Bucker Chain Saw; Grade Checker and Transit Person; Groutmen (pressure) including post tension beams; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level B: uses same respirator protection as Level A. A supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical ""splash suit""); High Scaler; Jackhammer; Laserbeam Operator; Manhole Builder-Mudman; Nozzleman (concrete pump, green cutter when using combination of high pressure air and water on concrete and rock, sandblast, gunite, shotcrete, water blaster, vacuum blaster); Pavement Breaker; Pipe Layer and Caulker; Pipe Pot Tender; Pipe Reliner (not insert type); Pipe Wrapper; Power Jacks; Railroad Spike Puller-Power; Raker-Asphalt; Rivet Buster; Rodder; Sloper (over 20 ft); Spreader (concrete); Tamper and Similar electric, air and glas operated tool; Timber Person-sewer (lagger shorer and cribber); Track Liner Power; Tugger Operator; Vibrator; Well Point Laborer GROUP 5: Caisson Worker; Miner; Mortarman and Hodcarrier; Powderman; Re-Timberman; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level A: utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line). 32 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 33 LABO0335-001 06/01/2020 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC (SOUTH OF A STRAIGHT LINE MADE BY EXTENDING THE NORTH BOUNDARY LINE OF WAHKIAKUM COUNTY WEST TO THE PACIFIC OCEAN), SKAMANIA AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes Laborers: ZONE 1: GROUP 1....................$ 34.93 12.44 GROUP 2....................$ 35.65 12.44 GROUP 3....................$ 36.20 12.44 GROUP 4....................$ 36.66 12.44 GROUP 5....................$ 31.93 12.44 GROUP 6....................$ 29.01 12.44 GROUP 7....................$ 25.14 12.44 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 $ 0.65 Zone 3 - 1.15 Zone 4 - 1.70 Zone 5 - 2.75 BASE POINTS: LONGVIEW AND VANCOUVER ZONE 1: Projects within 30 miles of the respective city all. ZONE 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 5: More than 80 miles from the respective city hall. LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Asphalt Plant Laborers; Asphalt Spreaders; Batch Weighman; Broomers; Brush Burners and Cutters; Car and Truck Loaders; Carpenter Tender; Change-House Man or Dry Shack Man; Choker Setter; Clean-up Laborers; Curing, Concrete; Demolition, Wrecking and Moving Laborers; Dumpers, road oiling crew; Dumpmen (for grading crew); Elevator Feeders; Median Rail Reference Post, Guide Post, Right of Way Marker; Fine Graders; Fire Watch; Form Strippers (not swinging stages); General Laborers; Hazardous Waste Worker; Leverman or Aggregate Spreader (Flaherty and similar types); Loading Spotters; Material Yard Man (including electrical); Pittsburgh Chipper Operator or Similar Types; Railroad Track Laborers; Ribbon Setters (including steel forms); Rip Rap Man (hand placed); Road Pump Tender; Sewer Labor; Signalman; Skipman; Slopers; Spraymen; Stake Chaser; Stockpiler; Tie Back Shoring; Timber Faller and Bucker (hand labor); Toolroom Man (at job site); Tunnel Bullgang (above ground); Weight-Man- Crusher (aggregate when used) 33 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 34 GROUP 2: Applicator (including pot power tender for same), applying protective material by hand or nozzle on utility lines or storage tanks on project; Brush Cutters (power saw); Burners; Choker Splicer; Clary Power Spreader and similar types; Clean- up Nozzleman-Green Cutter (concrete, rock, etc.); Concrete Power Buggyman; Concrete Laborer; Crusher Feeder; Demolition and Wrecking Charred Materials; Gunite Nozzleman Tender; Gunite or Sand Blasting Pot Tender; Handlers or Mixers of all Materials of an irritating nature (including cement and lime); Tool Operators (includes but not limited to: Dry Pack Machine; Jackhammer; Chipping Guns; Paving Breakers); Pipe Doping and Wrapping; Post Hole Digger, air, gas or electric; Vibrating Screed; Tampers; Sand Blasting (Wet); Stake-Setter; Tunnel-Muckers, Brakemen, Concrete Crew, Bullgang (underground) GROUP 3: Asbestos Removal; Bit Grinder; Drill Doctor; Drill Operators, air tracks, cat drills, wagon drills, rubber-mounted drills, and other similar types including at crusher plants; Gunite Nozzleman; High Scalers, Strippers and Drillers (covers work in swinging stages, chairs or belts, under extreme conditions unusual to normal drilling, blasting, barring-down, or sloping and stripping); Manhole Builder; Powdermen; Concrete Saw Operator; Pwdermen; Power Saw Operators (Bucking and Falling); Pumpcrete Nozzlemen; Sand Blasting (Dry); Sewer Timberman; Track Liners, Anchor Machines, Ballast Regulators, Multiple Tampers, Power Jacks, Tugger Operator; Tunnel-Chuck Tenders, Nippers and Timbermen; Vibrator; Water Blaster GROUP 4: Asphalt Raker; Concrete Saw Operator (walls); Concrete Nozzelman; Grade Checker; Pipelayer; Laser Beam (pipelaying)-applicable when employee assigned to move, set up, align; Laser Beam; Tunnel Miners; Motorman-Dinky Locomotive-Tunnel; Powderman-Tunnel; Shield Operator-Tunnel GROUP 5: Traffic Flaggers GROUP 6: Fence Builders GROUP 7: Landscaping or Planting Laborers LABO0335-019 06/01/2020 Rates Fringes Hod Carrier......................$ 34.93 12.44 34 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 35 LABO0348-003 06/01/2020 CHELAN, DOUGLAS (W OF 12TH MERIDIAN), KITTITAS, AND YAKIMA COUNTIES Rates Fringes LABORER GROUP 1.....................$ 23.68 12.44 GROUP 2.....................$ 27.17 12.44 GROUP 3.....................$ 29.74 12.44 GROUP 4.....................$ 30.46 12.44 GROUP 5.....................$ 30.99 12.44 BASE POINTS: BELLINGHAM, MT. VERNON, EVERETT, SEATTLE, KENT, TACOMA, OLYMPIA, CENTRALIA, ABERDEEN, SHELTON, PT. TOWNSEND, PT. ANGELES, AND BREMERTON ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 but less than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE 3 - More than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $1.00 ZONE 3 - $1.30 BASE POINTS: CHELAN, SUNNYSIDE, WENATCHEE, AND YAKIMA ZONE 1 - Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2 - More than 25 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $2.25 LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Landscaping and Planting; Watchman; Window Washer/Cleaner (detail clean-up, such as but not limited to cleaning floors, ceilings, walls, windows, etc., prior to final acceptance by the owner) GROUP 2: Batch Weighman; Crusher Feeder; Fence Laborer; Flagman; Pilot Car 35 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 36 GROUP 3: General Laborer; Air, Gas, or Electric Vibrating Screed; Asbestos Abatement Laborer; Ballast Regulator Machine; Brush Cutter; Brush Hog Feeder; Burner; Carpenter Tender; Cement Finisher Tender; Change House or Dry Shack; Chipping Gun (under 30 lbs.); Choker Setter; Chuck Tender; Clean-up Laborer; Concrete Form Stripper; Curing Laborer; Demolition (wrecking and moving including charred material); Ditch Digger; Dump Person; Fine Graders; Firewatch; Form Setter; Gabian Basket Builders; Grout Machine Tender; Grinders; Guardrail Erector; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level C: uses a chemical ""splash suit"" and air purifying respirator); Maintenance Person; Material Yard Person; Pot Tender; Rip Rap Person; Riggers; Scale Person; Sloper Sprayer; Signal Person; Stock Piler; Stake Hopper; Toolroom Man (at job site); Topper-Tailer; Track Laborer; Truck Spotter; Vinyl Seamer GROUP 4: Cement Dumper-Paving; Chipping Gun (over 30 lbs.); Clary Power Spreader; Concrete Dumper/Chute Operator; Concrete Saw Operator; Drill Operator (hydraulic, diamond, aiartrac); Faller and Bucker Chain Saw; Grade Checker and Transit Person; Groutmen (pressure) including post tension beams; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level B: uses same respirator protection as Level A. A supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical ""splash suit""); High Scaler; Jackhammer; Laserbeam Operator; Manhole Builder-Mudman; Nozzleman (concrete pump, green cutter when using combination of high pressure air and water on concrete and rock, sandblast, gunite, shotcrete, water blaster, vacuum blaster); Pavement Breaker; Pipe Layer and Caulker; Pipe Pot Tender; Pipe Reliner (not insert type); Pipe Wrapper; Power Jacks; Railroad Spike Puller-Power; Raker-Asphalt; Rivet Buster; Rodder; Sloper (over 20 ft); Spreader (concrete); Tamper and Similar electric, air and glas operated tool; Timber Person-sewer (lagger shorer and cribber); Track Liner Power; Tugger Operator; Vibrator; Well Point Laborer GROUP 5: Caisson Worker; Miner; Mortarman and Hodcarrier; Powderman; Re-Timberman; Hazardous Waste Worker (Level A: utilizes a fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line). 36 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 37 PAIN0005-002 07/01/2020 STATEWIDE EXCEPT CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC (SOUTH), SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes Painters: STRIPERS....................$ 31.90 17.23 PAIN0005-004 03/01/2009 CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes PAINTER..........................$ 20.82 7.44 * PAIN0005-006 07/01/2018 ADAMS, ASOTIN; BENTON AND FRANKLIN (EXCEPT HANFORD SITE); CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, GARFIELD, GRANT, KITTITAS, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN AND YAKIMA COUNTIES Rates Fringes PAINTER Application of Cold Tar Products, Epoxies, Polyure thanes, Acids, Radiation Resistant Material, Water and Sandblasting............$ 30.19 Over 30'/Swing Stage Work..$ 22.20 Brush, Roller, Striping, Steam-cleaning and Spray....$ 22.94 Lead Abatement, Asbestos Abatement...................$ 21.50 11.71 7.98 11.61 7.98 *$.70 shall be paid over and above the basic wage rates listed for work on swing stages and high work of over 30 feet. 37 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 38 PAIN0055-003 07/01/2020 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC, SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes PAINTER Brush & Roller..............$ 26.56 13.40 Spray and Sandblasting......$ 26.56 13.40 All high work over 60 ft. = base rate + $0.75 PAIN0055-006 03/01/2020 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, SKAMANIA and WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Rates Fringes Painters: HIGHWAY & PARKING LOT STRIPER.....................$ 35.87 13.40 PLAS0072-004 06/01/2020 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT, KITTITAS, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN, AND YAKIMA COUNTIES Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER ZONE 1......................$ 31.30 15.53 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rate): Zone 2 - $2.00 BASE POINTS: Spokane, Pasco, Lewiston; Wenatchee Zone 1: 0 - 45 radius miles from the main post office Zone 2: Over 45 radius miles from the main post office 38 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 39 PLAS0528-001 06/01/2020 CLALLAM, COWLITZ, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC, PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON, WAHKIAKUM AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON CEMENT MASON................$ 45.80 18.54 COMPOSITION, TROWEL MACHINE, GRINDER, POWER TOOLS, GUNNITE NOZZLE.......$ 46.30 18.54 TROWELING MACHINE OPERATOR ON COMPOSITION..............$ 46.30 18.54 PLAS0555-002 07/01/2019 CLARK, KLICKITAT AND SKAMANIA COUNTIES ZONE 1: Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON CEMENT MASONS DOING BOTH COMPOSITION/POWER MACHINERY AND SUSPENDED/HANGING SCAFFOLD..$ 37.32 CEMENT MASONS ON 18.77 SUSPENDED, SWINGING AND/OR HANGING SCAFFOLD............$ 36.58 18.77 CEMENT MASONS...............$ 35.85 18.77 COMPOSITION WORKERS AND POWER MACHINERY OPERATORS...$ 36.58 18.77 Zone Differential (Add To Zone 1 Rates): Zone 2 - $0.65 Zone 3 - 1.15 Zone 4 - 1.70 Zone 5 - 3.00 BASE POINTS: BEND, CORVALLIS, EUGENE, MEDFORD, PORTLAND, SALEM, THE DALLES, VANCOUVER ZONE 1: Projects within 30 miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 5: More than 80 miles from the respective city hall 39 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 40 TEAM0037-002 06/01/2019 CLARK, COWLITZ, KLICKITAT, PACIFIC (South of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of Wahkiakum County west to the Pacific Ocean), SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES Truck drivers: Rates Fringes ZONE 1 GROUP 1....................$ 29.08 15.27 GROUP 2....................$ 29.20 15.27 GROUP 3....................$ 29.34 15.27 GROUP 4....................$ 29.62 15.27 GROUP 5....................$ 29.85 15.27 GROUP 6....................$ 30.03 15.27 GROUP 7....................$ 30.24 15.27 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 Rates): Zone 2 - $0.65 Zone 3 - 1.15 Zone 4 - 1.70 Zone 5 - 2.75 BASE POINTS: ASTORIA, THE DALLES, LONGVIEW AND VANCOUVER ZONE 1: Projects within 30 miles of the respective city hall. ZONE 2: More than 30 miles but less than 40 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 3: More than 40 miles but less than 50 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 4: More than 50 miles but less than 80 miles from the respective city hall. ZONE 5: More than 80 miles from the respective city hall. TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: A Frame or Hydra lifrt truck w/load bearing surface; Articulated Dump Truck; Battery Rebuilders; Bus or Manhaul Driver; Concrete Buggies (power operated); Concrete Pump Truck; Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations there of: up to and including 10 cu. yds.; Lift Jitneys, Fork Lifts (all sizes in loading, unloading and transporting material on job site); Loader and/or Leverman on Concrete Dry Batch Plant (manually operated); Pilot Car; Pickup Truck; Solo Flat Bed and misc. Body Trucks, 0-10 tons; Truck Tender; Truck Mechanic Tender; Water Wagons (rated capacity) up to 3,000 gallons; Transit Mix and Wet or Dry Mix - 5 cu. yds. and under; Lubrication Man, Fuel Truck Driver, Tireman, Wash Rack, Steam Cleaner or combinations; Team Driver; Slurry Truck Driver or Leverman; Tireman 40 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 41 GROUP 2: Boom Truck/Hydra-lift or Retracting Crane; Challenger; Dumpsters or similar equipment all sizes; Dump Trucks/Articulated Dumps 6 cu to 10 cu.; Flaherty Spreader Driver or Leverman; Lowbed Equipment, Flat Bed Semi-trailer or doubles transporting equipment or wet or dry materials; Lumber Carrier, Driver-Straddle Carrier (used in loading, unloading and transporting of materials on job site); Oil Distributor Driver or Leverman; Transit mix and wet or dry mix trcuks: over 5 cu. yds. and including 7 cu. yds.; Vacuum Trucks; Water truck/Wagons (rated capacity) over 3,000 to 5,000 gallons GROUP 3: Ammonia Nitrate Distributor Driver; Dump trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 10 cu. yds. and including 30 cu. yds. includes Articulated Dump Trucks; Self-Propelled Street Sweeper; Transit mix and wet or dry mix truck: over 7 cu yds. and including 11 cu yds.; Truck Mechanic-Welder-Body Repairman; Utility and Clean-up Truck; Water Wagons (rated capacity) over 5,000 to 10,000 gallons GROUP 4: Asphalt Burner; Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom cumps, including Semi-Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 30 cu. yds. and including 50 cu. yds. includes Articulated Dump Trucks; Fire Guard; Transit Mix and Wet or Dry Mix Trucks, over 11 cu. yds. and including 15 cu. yds.; Water Wagon (rated capacity) over 10,000 gallons to 15,000 gallons GROUP 5: Composite Crewman; Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 50 cu. yds. and including 60 cu. yds. includes Articulated Dump Trucks GROUP 6: Bulk Cement Spreader w/o Auger; Dry Pre-Batch concrete Mix Trucks; Dump trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains of combinations thereof: over 60 cu. yds. and including 80 cu. yds., and includes Articulated Dump Trucks; Skid Truck GROUP 7: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 80 cu. yds. and including 100 cu. yds., includes Articulated Dump Trucks; Industrial Lift Truck (mechanical tailgate) 41 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 42 * TEAM0174-001 06/01/2019 CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KING, KITSAP, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC (North of a straight line made by extending the north boundary line of Wahkiakum County west to the Pacific Ocean), PIERCE, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON AND WHATCOM COUNTIES Rates Fringes Truck drivers: ZONE A: GROUP 1:...................$ 40.38 20.46 GROUP 2:...................$ 39.54 20.46 GROUP 3:...................$ 36.73 20.46 GROUP 4:...................$ 31.76 20.46 GROUP 5:...................$ 39.93 20.46 ZONE B (25-45 miles from center of listed cities*): Add $.70 per hour to Zone A rates. ZONE C (over 45 miles from centr of listed cities*): Add $1.00 per hour to Zone A rates. *Zone pay will be calculated from the city center of the following listed cities: BELLINGHAM CENTRALIA RAYMOND OLYMPIA EVERETT SHELTON ANACORTES BELLEVUE SEATTLE PORT ANGELES MT. VERNON KENT TACOMA PORT TOWNSEND ABERDEEN BREMERTON TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1 - ""A-frame or Hydralift"" trucks and Boom trucks or similar equipment when ""A"" frame or ""Hydralift"" and Boom truck or similar equipment is used; Buggymobile; Bulk Cement Tanker; Dumpsters and similar equipment, Tournorockers, Tournowagon, Tournotrailer, Cat DW series, Terra Cobra, Le Tourneau, Westinghouse, Athye Wagon, Euclid Two and Four-Wheeled power tractor with trailer and similar top-loaded equipment transporting material: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dump, including semi-trucks and trains or combinations thereof with 16 yards to 30 yards capacity: Over 30 yards $.15 per hour additional for each 10 yard increment; Explosive Truck (field mix) and similar equipment; Hyster Operators (handling bulk loose aggregates); Lowbed and Heavy Duty Trailer; Road Oil Distributor Driver; Spreader, Flaherty Transit mix used exclusively in heavy construction; Water Wagon and Tank Truck-3,000 gallons and over capacity 42 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 43 GROUP 2 - Bulllifts, or similar equipment used in loading or unloading trucks, transporting materials on job site; Dumpsters, and similar equipment, Tournorockers, Tournowagon, Turnotrailer, Cat. D.W. Series, Terra Cobra, Le Tourneau, Westinghouse, Athye wagon, Euclid two and four-wheeled power tractor with trailer and similar top-loaded equipment transporting material: Dump trucks, side, end and bottom dump, including semi-trucks and trains or combinations thereof with less than 16 yards capacity; Flatbed (Dual Rear Axle); Grease Truck, Fuel Truck, Greaser, Battery Service Man and/or Tire Service Man; Leverman and loader at bunkers and batch plants; Oil tank transport; Scissor truck; Slurry Truck; Sno-Go and similar equipment; Swampers; Straddler Carrier (Ross, Hyster) and similar equipment; Team Driver; Tractor (small, rubber-tired)(when used within Teamster jurisdiction); Vacuum truck; Water Wagon and Tank trucks-less than 3,000 gallons capacity; Winch Truck; Wrecker, Tow truck and similar equipment GROUP 3 - Flatbed (single rear axle); Pickup Sweeper; Pickup Truck. (Adjust Group 3 upward by $2.00 per hour for onsite work only) GROUP 4 - Escort or Pilot Car GROUP 5 - Mechanic HAZMAT PROJECTS Anyone working on a HAZMAT job, where HAZMAT certification is required, shall be compensated as a premium, in addition to the classification working in as follows: LEVEL C: +$.25 per hour - This level uses an air purifying respirator or additional protective clothing. LEVEL B: +$.50 per hour - Uses same respirator protection as Level A. Supplied air line is provided in conjunction with a chemical ""splash suit."" LEVEL A: +$.75 per hour - This level utilizes a fully- encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus or a supplied air line. 43 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 44 TEAM0690-004 01/01/2019 ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, CHELAN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, GRANT KITTITAS, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA, WHITMAN AND YAKIMA COUNTIES Rates Fringes Truck drivers: (AREA 1: SPOKANE ZONE CENTER: Adams, Chelan, Douglas, Ferry, Grant, Kittitas, Lincoln, Okanogan, Pen Oreille, Spokane, Stevens, and Whitman Counties AREA 1: LEWISTON ZONE CENTER: Asotin, Columbia, and Garfield Counties AREA 2: PASCO ZONE CENTER: Benton, Franklin, Walla Walla and Yakima Counties) AREA 1: GROUP 1....................$ 23.91 17.40 GROUP 2....................$ 26.18 17.40 GROUP 3....................$ 26.68 17.40 GROUP 4....................$ 27.01 17.40 GROUP 5....................$ 27.12 17.40 GROUP 6....................$ 27.29 17.40 GROUP 7....................$ 27.82 17.40 GROUP 8....................$ 28.18 17.40 AREA 2: GROUP 1....................$ 26.05 17.40 GROUP 2....................$ 28.69 17.40 GROUP 3....................$ 28.80 17.40 GROUP 4....................$ 29.13 17.40 GROUP 5....................$ 29.24 17.40 GROUP 6....................$ 29.24 17.40 GROUP 7....................$ 29.78 17.40 GROUP 8....................$ 30.10 17.40 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rate: Zone 1 + $2.00) BASE POINTS: Spokane, Pasco, Lewiston Zone 1: 0-45 radius miles from the main post office. Zone 2: Outside 45 radius miles from the main post office 44 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 45 TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Escort Driver or Pilot Car; Employee Haul; Power Boat Hauling Employees or Material GROUP 2: Fish Truck; Flat Bed Truck; Fork Lift (3000 lbs. and under); Leverperson (loading trucks at bunkers); Trailer Mounted Hydro Seeder and Mulcher; Seeder & Mulcher; Stationary Fuel Operator; Tractor (small, rubber-tired, pulling trailer or similar equipment) GROUP 3: Auto Crane (2000 lbs. capacity); Buggy Mobile & Similar; Bulk Cement Tanks & Spreader; Dumptor (6 yds. & under); Flat Bed Truck with Hydraullic System; Fork Lift (3001-16,000 lbs.); Fuel Truck Driver, Steamcleaner & Washer; Power Operated Sweeper; Rubber-tired Tunnel Jumbo; Scissors Truck; Slurry Truck Driver; Straddle Carrier (Ross, Hyster, & similar); Tireperson; Transit Mixers & Truck Hauling Concrete (3 yd. to & including 6 yds.); Trucks, side, end, bottom & articulated end dump (3 yards to and including 6 yds.); Warehouseperson (to include shipping & receiving); Wrecker & Tow Truck GROUP 4: A-Frame; Burner, Cutter, & Welder; Service Greaser; Trucks, side, end, bottom & articulated end dump (over 6 yards to and including 12 yds.); Truck Mounted Hydro Seeder; Warehouseperson; Water Tank truck (0-8,000 gallons) GROUP 5: Dumptor (over 6 yds.); Lowboy (50 tons & under); Self- loading Roll Off; Semi-Truck & Trailer; Tractor with Steer Trailer; Transit Mixers and Trucks Hauling Concrete (over 6 yds. to and including 10 yds.); Trucks, side, end, bottom and end dump (over 12 yds. to & including 20 yds.); Truck-Mounted Crane (with load bearing surface either mounted or pulled, up to 14 ton); Vacuum Truck (super sucker, guzzler, etc.) GROUP 6: Flaherty Spreader Box Driver; Flowboys; Fork Lift (over 16,000 lbs.); Dumps (Semi-end); Mechanic (Field); Semi- end Dumps; Transfer Truck & Trailer; Transit Mixers & Trucks Hauling Concrete (over 10 yds. to & including 20 yds.); Trucks, side, end, bottom and articulated end dump (over 20 yds. to & including 40 yds.); Truck and Pup; Tournarocker, DWs & similar with 2 or more 4 wheel-power tractor with trailer, gallonage or yardage scale, whichever is greater Water Tank Truck (8,001- 14,000 gallons); Lowboy(over 50 tons) GROUP 7: Oil Distributor Driver; Stringer Truck (cable oeprated trailer); Transit Mixers & Trucks Hauling Concrete (over 20 yds.); Truck, side, end, bottom end dump (over 40 yds. to & including 100 yds.); Truck Mounted Crane (with load bearing surface either mounted or pulled (16 through 25 tons); 45 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 46 GROUP 8: Prime Movers and Stinger Truck; Trucks, side, end, bottom and articulated end dump (over 100 yds.); Helicopter Pilot Hauling Employees or Materials Footnote A - Anyone working on a HAZMAT job, where HAZMAT certification is required, shall be compensated as a premium, in additon to the classification working in as follows: LEVEL C-D: - $.50 PER HOUR (This is the lowest level of protection. This level may use an air purifying respirator or additional protective clothing. LEVEL A-B: - $1.00 PER HOUR (Uses supplied air is conjunction with a chemical spash suit or fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus. Employees shall be paid Hazmat pay in increments of four(4) and eight(8) hours. NOTE: Trucks Pulling Equipment Trailers: shall receive $.15/hour over applicable truck rate WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ================================================================ Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). 46 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 47 The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of ""identifiers"" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than ""SU"" or ""UAVG"" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the ""SU"" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. 47 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction ---------------------------------------------------------------- Page | 48 Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 48 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction Page | 49 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ================================================================ END OF GENERAL DECISION" 49 | Page WA20200001 Modification 15 Federal Wage Determinations for Highway Construction City of Renton Contract Provisions for Lake Washington Loop Trail Project ______________________________________________________________________________ APPENDIX B – City of Renton Standard Plans CEMENT SEE NOTE 31 CEMENT- DEPRESSED MONOLITHIC CONCRETE - CURB 8 CUTTER SIX -WALK j j (SEE DETAIL MS SHEET) TYPE C213 - ISOMETRIC VIEW COMMERCIAL, WITH BUFFER) NOTES 1. When a driveway width exceeds 15 feet, consbud a full depth expanslon joint with 3f8' Joint filler along the driveway lane lines see std. plan 102). Construct expansion joints parallel with the centerline as required at 15 maximum sparing when driveway Widths exceed 30'. 2. See std. plan 102 for sidewalk details. 3. Curb and gutter shown, other curb designs may be specified. See std. plan 101 for curb details. 4. Not used. 5. The engineer will design all driveways to Include elevations at all points marked with symbol "X'. All elevations are at the back of Curb top on uphill side. 6. Not used. 7. For Driveway Widths see DRIVEWAY STANDARDS See NOTE 10). The expansion joints (see end. plan 102) shall be spaced as shown In the corresponding leamViic New. 8. Slopes shall comply with sections 8303.21 or R303.2.2 or R303-2.3 of the Revised Draft Guidelines for Accessible Public Rigbtsaf=Way of Nove uba 23, 2005 (PROWAO). 9. Curb returns for any Type C -MAX Driveway maybe approved on a case-by-case basis, 10. STREET STANDARDS= Renton Municipal Code (RMC) Tide IV Development Regulators CHAPTER 6 STREET AND UTILITY STANDARDS Section 4.6-060 STREET STANDARDS DRIVEWAY STANDARDS = Renton Municipal Cade (RMC) Tice IV Development Regulations CHAPTER 4 CITY-WIDE PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Section 4 -4 -ON PARKING, LOADING AND DRIVEWAY REGULATIONS aEE.C. coNTwtcnCN X} aro N.w tae b SEE DEFREMECC Dr1M on r z ew- Wit TOPOF1110MY NOTE, ORNE NYtalC.naEULmMB1IX1 ADM NOLtFMALO CURBDEPRESSEDMDNOLTTNIDpJRB 6 DUTfEfiOETAL FACE OF ADJACENT WF® DEPRESSED CURB DETAIL AT RESIDEMW. ORCORBBK.YAL DRIVEWAYS, AND ALIEN'S DdvelNay Example: TYPE C11 B R=Rlisd, d, C.CwwnwdAl 1NurtofLAIW. _---- MA)(x lwne Comm q a=b,(Pia tNSw;l 3an1F41e Buffer - PUBLIC WORE' CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY STD. PLAN - 104.2 DEPARTMENT ENTRANCES - NOTES AND DETAILS A11f'— // PATCHED AREA i A q COVER COVER PER STD PLAN 401 SEE NOTE 9) SEAL WITH AR 4000 OR APPROVED EQUAL AND DRY SAND AFTER P L A N PATCHING NTS OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF SEE NOTE 9) ADJUSTMENT RING AND x SEE NOTE 2 X gOTTOM OF FRAME t---- MORTAR JOINT(S) (3/8" MIN.-2" MAX.) ADJUSTMENT RING (1" MIN.). SEE SEE NOTE 3 AND SPECIAL PROVISION NOTE 6. 7-05.3(1). SECTION A-A NOTES 1. REMOVE PAVEMENT AND BASE MATERIALS FOR A DISTANCE 5. CONSTRUCTION AND ADJUSTMENT SHALL BE PERFORMED WHICH IS EQUAL TO THE DIAMETER OF THE FRAME PLUS ONE ONLY BY A JOURNEYMAN MASON. FOOT(MIN.). ADJUST CASTING FRAME TO PAVEMENT SURFACE USING RISER RINGS AND MORTAR. 6. ADJUSTMENT OF THE FRAME TO GRADE SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED WITH ADJUSTMENT RINGS AND MORTAR ONLY. 2. REPLACE EXCAVATED MATERIAL WITH A MINIMUM OF 8"OF THE USE OF SHIMS IS PROHIBITED. HMA CLASS"PG 64-22(OR TO A DEPTH THAT S 2"BELOW THE BOTTOM OF THE UPPER ADJUSTMENT RING WHICHEVER 7• FRAME SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO PAVEMENT GRADE BY IS GREATER)OR AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. TAPPING UNTIL FRAME IS FLUSH WITH PAVEMENT AS DETERMINED WITH A STRAIGHT EDGE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH. 3. ADJUSTMENT RINGS AND FRAME SHALL BE FULLY BEDDED IN MORTAR.MORTAR SHALL BE ASTM C270 FOR TYPE S. 8. ALL MORTAR JOINTS SHALL BE TRIMMED FLUSH AND REMAIN VISIBLE UPON COMPLETION. 4. MORTAR SHALL BE MIXED AND APPLIED PER MANUFACTURERS DIRECTIONS. 9. X=1'-0"MIN.TO 2'-6"MAX.-PER ENGINEER'S INSTRUCTION STD. PLAN - 106 j PUBLIC WORKS TY'CAL CONSTRUCTION A ROVED: al' DEPARTMENT AND ADJUSTMENT OF flMANNOLERISER3 e o r>tor DA E DocuSign Envelope ID: F41B6C7D-1A89-4D3E-83C3-E2F0224FAF96 POLE & BRACKET CABLE, #12 AWG. SPLICES BETWEEN FUSE HOLDER AND LUMINAIRE FIXTURE SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED FUSE KITS QUICK REFER TO WSDOT LOCKING DISCONNECT 3 AMP IN LINE LID STANDARD DUTY FUSE KITS S.E.C. OR EQUAL - JUNCTION BOX TYPES 1 & 2 STANDARD PLAN J-40.10 GROUND LUG SPLICE KITS CLEAR EPDXY SPLICE KITS ON ALL THRU WIRE RUNS CONCRETE PAD OR SIDEWALK PER STD PLAN 120 24"(MIN) COVER #8 BARE COPPER GROUND WIRE 1 -#8 EQUIPMENT GROUND WIREW/GREEN INSULATION FROM SERVICE CABINET 2 - LIGHTING SYSTEM WIRES TO CONTACTOR SIZED AS REQ'D.) NOTES: GROUND CLAMP PVC CONDUI 5/8"x8' COPPER CLAD GROUND ROD TO LUMINAIRE 8 GREEN INSULATED WIRE TO FIXTURE GROUND LUG CONCRETE FOUNDATION THIS DETAIL DEPICTS THE BASIC LUMINAIRE ELECTRICAL WIRING SYSTEM. ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MAY VARY. 2. MINIMUM GROUND WIRE SIZE SHALL BE #8, AS SHOWN ABOVE. IF CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS ARE LARGER THAN #8, THE MINIMUM GROUND WIRE SIZE SHALL MATCH THE LARGEST WIRE SIZE OF THE CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS. 3. EQUIPMENT GROUND WIRE & BARE WIRE SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED TO THE GROUND LUG INSIDE THE POLE HANDHOLE. ALL BONDING & GROUNDING CONNECTIONS SHALL REMAIN ACCESSIBLE FOR INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE. 4. IF THE FIXTURE MANUFACTURER HAS MADE PROVISIONS FOR THE ATTACHMENT OF A GROUND WIRE, A GREEN INSULATED WIRE OF THE SAME SIZE SHALL RUN FROM THE FIXTURE TO THE GROUND LUG INSIDE THE POLE HANDHOLE. IF THE FIXTURE MANUFACTURER HAS A GROUND LUG A #8 GREEN INSULATED WIRE SHALL BE RUN FROM THE FIXTURE GROUND LUG TO THE POLE GROUND LUG. G• ty O LUMINAIRE ELECTRICAL STD. PLAN - 119 PUBLIC WORKS WIRING SYSTEM AP ROVED: F DEPARTMENT GAZ 5/22/2019 DATE DocuSign Envelope ID: 5D308A1A-204D-48E8-BB23-8A2834BB565E 7'-0" 1'-6" 0 0 oQo o 1'-6" 1'-0" LUMINAIRE POLE JUNCTION BOX CONCRETE PAD PLAN VIEW SIDE VIEW LUMINAIRE CONCRETE PAD DETAIL GENERAL NOTES: 1. LUMINAIRE CONCRETE PAD SHALL BE USED IN AREAS OUTSIDE OF SIDEWALK 2. CONCRETE CLASS FOR LUMINAIRE CONCRETE PAD SHALL BE PER STD PLAN 135 3. TOP OF LUMINAIRE FOUNDATION ELEVATION SHALL BE LOCATED AT BOTTOM OF LUMINAIRE CONCRETE PAD ELEVATION OR BOTTOM OF SIDEWALK ELEVATION 4. LUMINAIRE POLE AND JUNCTION BOX TYPE PER PLAN 5. LUMINAIRE CONCRETE PAD ACCOMMODATES TYPE 1 AND TYPE 2 JUNCTION BOXES ONLY S-0" LUMINAIRE POLE JUNCTION BOX CONCRETE SIDEWALK PLAN VIEW PER STD PLAN 102 LUMINAIRE POLE CONCRETE SIDEWALK PER STD PLAN 102 4° BOX JUNCTION BOX LUMINAIRE CONCRETE FOUNDATION SIDE VIEW LUMINAIRE WITH SIDEWALK DETAIL CONCRETE PAD JUNCTION BOX PLAN VIEW 1'-0" 4" CONCRETE PAD I' JUNCTION BOX SIDE VIEW INDIVIDUAL JUNCTION BOX PAD DETAIL sT LUMINAIRE CONCRETE STD. PLAN 120 PUBLIC WORKS PAD/SIDEWALK AND AIR"VED: DEPARTMENT JUNCTION BOX CONCRETE PAD Grego A. Zimm4I rMan0191-6C'.74An07RFRR45F DATE DocuSign Envelope ID: 1A67EB64-FDC0-44CD-AF93-5F66899DD39F DocuSign Envelope ID: 5D308A1A-204D-48E8-BB23-8A2834BB565E COMPONENT SCHEDULE 1D METERBASE: 200 AMP. 4 JA'vV. B-L-INE LI264- MANUAL B"_--P SS_ W/ 5TH JAW AT 9:00 POSITION PANELBOARD: 120-240 -\'AC. 100 A',IP COP?7—R 3L-S. MAIN BREAKER: 100 ANIP FRA'\IE. 100 AEI? -RI?. BOLT -ON BRANCH BREAKERS. EATON TY?= BA3 2 - 20.2 ILLUMINATION BRANCH A B 1 - 201 ITS BRANCH 1 - 20.1 CONTROL CKT BRANCH 1 - 20.1 GROUND FAULT RECEPTACLE BRANC= 3 - 20.1 SPARE BRANCH CONTACTOR: NE1IA LIGHTING RATED. 36A. = POLE. 2 V SQD #8910DPA34V02. 1—REQUIRED 4 PHOTO CELL: PHOTO ELECTRIC CELL: h .'- Vx GATT. I MOUNTED INSIDE CABINET BEHIND XVIREGLASS 5 PHOTO -CELL BYPASS SNITCH. SPDT. 15 _ANIP, 6 GROUND FAULT RECEPTACLE: -10 AMP_ 12 , '\ 'AC. D ..-?;- X CABINET: NEMA 3R. PAD\IOL"NT. 1 S" ALUNIINUNI 2 _z- C+ -Y a-- _ _ 2 SCREENED AND GASKET-D A"=N-S DOORS: HEAVY DUTY HINGES (LIFT-0-7-7 STAINLESS STEEL VAULT HANDLES.'AD__C BEST" CN LOCK ON DISTRIB ,TION D00--l- _ - =- __--- NVINDONV IN AIETER DOOR. CLOSED C7— - N ' -N7 -7-, CARD HOLDER FINISH: MILL FINISH ALUMINUM NOTE: 1. SIGNAL BREAKER(S) SHALL BE ADDED WHEN APPLICABLE SERVICE CABINET NOTES STD. PLAN - 122.2 PUBLIC WORKS A ROVED: DEPARTMENT GAZ 3/13/2019 DATE DocuSign Envelope ID: 5D308A1A-204D-48E8-BB23-8A2834BB565E CONDUIT ENTRANCE AREA PLAN VIEW SIZE TO FIT SIZE TO FIT CABINET CABINET 6" 6" GRADE LEVEL N a ad' d FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW ELECTRICAL SERVICE CABINET FOUNDATION n SHIM TO PLUMB SEE NOTE 3 0 L_k_HT71 # 4 HOOPS 4 BAR E AC-,' CORNER 6" MIN 1" TO 2" 3/8" DIAMETER PLASTIC DRAIN SIDE VIEW CABINET DEPTH 1'-6" + 2" 1'-6" IIII #4 BAR EACH 4 CORNER HOOPS Q TIT PLAN VIEW CONTROLLER CABINET FOUNDATION NOTES PER STD PLAN 126.2 Y o CABINET FOUNDATION STD. PLAN 126.1 PUBLIC WORKS DETAILS PROVED: Ps 1w DEPARTMENT ZAZ 3/13/2019 MIT DATE DocuSign Envelope ID: 5D308A1A-204D-48E8-BB23-8A2834BB565E SHIM TO PLUMB SEE NOTE NOTES 1. WHERE FOUNDATION PAD IS LOCATED WITHIN A SIDEWALK, CONSTRUCT PAD TOP FLUSH WITH SIDEWALK GRADE, OMITTING CHAMFER WHERE TOP AND SIDEWALK ABUT. MOUNT TOP SHALL BE FINISHED BY A CONCRETE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 8-14.3 IN THE WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 2. PAD MOUNT DESIGN IS TYPICAL. 3. PLACE A SILICONE SEAL BETWEEN THE FOUNDATION AND CABINET. 4. ANCHOR BOLTS AND THEIR SPACING TO BE SUPPLIED BY CABINET MANUFACTURER AND SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL. 5. CONDUIT SIZES/QUANTITIES FOR THE CONTROLLER AND CONTACTOR CABINETS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE CONTRACT PLANS, PLUS ONE 2" SPARE CAPPED OUT PAST THE FOUNDATION. 6. CONCRETE CLASS PER STD PLAN 135. 7. 2" CONDUIT SHALL BE PLACED FROM THE COMBINED BBS/CONTACTOR TO THE CONTROLLER CABINET. 8. EACH CABINET SHALL HAVE A 3/s" DIAMETER PLASTIC DRAIN PIPE. 9. LOCATE CONDUITS CENTRALLY WITHIN THE CABINETS. 10. WHEN ALL THREE CABINETS ARE TO BE INSTALLED AND SPACE ALLOWS, A COMBINED FOUNDATION SHALL BE USED. 11. WOODEN SHIMS SHALL NOT BE USED 12. GROUNDING SHALL BE PER WSDOT STANDARD PLAN J-60.05, SHEET 3. SHIM TO PLUMB SEE NOTE 3 4 HOOPS SHIM TO PLUMB EQUAL SPACES) SEE NOTE 3 NI 2» 6" MIN 3 — #4 REINFORCING BAR (EQUAL SPACES) SEE NOTE 5 1 1. I I \ \ Li U 1" TO 2' FRONT VIEW 3/8" DIAMETER PLASTIC DRAIN (ONE PER CABINET) SEE NOTE 7 3/8" DIAMETER PLASTIC DRAIN SEE NOTE 5 O U w U > HORIZONTAL 0 COMBINED FOUNDATION REINF. BAR DIAGRAM 6 PIECES L#4 HOOPS BBSI CONTROLLER CONTACTOR CABINET CABINET 10" WIDTH 5„ WIDTH 10" 1' + 2" PLAN VIEW COMBINED CONTROLLER/BBS/CONTACTOR FOUNDATION 3 — #4 REINFORCING BAR EQUAL SPACES) CABINET FOUNDATION STD. PLAN 126.2 PUBLIC WORKS DETAILS A6ROVED: DEPARTMENT AZ 3/13/2019 1 4SDATE BAND - OR MOUNTING ON EXISTING METAL POLE OR LUMINAIRE MIN. NOTES 1. DIMENSIONS FOR THE PARTS USED TO ASSEMBLE THE BASE CONNECTIONS ARE INTENTIONALLY NOT SHOWN. BASE CONNECTIONS ARE PATENTED, MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS THAT ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH NCHRP 350 CRASH TEST CRITERIA. THE BASE CONNECTION DETAILS ARE SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ONLY TO ILLUSTRATE HOW THE PARTS ARE ASSEMBLED. 2. A 2- (IN) POST WITH A 2 1/4" (IN) PSST ANCHOR OR A 2 1/4" (IN) POST WITH A 2 1/2" (IN) PSST ANCHOR MAY BE SUBSTITUTED. SEE CONTRACT PLANS. 3. PERFORATED SQUARE STEEL POST SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF WSOOT STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-06. 4. USE ONLY BASE CONNECTION MANUFACTURER SUPPLIED HARDWARE THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 9-06 AND 9-28. EDGE OF TRAVELED ROADWAY 90-F,3C FOR REFLECTORIZED SIGNS: MOUNT FACING 3'(degree) OUTWARD IF SIGN IS WITHIN 30 FEET OF ROADWAY SIGN FACE ORIENTATION BOLT STOPGN POST TYPE ST -4 SIGN SUPPORT OST SUPPORT — 2.25" HOT—DIP GALV., ANCHOR ON CRE 1E MOUNTING ON METAL POST SIGN MOUNTING ON SINGLE STD. PLAN- 129isPUBLICWORKSMETALPOSTAPPROVED: tiZ + DEPARTMENT ( ADOPTED ( /V nerc SIGN POST s LOWER SIGN e 5/16" (IN) CORNER BOLT IN) POST SUPPORT OR 3/6' FLANGED SHOULDER BOLT NTH NUT AND WASHERS 2 REQUIRED (TYP.) BOLT STOPGN POST TYPE ST -4 SIGN SUPPORT OST SUPPORT — 2.25" HOT—DIP GALV., ANCHOR ON CRE 1E MOUNTING ON METAL POST SIGN MOUNTING ON SINGLE STD. PLAN- 129isPUBLICWORKSMETALPOSTAPPROVED: tiZ + DEPARTMENT ( ADOPTED ( /V nerc DocuSign Envelope ID: 5D308A1A-204D-48E8-BB23-8A2834BB565E GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL TRANSPORTATION INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES ARE TO BE MAINTAINED ON LEVEL GRADE IF THE SURFACE LEVEL FROM CONSTRUCTION IS CHANGED (I. E. JUNCTION BOXES, LUMINAIRE POLES, TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLES, SIGN POSTS). 2. ALL OTHER TRANSPORTATION INFRASTRUCTURE SHALL BE PROVIDED TO BE ON LEVEL GRADE ONCE CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE. 3. ALL EXISTING OR PROPOSED TRANSPORTATION FEATURES WITHIN THE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION LIMITS SHALL MEET CURRENT ADA STANDARDS(I.E. JUNCTION BOXES SHALL HAVE NON-SKID LIDS). 4. ALL NEW TRAFFIC SIGNALS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH FIBER COMMUNICATION CONNECTION TO CITY OF RENTON TRANSPORTATION FIBER OPTIC NETWORK. 5. ALL TRANSPORTATION ASSETS THAT ARE TO BE REMOVED AND THEN REINSTALLED AT A LATER DATE DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE RE -INSTALLED TO CURRENT STANDARDS. 6. SIGNAL POLE, LUMINAIRE, AND CABINET FOUNDATIONS SHALL BE CLASS 4000P CONCRETE. 7. ALL PROPOSED SIGNAL POLE FOUNDATIONS AND EXISTING MODIFIED SIGNAL POLE FOUNDATIONS SHALL INCLUDE A CONCRETE PAD AROUND THE FOUNDATION. PROPOSED OR EXISTING SIDEWALK SHALL BE CONSIDERED PART OF THE FOUNDATION PAD. FOUNDATION PAD SHALL BE AT LEAST 2 FEET OFFSET FROM THE SIGNAL POLE FOUNDATION, AS SPACE ALLOWS. 8. WHEN THE TRAFFIC SIGNAL IS OPERATIONAL, VEHICLE DETECTION SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND REMAIN FUNCTIONAL. NEW PERMANENT/TEMPORARY VIDEO DETECTION SHALL BE INSTALLED AND OPERATIONAL PRIOR TO DESTROYING ANY EXISTING VEHICLE DETECTION. 9. ALL TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, ILLUMINATION SYSTEMS, OR OTHER ELECTRICAL TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS ARE SUBJECT TO INSPECTION BY CITY OF RENTON TRANSPORTATION OPERATIONS MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSPECTION WITH THE TRANSPORTATION OPERATIONS MAINTENANCE MANAGER OR OTHER TRANSPORTATION OPERATIONS MAINTENANCE REPRESENTATIVE. G• tY O TRANSPORTATION NOTES PUBLIC WORKS STD. PLAN - 135 F DEPARTMENT GAZOVED: 3/13/2019 1 4 DATE 4"25"PRECAST BASE SECTION NOTES:1.AS ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVES TO THE REBAR SHOWN IN THE PRECAST BASE SECTION, FIBERS ( PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-05. 50(9)),OR WIRE MESH HAVING A MINIMUM AREA OF 0. 12 SQUARE INCHES PER FOOT SHALL BE USED WITH THE MINIMUM REQUIRED REBAR SHOWN IN THE ALTERNATIVE PRECAST BASE SECTION. WIRE MESH SHALL NOT BE PLACED IN THE KNOCKOUTS. AS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVE TO THE REBAR SHOWN IN THE RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION, WIRE MESH HAVING A MINIMUM AREA OF 0.12 SQUARE INCHES PER FOOT MAY BE USED.2.THE KNOCKOUT DIAMETER SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 18". KNOCKOUTS SHALL HAVE A WALL THICKNESS OF 2"MINIMUM TO 2.5" MAXIMUM. PROVIDE A 1.5" MINIMUM GAP BETWEEN THE KNOCKOUT WALL AND THE OUTSIDE OF THE PIPE. AFTER THE PIPE IS INSTALLED, FILL THE GAP WITH JOINT MORTAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9- 04.3.3.THE MAXIMUM DEPTH FROM THE FINISHED GRADE TO THE LOWEST PIPE INVERT SHALL BE 5'.4.THE FRAME AND GRATE SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH THE FLANGE DOWN.5.THE PRECAST BASE SECTION MAY HAVE A ROUNDED FLOOR,AND THE WALLS MAY BE SLOPED AT A RATE OF 1H: 24V OR STEEPER.6.THE STRUCTURE OPENING DIMENSIONS SHALL BE MEASURED AT THE TOP OF THE PRECAST BASE SECTION.7.ALL PICKUP HOLES SHALL BE GROUTED FULL AFTER THE INLET HAS BEEN PLACED. USE GROUT TYPE 2 FOR NON-SHRINK APPLICATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-20. 3(2).8.ALL GRADE RINGS AND CASTINGS SHALL BE SET IN MORTAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9- 04.3.THEN APPLY MORTAR TO INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF ALL JOINTS, RINGS, RISERS, AND FRAMES.9.MORTAR SHALL BE MIXED AND APPLIED PER MANUFACTURER' S DIRECTIONS.10.FRAME SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO PAVEMENT GRADE BY TAPPING UNTIL FRAME IS FLUSH WITH PAVEMENT AS DETERMINED WITH A STRAIGHT EDGE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH.11.ALL MORTAR JOINTS SHALL BE TRIMMED FLUSH AND REMAIN VISIBLE UPON COMPLETION.FRAME AND VANED GRATE RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION 4" MI N. (T Y P.)26",SEE N O T E6 22 SE E N O T E 6 SEE NOTE 1 ALTERNATIVE PRECAST BASE SECTION 3 BAR EACH SIDE TOP AND BOTTOM 3 BAR EACH CORNER ONE # 3 BAR ACROSS BOTTOM 3 BAR EACH CORNER 18" (MIN.)3 BAR HOOP PIPE ALLOWANCES PIPE MATERIAL MAXIMUM INSIDE DIAMETER REINFORCED OR PLAIN CONCRETE 12"ALL METAL PIPE 15"CPSSP* ,STD. SPEC. 9- 05. 20 12"SOLID WALL PVC,STD. SPEC. 9-05.12( 1)15"PROFILE WALL PVC,STD. SPEC. 9-05. 12( 2)15"CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE STORM SEWER PIPE 34" 24" 30 20 5"5"1", 2", 4", 6", 12", OR 24"ONE #3 BAR HOOP FOR 6" HEIGHT INCREMENT ( SPACED EQUALLY),SEE NOTE 1 CONCRETE INLET STD. PLAN - 200.30 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENTAPPROVED: DATEGregg Zimmerman Public Works Administrator UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS)DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A- B436-A317AA638878 9/28/2018 | 9:45 NOTES: ISOMETRIC SECTION B TOPFOUNDRY NAMEDIFLOW SECTION A 1.BOLT-DOWN CAPABILITY IS REQUIRED ON ALL FRAMES, GRATES, AND COVERS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. PROVIDE TWO HOLES IN THE FRAME THAT ARE VERTICALLY ALIGNED WITH THE GRATE OR COVER SLOTS. THE FRAME SHALL ACCEPT THE 5/8"-11 NC x 2" ALLEN HEAD CAP SCREW BY BEING TAPPED, OR OTHER APPROVED MECHANISM. LOCATION OF BOLT-DOWN HOLES VARIES BY MANUFACTURER. 2.REFER TO STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-05.15(2) FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 3.FOR FRAME DETAILS, SEE STANDARD PLAN 204.00. FLOWFLOWBOLT-DOWN SLOT DETAIL SEE NOTE 1 1/2" 3/4" 1 1/4" 5/8" BOLT-DOWN SLOT, SEE DETAIL AND NOTE 1 20" 5" 5" 5" 3" 1" 3" 5" 5" 5" DIRECTION OF FLOW 24" 7 OR 8 EQUAL SPACES 1 5/8" MAX. A BOUTFALL TO STREAM DUMP NO POLLUTANTS 3/8" RECESSED LETTERING RECTANGULAR VANED GRATE STD. PLAN - 204.20 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT APPROVED: DATEGreggZimmerman Public Works Administrator UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS) DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878 9/28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT City of Renton Contract Provisions for Lake Washington Loop Trail Project ______________________________________________________________________________ APPENDIX C – WSDOT Standard Plans